Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
The UDAAN programme has been initiated with the primary objective of increasing the
enrollment of girl students in leading engineering institutions. The program is designed to
provide a platform to deserving girls who aspire to pursue higher education in engineering and
assist them in preparing for the entrance examinations.
The study material covers the syllabus of the Joint Entrance Examinations. It has been designed
to ensure that it is easy to understand. The progression of the content moves from simpler to
complex concepts as the Unit/Chapter proceeds. Each topic and subtopic is followed by some
practice questions for you to attempt. Answers to these questions are given at the end. In case
you have difficulty in solving any of them, please email us at udaanhelpdesk2017@gmail.com
or contact at 011-23231070.
Chairperson, CBSE
INDEX
1
2
The ‘Need’ for Measurements
Measurements, as we all know, have played a very significant role in the development of all physical
sciences. It is ‘observations’, coupled with (progressively precise and accurate) ‘measurements’, that
have helped scientist to develop, and improve, their basic theories of nature and natural phenomena.
The ‘Measurement Process’
Measurement is basically a process of comparison. The ‘measure’, of a given physical quantity is obtained
by comparing it with a standard, or reference, measure of that quantity and finding how many times (say n
times), that standard measure is contained in the given physical quantity. The ‘measure’, of the given
physical quantity, is then expressed as (n) units), n is known as the numerical value.
Unit
The standard, or reference, ‘measure’ of a given physical quantity (chosen after due delibrations, followed
by international agreement, as far as possible), is known as the unit of that physical quantity.
Standard
It is often (but not always) possible to have physical embodiments, of the units of different physical quantities.
Such a ‘physical embodiment’, of the UNIT of a physical quantity, is known as the standard measure, or
just the STANDARD, of that physical quantity.
Fundamental Units
It turns out that one need not define out a ‘unit’ for all the (vast number of) physical quantities. A suitable
choice, of an appropriate number of (selected) physical quantities, enables us to define the units of ‘all
other physical quantities’, in terms of the units of these (few, carefully selected) physical quantities. The
unit, of these few (selected) physical quantities, are known as the fundamental units.
Derived Units
The units of other physical quantities can be defined in terms of the units of these (selected few) units. We
call the units of all the other physical quanties, as ‘derived units’.
Derived units may thus be viewed as units that are defined through the (selected, few) fundamental units.
Number of the Fundamental Units
In the initial stages, it was thought that one could define the units of all the other physical quantities by
assigning, and defining, the unit of length, mass and time. These three physical quantities – length, mass and
time – were, therefore, regarded as the fundamental quantities. The number of fundamental units, in the
initial stages, was, therefore, three.
Later on, it was realized that there was a need for taking an additional number of physical quantities as
‘fundamental, or base, quantities.’ The number, presently being used is seven. We now take the seven
3
quantities. “Length, mass, time, electric current, thermodynamic temperature, luminous intensity and amount
of substance” as the (seven) base or fundamental quantities.
Systems of Units
We have had several systems of units, in use, at different places and at different times. The three more
prominent systems of units, that have been used earlier, are
(1) The FPS (Foot - found - second) system
(2) The CGS (Centimeter - gram - second) system
(3) The MKS (Meter - kilogram - second) system
In the year 1971, the general conference on weights and measures (CGPM - the conference general
despoids et. Measures - having its central office at Sevres, near Paris, in France) developed and
recommended a system of units, now known by the abbreviation SI units. It is the system that is now being
used internationally for scientific, industrial, technical and commercial works.
The SI Units
The SI or the international system of units (Systeme International d’ units), has seven base (or fundamental)
units, two supplementary units (for the angle and the solid angle) and a large number of derived or secondary
units.
Two important features, of the SI, namely:
1. It being a coherent system (i.e., a system in which the derived units are obtained from the basic units,
by multiplication, or division, without introducing any additional numerical factor).
2. The use of the decimal system in it (which makes conversions, within the system, as simple and
convenient).
make this system logically superior to all the earlier system of units.
The definitions, of the seven base units, of the SI, are given below:
metre (m) (Physical quantity : Length) – The metre is defined as the length of the path, moved by light,
in vacuum, during a time interval of 1/299 792 458 of a second. (Note that the effect of this definition is to
fix the speed of light in a vacuum at exactly 299 792 458 ms–1).
kilogram (kg) (Physical quantity : Mass) – The kilogram is the mass of a cylinder of platinum-iridium
alloy kept at the international Bureau of Weights and Measures in Paris.
second (s) (Physical quantity : Time) : The second is the duration of 9 192 631 770 periods of the
radiation corresponding to the transition between the two hyperfine levels of the ground state of the caesium
133 atom.
ampere (A) (Physical quantity : Electric Current) – This is defined as the constant current which, if
4
maintained in each of two infinitely long, straight, parallel wires, of negligible cross-section, placed 1 m
apart, in vacuum, produces between the wires a force of 2 × 10–7 newton per meter of their length.
kelvin (K) (Physical quantity : Thermodynamic Temperature) – In SI units, temperatures are measured
on the thermodynamic scale with absolute zero as ‘zero’, and the triple point of water (i.e., the temperature
at which ice, water and water vapour are in equilibrium) as the upper fixed point. The interval is divided
into 273.15 divisions and each division is taken as the unit of temeperature. This units is called the kelvin.
candela (Cd) (Pysical quantity : Luminous Intensity) – The candela is the luminous intensity, in a given
direction, of a source that emits monochromatic radiation of frequency 540 × 1012 hertz and that has a
1
radiant intensity, in that direction, of watt per steradian.
683
mole (mol) (Physical quanity : Amount of Substance) – The moe is the amount of any substance which
contains as many elementary entities as there are atoms is 0.012 kg of the Isotope, 126C , of carbon.
The two supplementary units, for the angle and the solid angle, may be defined as follows:
Radian (rad) (The unit of angle) : One radian equals the plane angle, subtended at the centre of a circle,
by an arc of that circle that has a length equal to the radius of the circle.
Steradian (sr) (The unit of solid angle) : One steradian equals the solid angle, subtended at the centre
of a sphere, by an area (A) on the surface of the sphere where that area (A) equals the area of a square of
side equal to the radius of the sphere.
Multiples and Sub-multiples in SI
The SI units, as we have noted, use the decimal system. A number of multiples, and submultiples,
correspondings to different powers of ten, are, therefore, an integral part of the SI units.
We list the names of the multiples, and the sub-multiples, associated with the different powers of ten, in the
table given below.
Multiples Submultiples
Power of ‘ten’ Name of multiple Symbol Power of ‘ten’ Name of submultiple Symbol
1018 exa e 10–18 atto a
15 –15
10 peta P 10 femto f
1012 tera T 10–12 pico p
9 –9
10 giga G 10 nano n
106 mega M 10–6 micro
103 kilo k 10–3 milli m
2 –2
10 hecto h 10 centi c
1 –1
10 deka da 10 deci d
5
Derived SI Units of Some Important Physical Quantities
The table, given below, gives the names of some important derived units. Here it is important to remember
that some derived units have been given names of their own. This has been done for the twin purpose of (i)
practical convenience and (ii) honouring distinguished scientists, for their contribution in the field relevant to
the concerned physical quantity.
For example:
(a) The derived unit of force [ = kilogram – meter / (second2)], has been given the name ‘newton (N)’.
(b) The derived unit of pressure [ = newton / (meter)2], has been given the name ‘pascal’ (Pa).
(c) The derived unit of ‘potential difference’ [= joule / (ampere-second)] has been given the name ‘volt’
(=V).
and, so on.
6
Coefficient of viscosity pas / (N-s/m2) (N-s/m2)
Electric charge coulomb C
Capacitance farad F
Inductance henry H
Resistance ohm
Potential / emf volt V
Absolute permittivily farad per metre Fm–1
Electric dipole moment coulomb metre Cm
Electric field newton per coulomb or volt per metre NC–1 or Vm–1
Electric polarisation coulomb per metre sqaured Cm–2
Electro chemical equivalent kilogram per coulomb kg C–1
Specific heat capacity joule per (kilogram kelvin) Jkg–1 K–1
Specific latent heat capacity joule per kilogram J kg–1
Coefficient of thermal conductivity watt per (metre-kelvin) Wm–1K–1
Coefficient of linear / area / per kelvin K –1
volume expansion
Magnetic flux weber Wb
Magnetic field intensity tesla T
The vector H ampere per metre Am–1
Intensity of magnetisation ampere per metre Am–1
Absolute per meability henry per metre Hm–1
7
time minute min 1 min = 60s
time hour h 1h = 3600s
time day d 1d = 86400s
time year y 1y = 3.156 × 107s
0
angle degree 10 = rad
180
Dimensions
The dimensions, of a physical quantity, are the powers, to which the fundamental (or base) quantities, must
be raised to represent it.
The number of fundamental (or base) quantities, needed to represent a given physical quantity, depends on
the nature of that quantity. While dealing with mechanical phenomena, we generally need only three
fundamental quantities (mass, length and time) to represent the different mechanical quantities. However,
while dealing with
(1) thermal phenomenon, we also need another fundamental quantity, which has been taken as the
(thermodynamic) temperature.
(2) electric and magnetic phenomenon, we also need an additional fundamental quantity which has
been taken as the electric current.
(3) Optical phenomenon, we use the additional fundamental quantity, the luminous intensity.
The seventh fundamental quantity, the amount of substance, is generally not needed in defining the dimensions
of different physical quantities.
8
Example:
1. The dimensions, of the physical quantity, area / volume, are zero each in mass and time but are 2/3 in
length. This is because an area / volume is obtained by multiplying a length with another length / two
other lenghts. Hence the power to which length, needs to be raised, to represent an area / volume, is
2/3. Thus the dimensions of area / volume are zero in mass, 2/3 in length and zero in time.
2. The specific heat capacity of a substance equals the heat (energy) needed to raise the temperature,
of a unit mass of the substance, through one kelvin.
Now energy / work, equals force × length, which, comes out to be mass multiplied by the square of
length divided by square of time. Hence,
Specific heat capacity would correspond to
mass×(length)2 ×(time)–2
mass×(temperature)
9
For the examples, discussed above, we could then say that the dimensional formula of:
(i) area, is L2
(ii) volume, is L3
and so.
The table, given below, gives a list of the dimensional formula of a number of physical quantities. The
examples, given above, indicate that we can get the dimensionl formuae, of ofther physical quantities also,
once we know their definition.
The following table gives the dimensional formulae of some physical quantities:
No. of Vibrations
5. Frequency [M0L0T–1]
Time
Arc
6. Angle [M0L0T0]
Radius
Displacement
7. Velocity [M0L1T–1]
Time
Distance
8. Speed [M0L1T–1]
Time
Area
9. Areal velocity [M0L2T–1]
Time
Change in Velocity
10. Acceleration [M0L1T–2]
Time
10
11. Linear momentum M×V [M1L1T–1]
12. Force mass × acceleration [M1L1T–2]
13. Weight (= a force) W = mg [M1L1T–2]
14. Moment of force/Torque/Couple Force × distance [M1L2T–2]
15. Impulse Force × Time [M1L1T–1]
Force
16. Pressure [M1L–1T–2]
Area
17. Work Force × Distance [M1L2T–2]
1
18. Kinetic Energy mv 2 [M1L2T–2]
2
19. Potential Energy mgh [M1L2T–2]
2
Force× Length
20. Gravitational constant 2 [M–1L3T–2]
mass
Force
21. Gravitational field strength [M0L1T–2]
mass
Work
22. Gravitational Potential [M0L2T–2]
mass
F
23. Force constant (k), (of a spring) [M1L0T–2]
L
Work
24. Power [M1L2T–3]
Time
25. Moment of Inertia ( I ) Mass × Distance2 [M1L2T0]
Force
26. Stress [M1L–1T–2]
Area
Changein length
27. Strain Origional length [M0L0T0]
Stress
28. Modulus of Elasticity [M1L–1T–2]
Strain
Lateral Strain
29. Poisson’s Ratio [M0L0T0]
Longitudinal Strain
11
Change in velocity
30. Velocity gradient [M0L0T–1]
Distance
Tangential stress
31. Coefficient of dynamic viscosity [M1L–1T–1]
Velocity gradient
Force
32. Surface Tension [M1L0T–2]
Length
Arc
33. Angular displacement [M0L0T0]
Radius
Angular displacement
34. Angular velocity ( ω ) [M0L0T–1]
Time
2 – 1
39. Coefficient of linear expansion (·) 1 Temp. t 2 – t1 [K–1]
Heat Energy
40. Specific heat capacity [L2T–2K–1]
Mass × Temp
Energy
41. Specific latent heat capacity [L2T–2]
Mass
Q
42. Entropy [M1L2T–2K–1]
H
43. Thermal capacity [M1L2T–2K–1]
PV
44. Gas constant [ML2T–2K–1]
nT
Qd
45. Coefficient of thermal conductivity A – t [M1L1T–3K–1]
12
46. Pole strength ampere × meter [M0L1T0I]
47. Magnetic Moment [M0L2T0I1]
48. Magnetic flux [ML2T–2I–1]
E
66. Stefan's constant [M1L0T-3K–4]
TA4
F
67. Co-efficient of friction = , N = Normal reaction [M0L0T0]
N
68. Dielectric constant It is also called relative permitivity [M0L0T0]
69. Planck's constant E = hv [ML2T–1]
70. Refractive index [M0L0T0]
Dimensional Analysis
The concept of dimensions has led to the development of ‘dimensional analysis’. Dimensional analysis has
very many uses and applications; its simple uses include.
(a) Checking the correctness, or otherwise, of a given formula or result.
(b) Conversion, from one system of units, to another.
(c) Obtaining relations showing the nature of dependance of a given physical quantity (X) on other
(related to it) quantities.
The last of these uses, however, has two built in limitations:
(i) We cannot obtain the exact values of the numerical ‘constants’, or the nature of dependence of x, on
any (related) dimensionless quantity.
(ii) The form, of the relation (f of x), can be obtained only for that many number of physical quantities as
is the number of fundamental, or ‘base’, quantities, being used.
For example, in mechanics, where we generally use, and need, only three fundamental quantities (mass,
length and time), we can obtain the form of relation for x only in terms of (up to) three other (related)
physical quantities.
Principle of Dimensional Homogenity
The above listed uses, and application, of dimensional analysis, are based on the “principle of dimensional
homogenity”; According to this principle:
“A relation, between different physical quantities, can be an acceptable (or correct) relation, only if the
dimensions, of all the (different) terms, on both sides of the relation, are identical”.
In simple terms, this principle implies that we can equate say, a force only to those terms whose “net
dimensions” are identical to those of force. Thus a force cannot be equated to ‘momentum’ but can be
equated to ‘rate of change of momentum’.
14
We now give below some examples, illustrating the above listed uses of ‘dimensional analysis’.
Example:
Check the correctness, or otherwise, of the following dimensional formulae:
(i) Dimensional formula, for specific latent heat capacity, is [ML2T–2K–1]
(ii) The dimensional formula for Planck’s constant (h) (as per the Planck / Einstein suggestion :
h × frequency of radiation = energy of a ‘photon’ of the radiation) is [ML2T–1].
Solution:
(i) We know that specific latent heat capacity equals the heat (energy) needed per unit mass, for change
of state, at the melting point of the solid / boiling point of the liquid. Hence specific latent heat
Energy
capacity =
Mass
MLT –2 × L
Its dimensional formula is M
i.e. [M0L2T–2]
The given dimensional formula (= ML2T–2K–1) is, therefore, incorrect.
(ii) We have h × frequency = energy
Energy MLT –2 × L
[h] = Frequency = T –1
= [ML2T–1]
The given dimensional formula, for Planck’s constant, is, therefore, correct.
Example:
Check the correctness, or otherwise, of the following relations:
(i) EP = kmgh
(EP = gravitational / potential energy, k = a numerical constant, m = mass, g = acceleration due to
gravity, h = height (of mass m)
3
(ii) t = k 12 r 2 s 12
(where t = time period of oscillation of a drop inside a liquid, k = a numerical constant, = density
of liquid; r = radius of drop; s = surface tension of liquid).
15
Solution:
(i) In the relation
EP = kmgh,
The dimensions, of the term, on the left, are
EP = (Energy) = [ML2T–2]
On the right hand side, the dimensions, of the product of the three terms, on the right, are
(M0L0T0) × (M) × (LT–2) × (L) = [ML2T–2]
The dimensions, on the two sides of the relation are thus seen to be the same. Hence the given
relation is (dimensionally) correct.
(ii) In the relation
3
t = k 12 r 2 s 12
We have,
Dimensions, of the term, on the left = [M0L0T]
and dimensions, of the product of the terms, on the right
1
MLT –2
2
1 3
= M L T × ML
0 0 –3 2
L 2
( surface tension = force/length)
L
= MT –1
The dimensions, on the two sides of the relation, are thus seen to be different. The given relation is,
therefore, (dimensionally) incorrect.
Example:
Given that the relations between the fundamental units of mass, length, time, in the FPS (feet, pound,
second) system, and the MKS (metre, kilogram, second) system, are
1 pound = 0.4536 kg
1 feet = 0.5045 metre
1 second = 1 second,
find the relation, between the units of energy (foot poundal in FPS system, and joule in the MKS system).
16
Solution:
We have,
[Energy] = [ML2T–2]
The units of energy, in the FPS, system,
Foot poundal = (pound) (foot)2 (second)–2
Similarly, the unit of energy, in the MKS system,
joule = (kilogram) (metre)2 (second)-2
2 2
1foot poundal pound foot second
1joule kilogram metre second
2
0.4536 kg 0.5048 m 2
= 1
1 kg 1m
M
–a +b
L
3a +c
T
–2a
17
1 1 3
t = k G 2
M R 2 2
1
R3
2
k
GM
3
2 2 R
or t = k
GM
momentum×area
(1)
density
velocity× volume
(2) 2
mass
acceleration × area
(3)
mass
energy × distance
(4)
mass
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
From Newton’s law, namely
M1 M 2
F= G
r2
We get,
MLT –2 × L2
G 2 M –1L3T –2
M
18
Also the term,
acceleration ×area LT –2 × L2
M –1L3T –2
mass M
(1) vc k rd
krd
(2) vc
kr 2 d
(3) vc
k
(4) vc
r 2d
where vc is critical velocity, of a liquid of viscosity , flowing in a tube of radius r. (d is the density of the
liquid).
Correc answer: (1)
Solution:
From Newton’s law, for viscosity, namely
dv
F = A , we get,
dz
MLT –2
2 –1 L ML–1T –1
L .LT
Now,
L.H.S. = velocity = LT –1
19
ML–1T –1
and R.H.S. (for option (1) = LML–3
= LT –1
Hence, for this option, the dimensions of the two sides are the
same. Hence this option is dimensionally acceptable.
[It can be easily seen that the other three options are not
dimensionally acceptable options].
Example:
A dimensionally acceptable formula, for the frequency (n) of a
tuning fork, is
(k = numerical constant, = length of prongs; Y and d denote Young’s modulus and density of the material
of fork):
y
(1) n k
d
d
(2) n k
y
k y
(3) n
d
k d
(4) n
y
1 ML–1T –2 1 2 –2 LT –1
and R.H.S. (for option (3) = L LT
ML–3 L L
= T –1
20
Hence this option gives us a dimensionally acceptable formula. [It can be easily seen that the other three
options do not correspond to dimensionally acceptable formulae].
Least Count
The concept of ‘least count’ is a concept that is associated with every measuring instrument or device. It
equals the smallest magnitude of the physical quantity, that a given instrument, apparatus or device (designed
for measuring that physical quantity), can measure on its ‘measuring scale’.
We need to remember that it is not just the vernier calipers, or the screw gange, that have a ‘least count’
associated with them. All measuring instruments, (be it the meter scale, the spring balance, the thermometer,
the ammeter, the voltmeter, and so on); have an appropriate least count associated with them.
It is interesting to note here that a lower value of the “least count”, is regarded as a ‘better least count’.
Thus a vernier calipers, having a least count of 0.1mm, has a “better least count’ than a meter scale whose
“least count” is (usually) 1 mm only. This means that a vernier caliper can measure a length more precisely
than a meter scale.
Precision in Measurements
The precision, associated with a measurements, depends on the “least count” of the instrument used for
making that measurement. An instrument, with a “better least count” gives a more precise measurement.
Thus a temperature measurement, done with a thermometer of ‘least count’ 0.10C, would be more precise
than that done with a thermometer whose least count is 0.50C. Similarly, an unknown emf, measured with
a potentiometer having a potential gradient of 10 mV/cm, would be more precise than that measured with
a potentiometer having a potential gradient of 100 mV/cm. And so on.
Very often, an unknown quantity is ‘calculated’, by using a “formula” for it; after measuring the different
physical quantities, present in that formula. The precision, of such an indirect measurement, can be calculated
through a knowledge of the “least counts” of the different instruments used (for measuing the different
quantities present in the formula) and the form of the “formula”.
Accuracy of a Measurement
It many appear logical to think that an increase in the precision of a measurement, would result in a more
accurate measurement. This is generally true but we can have situations in which the result of measurements,
done with more precise (having “better” least count) instruments, may be less accurate than the result
obtained by using less precise measuring instruments. ‘Accuracy’ and ‘Precision’ thus do not, necessarily,
go “hand-in-hand”.
Why is this so? This is because of the way “accuracy” (of a measurement) is defined. A measurement of a
physical quantity (having a known standard value), is regarded as more accurate if the measured value is
closer to its known standard value. Thus, if some physical quantity, having a standard value of say, 10 units,
is measured using.
(i) less precise instruments and the result obtained is 9.8 units.
21
(ii) more precise instruments, and the result obtained is 9.75 units,
the first measurement would be regarded as ‘more accurate’, even though it is ‘less precise’.
Errors in Measurement
The measurement, of any physical quantity, has a ‘built-in’ limitation, due to the least count/s of the measuring
instrument/s, used for its measurement. However, based on the results of different experiments, done with
(as high as possible) precision instruments, we generally have standard or accepted values, for different
physical quantities.
The result of a particular experiment, done for measuring a given physical quantity, may not match with the
accepted, or standard, value of that quantity. The difference, between the result of the experiment, and the
standard value, then gives a measure of the error in that experiment.
We can also speak of ‘error’ in another context. Suppose one takes a large number of observations during
a particular experiment. The mean, or average value of all these measurements, then represent the (best)
result of that experiment. The results obtained, from the different individual measurements, generally do not
quite match this (best) results of the experiment. The difference, between the result of a particular individual
measurement, and the ‘mean value (or best) result’, may than be regarded as a measure of the error in that
individual measurement.
It is imortant to note that the term ‘error’ and ‘mistake’ are not quite the same. A mistake may be due to
carelessness on the part of the experimentalist, or use of faulty apparatus or devices, or to some other such
cause, which can be avoided, or corrected for. Errors, on the other hand, are there inspite of the best
inputs of the experimentalist as well as the use of the (best possible) precise instruments. Errors may be
viewed as an integral, or essential, ‘unavoidable’ part of the ‘experiments’.
Systematic and Random Errors
Errors, in measurements, are generally classified into two broad categories: (i) Systematic errors and (ii)
Random errors.
Systematic errors may be regarded as errors that are due to causes that tend to follow the same pattern, or
rule, during different observations. They may be thought of as errors that tend to be governed by some
definite rule.
For example, some built-in error / defect in the measuring instrument used; some definite imperfection or
error in the technique / procedure of the experiment, some definite ‘personal error’ in the observer, are
some of the causes that would lead to a ‘systematic error’ in the measurements.
It is easy to realize that once the cause of any such systematic error is located / recognized, one can correct
for, or avoid, that systematic error.
Random Errors, on the other hand, are errors that do not have a definite, or well / specified cause. They,
therefore, lead to random, or irregualr, error in measurements. Physicists have developed a ‘theory’ of
such errors; this ‘theory’ helps us to obtain the ‘best value’ of the result of (careful and precise) measurements
22
of different quantities. It also helps us to estimate the ‘net error’ in a result, obtained through different
algebraic operations, on the different measurements, of two or more physical quantities.
The following definitions, and rules, are a part of the ‘theory’ of ‘random errors’.
Normal, or Gaussian, Law
Random errors, generally, tend to follow the normal, or Gaussian law. This law, expressed through the
graph shown here, implies that the probability of small errors is high while that of large errors decreases
(exponentially) with an increase in the magnitude of these errors.
In the graph shown
x = value of the random error.
n (x) = number of times the error x occurs.
Absolute Error
Let the result of n measurements, of a given physical quantity,
1 n
be x1, x2, x3...... xn. The mean value of these n results, would be x xi
n i 1
The difference
xi xi x
i.e., the difference between the result of the ith measurement and the mean (or ‘best’) value of all the n
measurements, is known as the absolute error in the ith measurement.
For the case where the result (say x) of the measurements of a physical quantity, is compared with the
standard, or accepted value (say X) of physical quantity, the difference.
(x–X)
is known as the absolute error in the result of the measurements done.
Relative Error
The mean, of the magnitudes of the absolute errors of the different (n) measurements, would give us the
mean absolute error x of all the measurement.
x
The ratio, is, said to represent the (mean) relative error, in the measurements, done for the physical
x
quantity (x).
23
xi
Inclidently, the ratio would give the ‘relative error’ in the ith measurement.
x
Percentage Error
The relative error, expressed as a percentage, is known as the ‘percentage error’ in the measurements (of
x 100%
x). Thus (mean) percentage error =
x
xi 100%
and percentage error in the ith measurement =
x
Combination of Errors
The values, of different physical quantities, are generally obtained by carrying out different algebraic
operations, (multiplication / division, addition / subtraction, raising to a power etc.) on the measurements of
two or more physical quantities. We, therefore, need a ‘set of rules’, for finding the ‘net-error’, in the
‘result’, obtained through such algebraic operations. We state below the ‘rules’ that are generally followed,
for combining ‘different individual errors’, to get the ‘net-error’ in the result.
Rule for Addition / Subtraction
The absolute error, in the sum / difference, of two different physical quantities, must always be taken as the
sum of the absolute errors in each of these two different physical quantities. Expressed mathematically, for
x = (a b), x = [ a + b].
Rule for Multiple / Division
a x a b
Let x = ab, or x = . Then it can be shown that
b x a b
The relative error, in the product / quotient, of two different physical quantities, must always be taken as the
SUM of the relative errors, in each of these two different physical quantities.
Rule for ‘error’, due to taking a power (say n), of a measured physical quantity:
x a
Let x a n . It can be shown that n
x a
The relative error, in the nth power, of a measured physical quantity, is n times the relative error in that
physical quantity.
We aften need to combine these rules to calculate the relative error / percentage error in a given measurement.
24
Let a physical quantity, P, be defined as
a b m
P
cn
Combining the above discribed rules, we can then write
P a b c
m n
P a b c
Example:
Two masses, M1 and M2, are measures with accuracies of 5g and 2g, respectively. The error, in their
sum, and their difference, would then be, respectively,
(1) 7g and 3g
(2) 3g and 7g
(3) 3g and 3g
(4) 7g and 7g
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
The (absolute) error, in the sum, or difference, of two quantities, is always taken as the sum of the (absolute)
errors in them. Hence the error, in both cases is (5+2)g, i.e. 7g.
Example:
The length (L), of a table, is measured (in m) to an accuracy of 0.01m while its breadth (B) is measured
(in m) to an accuracy of 0.02m. The errors, in the area (A ) of the table, and the ratio, x, of its length to
breadth, would then be, respectively,
0.01L 0.02B
(1) (0.01 B + 0.02 L) and
L2
0.01L 0.02B
(2) (0.01 L + 0.02 B) and
L2
0.01B 0.02L
(3) (0.01 B + 0.02 L) and
B2
0.01B 0.02L
(4) (0.01 L + 0.02 B) and
B2
25
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
We have,
A = LB
A L B 0.01 0.02
A L B L B
0.01 0.02
A × LB = 0.01B + 0.02L
L B
L
Also, x=
B
x L B 0.01 0.02
x L B L B
0.01 0.02 L
x
L B B
r 2 R FL
and Y 2
r
The relative errors, in and Y, would then be, given, by the respective expressions.
2r R ΔY dF L 2r
(1) and
r R Y F L r
2r R Y dF L 2r
(2) and
r R Y F L r
2r R Y F L 2r
(3) 2 and 2
r R Y F L r
26
2r R Y F L 2r
(4) 2 and 2
r R Y F L r
r r
Note the relative error in r2 is 2 and NOT 2 2 . Hence, the two expressions, given only in
r r
option (1), correspond to these rules.
Example:
The height (h), and the base radius (r) of a cone, are measured to have values of 9.3 cm (using a meter
scale of least count 0.1 cm) and 2.45 cm (using a vernier calipers of least count 0.01 cm). Find the volume,
1 2
V, r h of the cone, along with the error in it.
3
Solution:
We have,
1 2
V = r h
3
1 2
= 9.3cm 3 58.466 cm 3
3
1 2
As V = r h ,
3
We have,
V r h
2
V r h
0.01 0.1
= 2
2.45 9.3
27
0.0082 0.011 0.0192
The error, in V, is, therefore, of the order of 1.1 cm3. We would therefore, approximate the value of V and
write it as
Example:
The length, , of the sides of a cube, equals 4.0 0.1 cm. The mass of the cube is measured to be
64.8 0.2 g. Obtain the value, of the density of the material of the cube, on the basis of these
measurements.
Solution:
mass
We have, density =
volume
m m
d
v 3
d m
3
d m
0.2 0.1
= 3
64.8 4.0
64.8
d = 4.0 3 g cm 1.0125 g cm
3 3
But
d 1.0125 0.078 g cm3 0.079 g cm3
0.08 g cm3
We would, therefore, write (after rounding off to the second place of decimal) the value of d as
28
Additional Notes
A. Significant Figures
We know that the limit of precision of any measurement is dependent on the ‘least counts’ of instruments
used for that measurement. We, therefore, need to express ‘our experimental results’ only up to that
number of digits that are ‘permitted’ by the limitations of the measuring instruments. The concept of ‘significant
figures’ has been introduced to keep this point in mind.
The ‘significant digits’, in a result, are normally those digits that are known reliably, plus one additional digit
that is uncertain. Here it is important to note that (i) a ‘change of units’ (ii) the location of the ‘decimal
point’, do not affect the number of significant digits in a number.
We generally follow the following rules / conventions in (i) deciding / counting the number of significant
digits in a number and (ii) in fixing the number of significant digits in a result obtained through addition /
subtraction; multiplication / division of two or more numbers having their own (respective) number of
significant digits.
(1) The number of digits, in a number, counted from the first non-zero digit, on the left, gives the number
of significant digits in it.
(2) The last significant digit, in a number, is the (first) digit in it that is (not reliable) / (is uncertain).
(3) The ‘zeroes’, present in a number, are
(i) not counted as significant when they are present immediately after the decimal point.
(ii) not counted as significant when they are present towards the end of a number that has no
decimal point in it.
(iii) counted as significant when they are present on the right of a decimal point.
(4) The sum, or difference, of two numbers, is regarded as having only as many significant digits as is the
(lowest) number of significant digits, in the numbers being added / subtracted. We, however (increase
the previous digit by one) / (do not change the previous digit), if the first digit, being rejected, in the
sum / difference, is (5, or more than 5) / (less than 5).
(5) The product / quotient, of two numbers, can have no more significant digits than are present in the
less precise, of the two numbers, that are used for calculating it.
It is usual, however, to initially retain ‘one more’ digit, in the product / quotient and then do the
‘rounding off’, following the rule of (more than / less than) 5, quoted above in point (4).
(6) When the (first) insignificant / uncertain digit in a number is 5 itself, we (i) increase the previous digit
by 1, if it is an even digit (ii) do not change the previous digit, if it is an odd digit.
In addition to all these rules / conventions, we may have to rely on ‘common sense’ to decide the number
of significant digits in a ‘result’ obtained through a combination of different algebraic operations.
29
We also often define / use the following terms in the context of ‘ERRORS’.
Average / Mean Error:
The average, of the mod (magnitudes) of errors, is called the average mean error.
1 2 3 ..... n
n
Mean Sqaure Error:
The mean, of the squares of errors, is called the mean sqaure error.
Standard Deviation
Let x be the mean value of a (large) number of observation, say x1, x2, x3......, xn. The deviation, i , of the
ith observation, from the mean value, is then
i xi x
The mean value, of the sqaures of all the deviations, is then given by
n
2
i
2 i 1
The square root, of this mean square value, is taken as an indicator of the standard deviation , for the
given set of observations / data.
1
n 22 1
i x x 2
2
i
2 i1
n n
30
The standard deviation, in the sum / difference, product / quotient of two numbers, is calculated through
their own standard deviations, by using the follwoing rules:
2 2 2
6 6 6C
(ii) If A = B ×C; we have A = B +
A B C
2 2 2
B 6 6 6C
(iii) If A = ; we again have A = B +
C A B C
ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES
1. Let denote the dimensional formula of the permittivity of vacuum. If M = mass, L = length,
T = Time and A = electric current, then:
1 q1q 2
F
40 r 2
A 2 T 2
0 M –1L–3 A 2 T 4
MLT –2 L2
2. A train is moving on a straight track with speed v = 20ms–1. It is blowing its whistle at the frequency
of 1000 Hz. The percentage change in the frequency, heard by a person (standing near the track), as
the train passes him is (v = speed of sound = 320 ms–1) close to
(a) 18% (b) 24%
(c) 6% (d) 12%
Correct option is (4) (IIT 2015))
31
Solution:
We know that v ' v
V
v
2
v V
This gives a percentage change of 12%
n –n
N = –D 2 1
x2 x1
Here, n1 and n2 are, respectively, the number of particles per unit volume, for the values x1 and x2 of
x. The dimensions, of the diffusion constant D, are:
(a) M0LT2 (b) M0L2T4
(c) M0LT–3 (d) M0L2T–1
32
6. The relation beween the SI unit (watt) and the CGS unit (erg s–1), of power, is
(a) 1W = 105 erg s–1 (b) 1W = 106 erg s–1
(c) 1W = 107 erg s–1 (d) 1W = 108 erg s–1
7. If p and v stand for pressure and volume, respectively. The dimensions, of the constant, a, in the term
a
p 2 , should be:
V
9. The dimensions, of the constant , in Coulomb’s formula, (for the force (F), between two charges
1 Q1Q 2
(Q1, Q2), separated by a distance (r), F 4 r 2 , would be
0
33
5. If the errors, in ten observations, of a physical quantity, are –0.55, +0.43, +0.05, –0.36, 0.08, 0.05,
0.00, –0.03, –0.05 and +0.06, find the ratio of the (i) average mean error and the (ii) root mean
square error, of these observations.
6. Give the number of significant digits in the following numbers:
(a) 235.4 (b) 8300
(c) 0.00357 (d) 625.0
(e) 3.46×103
7. State the result, up to the appropriate number of significant digits, in the following:
(a) (66.23 + 3.5) (b) (8.305 – 3.27235)
(c) (4.052 × 60.18) (d) (7400 ÷ 21.25)
8. In the relation
WL
Y ,
πr 2
The percentage errors in W, , r, and L are 1.0%, 0.5%, 1% and 2% respectively. The percentage
error in Y would be
(a) 4.5% (b) 5%
(c) 5% (d) 1%
pr 4
9. In the formula V = ,
8
the fractional relative errors in V, p, and are known to be 0.06; 0.01, 0.01 and 0.02, respectively..
The fractional relative error in, r, would be
(a) 0.02 (b) 0.01
(c) 0.005 (d) 0.0025
10. The diameter (d), and length ( ), of a cylindrical wire, are measured by instruments having least
counts of 0.0005 cm and 0.01 cm, respectively. The fractional relative error, in the curved surface
area, and volume, of the wire, calculated from these observations, would be
34
0.001 0.01 0.001 0.01
(c) + and, + , respectively
d d
ANSWER KEY
1. (i) 1/20 mm, (ii) 0.005 mm 2. 211 ± 10 cm2
3. 5.0 ± 0.2 ms-1 4. 4.0 ± 0.5 Ω
6. (a) 4, (b) 2, (c) 5, (d) 4, (e) 3 7. (a) 69.7, (b) 5.033, (c) 243.85, (d) 350
8. (b) 9. (c)
10. (a)
35
36
QUESTION BANK
37
Key Learning Points
1. The process of measurement has played a very significant role in the development of all physical
sciences.
2. Measurement is basically a process of comparison.
3. ‘Fundamental quantities’ are a few selected physical quantities that can be used to define other
physical quanties.
4. All physical quantities, that are defined in terms of the ‘fundamental quantities’, are knwon as ‘derived
quantities’.
5. In the initial stages, only three physical quantities - mass, length, time - were taken as ‘fundamental
units’.
6. The number of ‘fundamental quantities’ has now been increased to seven. The seven fundamental
quantities are:
Mass, length, time, electric current, thermodynamic temperature, amount of substance, luminous
intensity.
7. In addition to these seven fundamental quantities, two supplementary quantities - the angle and the
solid angle - are also used in defining other quantities.
8. A number of system of units - like the FPS units, the CGS unit and the MKS units - have been used
over different times, and in different countries.
9. In the year 1971, a system of units - now known by the abbreviation ‘SI units’, - was developed and
recomended, (for use by all countries), by the general conference on weight and measures. The SI
units are now being used (almost) all over the world.
10. The seven fundamental, or ‘base’ units, in SI, are are the metre (m), kilogram (kg), second (s),
ampere (A), kelvin (k), mole (mol) and candela (cd), for length, mass, time, electric current
(thermodynamic) temperature, amount of substance and luminous intensity.
11. The SI units, for the two supplementary quantities - angle and solid angle, are the radian (rad) and
steradian (sr), respectively.
12. All the units, in SI, have been given very precise, and well defined, meaning and definitions.
13. We also use a number of multiples (corresponding to different positive powers of ten) and subultiples
(corresponding to different negative powers of ten) in SI. These have all been given definite names
and symbols.
14. A number of units, of the ‘derived quantities’, have also been given names of their own.
15. We can co-relate different ‘derived quantities’, with the ‘fundamental quantities’, (in a ‘compact
way’) by introducing the concept of ‘dimensions’.
38
16. The ‘dimensions’, of a given physical quantity, are the ‘powers’, to which the fundamental quantities,
must be raised, to represent it.
17. The ‘dimensional formula’, of a physical quantity, is the representation of that quantity, in terms of the
(i) symbols of the fundamental quantities and (ii) its own ‘dimensions’.
18. The dimensional formulae, of force and momentum, for example, are [MLT–2] and [MLT–1],
respectively.
19. We have a very useful principle – the principle of dimensional homogenity. According to the principle:
“The ‘dimensions’ of all the terms, on both sides of a physically acceptable (or valid) relation, must
be identical.”
20. We use ‘dimensional a nalysis’ (based on the concept of ‘dimensions’ and ‘principle of dimensional
homogenity’) for a number of useful practical applications.
21. The applications of ‘dimensional analysis’ include:
(i) Checking a given formula, or relation.
(ii) Conversion, from one system of units to another.
(iii) Obtaining ‘dimensionally valid’ relations, between different physical quantities.
22. The concept of ‘least count’, of a given measuing device / instrument, helps us to know the precision
of our measurement.
23. The terms “precision” and ‘accuracy”, in the context of “experimental measurement and their results”,
have different meanings.
24. The terms ‘mistake’ and ‘error’ have different meanings for experimental measurements.
25. Errors can be “systematic” (which can be reduced, or even eliminated) and “random” (which cannot
be eliminated all together).
26. Random errors, generally, tend to follow the normal or ‘Gaussian law’. The probability, of an error
x, decreases (exponentially) with an increase in the value of x.
27. We define the absolute error, in a measurement (say xi ), as the difference between that measurement,
and the standard (or mean value x of a large number of observations) value, of the relevant physical
quantity.
Absolute error = xi x
28. The relative error, of a measurement, equals the ratio of the (i) mean of the absolute errors of all the
quantities and (ii) mean value of the measured quantity.
29. The relative error, expressed as a percentage, gives the ‘percentage error’.
39
30. The values, of different physical quantities, are generally calculated by using a relation or ‘formula’,
that expresses that physical quantity in terms of ‘other physical quantities’.
31. We, therefore, need to have a set of ‘rules’ that enable us to calculate the absolute / relative error, in
the ‘value’ of a given physical quantity, that has been obtained by using a ‘formula’ or a ‘relation’.
Each of the different physical quantities, present in that relation, and measured, has an error of its
own.
32. The following rules are generally followed for calculating the ‘net error’, due to a number of ‘individual
errors’.
(i) The absolute error, in a sum or difference, is always taken as the SUM of the absolute errors
in the quantities being added / subtracted.
(ii) The relative error, in a product / quotient, always equals the SUM of the relative errors in the
terms being multiplied / divided.
(iii) The relative error, in the nth power of a physical quantity, is n time the relative error in that
quantity.
33. We often need to combine these rules to calculate the ‘relative error’ in a given situation.
34. We also follow a set of rules, coupled with ‘logical reasoning’, to decide the number of ‘significant
figures’, that need to be used, while stating the ‘final result’, that is based on a number of algebraic
calculations.
40
Unit–1 : Physics + Measurement
Easy Derived Units
1. The SI Unit, of surface tension, equals:
joule – s
(1) newton / metre2 as well as (Incorrect)
m3
watt – s
(2) newton / metre as well as (Correct)
m2
joule – s
(3) newton / metre as well as (Incorrect)
m2
watt – s
(4) newton / metre as well as (Incorrect)
m3
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Surface tension, by definition, equals
(1) force per unit length as well as,
(2) (mechnical) surface energy per unit area.
The SI units of force and energy are the newton and joule (= watt – s). Hence the SI units of surface
watt – s
tension are (newton / metre) as well as .
m2
41
Correc answer: (3)
Solution:
We have, by Newton’s law,
dv
F A
dx
newton × m
Hence, , has units of , i.e.,
m 2 ms –1
pascal newton
(newton m–2s). This equals pascal = 2
and hertz = s –1 . It also equals the unit of
hertz m
–1 ½
modulus of elasticity × [length × (acceleration) ] . This is because the unit of modulus of elasticity is
(newton/m2) and that of [length × (acceleration–1]½ is [m×(ms–2)–1]½, i.e., s.
force×area
(1) [density × volume × area] and (Correct)
acceleration
energy ×area
(2) [density × volume / area] and (Incorrect)
acceleration
energy ×area
(3) [density × area / volume] and 2 (Incorrect)
velocity
force×area
(4) [relative density × mass × area] and 2 (Incorrect)
velocity
42
kg
density × volume × area = m 3 m 2 kg – m 2
m3
and the SI unit of
force× area kg ms m
–2 2
kg – m 2
acceleration ms –2
43
Correc answer: (4)
Solution:
coulomb
We have farad =
volt
2
coulomb
coulomb
joule / coulomb joule
ampere – s
kg m 2s –2
= kg–1m–2s4A2
force
We have pressure =
area
MLT –2
2 ML–1T –2
L
1 2
Unit of pressure in SI unit kg m s
Unit of pressure in CGS units g cm s
–1
= 103 102 1 10
44
Unit–1 : Physics + Measurement
Easy Change ofUnits
7. The ratio of the SI units, to the FPS unit, of pressure, is equal to the ratio of the corresponding
units of
(1) ‘Energy per unit volume’ as well as Poisson’s ratio (Incorrect)
(2) ‘Bulk modulus’ as well as ‘energy per unit volume’ (Correct)
(3) ‘Poisson’s ratio’ as well as ‘modulus of rigidity’ (Incorrect)
Stress Force / area –1 –2
(4) ‘Coefficient of viscosity’ as well as Young’s modulus = Strain dimensionless ML T
(Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
We have,
force
Pressure = ML1T 2
area
Also,
Stress Force / area
Bulk modulus ML1T2
Strain dimensionless
force × distance
and, energy per unit volume =
volume
ML2 T –2 –1 –2
= L3 ML T
The ratio, of the SI and FPS units, will have the same value for these three quantities.
104
(1) 1s1 s2 (Incorrect)
274
45
10 4
(3) 1s1 s2 (Incorrect)
273
heat (energy)
=
mass× changein temperature
ML2 T –2
M K
= L2T–2K–1
2 2
s1 m s K 1
2
s cm s C 1
= (100)2 × 1 × 1
( A change in temperature of 10C also equals a change of one kelvin on the thermodynamic, or
kelvin, scale.)
s1
10 4
s2
or s1 = 104s2
46
Givern that 1 kg = 2.205 pound and
1 m = 3.28 feet] the relation between the FPS unit of power (= ft – poundal/s) and the HP is,
(1) 1 HP = 17.7 × 103 ft–poundal/s (Correct)
(2) 1 HP = 550 ft–poundal/s (Incorrect)
(3) 1 HP = 31.5 ft–poundal/s (Incorrect)
(4) 1 HP = 41.03 × 104 ft–poundal/s (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
work MLT –2 L 2 –3
We have power = time T ML T
2 3
SI unit of Power kg m s
FPS unit of power pound foot s
watt 2 3
or 2.205 3.28 1
ft - poundal / s
23.72
1watt 23.72 ft–poundal / s
47
(4) SI value of R = 274 × 107 CGS value of R (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
MLT –2 3
×L
pV L2
R
We have nT K
= [ML2T–2K–1]
2 2
SI value of R kg n 1s k 1
CGS value of R g cm 1s c
F2 2 –2 –1
(3) V 2S F V S (Incorrect)
48
Solution:
We have, [F] = [MLT–2]
[V] = [LT–1]
and [S] = (force / length) = [MT–2]
We get
F
L
S
F –1
Also MT
V
F
S T
V
F
T
VS
S.F2 F2
M ST 2
V 2S2 VS
F2 F VS F2
p . .
VS S F V.S
= F2V–1S–1
49
(2) P –1A 2S –1T 4 (Incorrect)
Heat energy 2 –2
–1
[S] = mass × temperature L T K
P
L AT 2 M T
L
P
M 2 .T PA –1T –1
AT
L2 T –2 A 2 T 4 T 2
Also, K
S S
S –1A 2 T 2
σ area temp.difference
Now rate of heat flow =
distance
ML2 T –2 σ L K
2
T L
ML2 T –3
σ MLT 3K 1
LK
Substituting values, we get
50
σ PA –1T 1 AT 2 T –3 S1A –2T –2
= [PA–2S+1T–4]
Force× distance 2
and [G] = M 1L3T 2
mass × mass
[hG] = L5T–3
and C5 = L5T–5
hG 5
5 T 2 or T h ½ G½ C 2
C
½ ½ 3
Also, [L] = [CT] = h G C 2
5
h.h ½ G½ C 2
M h.L T
–2
–3
hGC
51
1
h½ G ½ C 2
force
Now surface tension S =
length
= [MT–2]
S h ½ G ½ C
1
2
hGC1 –5
½ 3 11
= h G 2
C 2
52
1
It is easy to see that the combination 2 has zero dimensions in M, L and T..
I v
15. A ‘hypothetical system’ uses the acceleration due to gravity (g), the areal velocity vA
and the momentum (p) as its ‘base’ units. The dimensional formula, for the force (F), in this
system, would be
2 1
(1) p g 3 vA 2 (Correct)
2 1
(2) p g 3
vA 2 (Incorrect)
2 1
(3) p –1 g 3
vA 3 (Incorrect)
2 1
(4) p –1 g 3
vA 3 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
and p MLT –1
We get,
1 2
T vA 3
g 3
1 1
L g 3
vA 3
1 1
and M p g 3 vA 3
53
[F] = p g vA
2
1 1
3
g 1
3
vA
2
3
p g 1
2
vA
1
3
g 1
3
vA
2
3
v A
2
3
g
4
3
2 1
p g 3 vA 3
a
p + 2 V b nRT
V
(1) M 2 LT 2 (Incorrect)
(2) M 2 L2 T 0 (Correct)
(3) M –2 L2 T 0 (Incorrect)
(4) M 2 L2 T (Incorrect)
a
The ‘dimensions’ of 2 , must be the same as that of ‘p’.
V
Hence dimensions of ‘a’ would correspond to
Force 2 4
volume force length
area
The dimensions of ‘G’, would correspond to
54
2
force length
2
mass
dimensions of a 2 2
mass length
dimension of G
F = 6rv
(F = force, r = radius, v = velocity)
when used in the Poiseuelli equation
pr 4
V=
8 ,
(p = pressure, = length)
would give the dimensions of V as
(1) [M0L3T0] (Incorrect)
(2) [ML–3T] (Incorrect)
(3) [M0L2T–1] (Incorrect)
(4) [M0L3T–1] (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
From Stoke’s law equation, we get
force MLT –2
–1
ML1T 1
length velocity L LT
55
3
pressure × length
V
MLT –2 3
2
L
L –1 1 L3T 1
ML T
di
18. The dimensions, of the inductance (L), (induced emf = L (i = current, t = time)) and the
dt
1
capacitance (C) (angular frequency = ) are, respectively,,
LC
di
From induced emf = L ,
dt
time
We get L emf ×
current
= [ML2T–2I–2]
1
Now angular frequency,
LC
56
1
C
L
= M–1L–2T2I2.T2
= [M–1L–2T4I2]
Id sin
B d / r length
4 r 2
force MLT –2
B
charge velocity IT LT –1
= [MT–2I–1]
Also,
B length 2 MT –2 I –1 L2
current length I L
= [MLT–2I–2]
57
Unit–1 : Physics + Measurement
Average Comparing dimensions
20. Electric field strength (E) equals force on a unit charge. Also,
1 q
E=
4 r 2 (q = charge, r = distance)
force MLT –2
E
charge IT
E MLT–3I–1
Also,
1 q
E=
4 r 2
Charge
IT
E length 2 MLT –3I –1 L2
M –1L–3T 4 I 2
58
Unit–1 : Physics + Measurement
Easy Identifying physcial quantity from given dimensions
21. The dimensions
[ML2T–1]
can correspond to
(1) rate of change of force (Incorrect)
(2) impulse (Incorrect)
(3) rate of change of momentum (Incorrect)
(4) angular momentum (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
We have angular momentum = mv r
[Angular momentum]
= [MLT–1× L ] = [ML2T–1]
[It is easy to verify that the given dimensions do not correspond to the other listed quantities.]
59
Solution:
V
We have R =
I
Work
and V =
Charge
MLT –2 L
V ML2T –3I –1
IT
2 –3 –1
V ML T I
R
I I
= [ML2T–3I–2]
[It is easy to see that the given dimensions do not correspond to the other listed quantities.]
Force
We have electric filed =
Charge
MLT –2
MLT –3 I –1
IT
60
Flux of electric field through a surface
ES cos MLT –3 I –1 L2
= [ML3T–3I–1]
[It is easy to see that the given dimensions do not correspond to the other listed quantities.]
Force
Magnetic field
Charge× Velocity
MLT –2 –2 –1
= IT LT –1 MT I
= [MT–2I–1 × L2]
= [ML2T–2I–1]
[It is easy to see that the given dimensions do not correspond to the other listed quantities.]
61
Unit–1 : Physics + Measurement
Difficult Identifying physical quantity from given dimensions
[M0L2T0I]
can correspond to
Solution:
We know that,
Torque ML2T –2
–2 –1
Magnetic Field MT I
= [IL2]
= [M0L2T0I]
[It is easy to see that the given dimensions do not correspond to the other listed quantities.]
62
(C) (Areal velocity; (angular momentum / mass)
(D) (Impulse; momentum)
From this, the one pair, that is dimensionally incompatible, is the pair labelled as:
(1) A (Correct)
(2) B (Incorrect)
(3) C (Incorrect)
(4) D (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Energy
We have [Planck’s constant] =
Frequency
ML2 T –2
–1 ML2 T –1
T
Change in momentum
and [rate of change of momentum] =
Time
MLT –1
MLT –2
T
L
27. The dimensions, of the product
R
are,
63
(1) MLT –2 I –2 (Incorrect)
MLT –2 I –2
M –1L–3T 4 I2
L ML2T –2 I –2
R ML2 T –3I –2
L
0 0 L–2 T 2 .T L–2 T 3
R
Alternatively, We know that
1
C Velocity
1 1
0 0 2 2 –2
C L T
L
and = time constant = time = [T]
R
L 1
0 0 2 –2 .T L–2 T 3
R L T
64
Unit–1 : Physics + Measurement
Easy Comparing dimensions
28. In the dimensional formula
[X] = [ML–1T–2],
the quantity, X, can be
(1) Surface tension of a liquid (Incorrect)
(2) Coefficient of viscosity of a liquid (Incorrect)
(3) Universal gas constant (Incorrect)
(4) Atmospheric pressure (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
We have,
Force
[Atmospheric pressure] = [Pressure] =
Area
MLT –2 –1 –2
L2 ML T
65
Solution:
The coefficient of thermal conduction (say ), is defined through the equation
H
A
t x
H . x
t A
ML2 T –2 . L
( H = Heat = energy)
T L2 K
= [MLT–3K–1]
66
= [L2T–2K–1]
2 –2
Heat energy ML T
Specific latent heat =
Mass M
= [L2T–2]
[Ratio of the two] = [K–1] = [M0L0T0K–1]
Also,
Change in length
[Coefficient of linear expansion] = Original length Rise in temperature
L –1
= L K K
= [M0L0T0K–1]
2 –2
Heat energy ML T
Specific latent heat =
M
Mass
67
= [L2T–2]
Also,
mgh
Gravitational P.E. per unit mass = gh
m
= [LT–2.L] = [L2T–2]
The ‘dimensional formula’ of ‘specific latent heat’, is thus sen to be identical with the ‘dimensional formula’
of gravitational P.E. per unit mass.
Heat energy
We have Thermal capacity Risein temperature
ML2 T 2
ML2 T 2 K 1
K
Changein volume
and [coefficient of volume expansion] = Original volume Risein temperature
L3 1
= L3 K K
68
Also,
2
Force MLT 1 –2
[Pressure] = Area L2 ML T
(1) V k pr 2 / (Incorrect)
(2) V k pr 4 / (Correct)
(3) V k p 2 r 2 / 2 (Incorrect)
(4) V k pr 2 / 2 (Incorrect)
Volume flowing 3 –1
We have V (= rate of flow) = Time taken L T
MLT –2 –1 –2
Also, p = Pressure difference = L2 ML T
r = radius = [L]
= length = [L]
= coefficient of viscosity = [ML–1T–1]
69
pr 4 ML1T 2 L4 3 1
ML1T –1 L L T
pr 4
V k. is a dimensionally compatible relation. It is, therefore, a ‘possible’ relation. (The
same is NOT true for the other relations).
0 0 C2Gm
r 3 2
I
(1) (I = moment of inertia, = angular velocity, = torque) (Incorrect)
Gh
(2) (G = gravitational constant, h = Planck’s constant, 0 = permittivity, C = velocity)
0C
(Incorrect)
0 0
(3) ( = permeability; 0 = permittivity; C = velocity) (Incorrect)
C
rv
(4) ( = density, r = radius, v = speed, = coefficient of viscosity) (Correct)
70
1 2
0 0 C .G.m C2
2 C M 1L3T 2 M
2
r 3v 2 L3 T 1
= [M0L0T0]
Thus the given term is a dimensionless term.
We also find that the term
Thus this term is dimensionally compatible with the given term (Other terms are not so).
s
35. The term ( = coefficient of viscosity,, s = surface tension, = torque), would become
dimensionally compatible with a term obtained by multiplying, G, (the universal gravitational
constant) with another quantity, having the dimensions of
(1) (Velocity) × (pressure) (Incorrect)
(2) Time × (density)2 (Correct)
(3) Frequency × (force) (Incorrect)
(4) Momentum / (acceleration)2 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
We have, = [ML–1T–1]
[s] = [MT–2]
= [ML2T–2]
71
1 1 2
s ML T MT
ML2T 2
= [M+1L–3T–1]
Also, [G] = [M–1L3T–2]
We have, V = r 2
V 2r
V r
V
Here, = 0.0158
V
0.01
and 0.011
10.25
72
2 r
= 0.0158 – 0.011 = 0.0048
r
0.840
r 0.0048
2
= 0.002
Thus the least count of the instrument, used for measuring r, is 0.002 cm.
pr 4
37. The formula V
8
pr 4
From the formula V , we get
8
pr 4
8V
p r v
4
p r v
73
r
9% 2% 4 3% 2%
r
r 2%
0.5%
r 4
Resistance of wire = 40 1
r 2 R
Given that , the value of would be quoted as
r 2 R
r R
2
r R
74
0.02 1 0.1
2
26 40 120
= 0.154 + 0.025 + 0.0008 0.18
2
0.26 40 104
Also, m
120 10 2
= 0.0708 × 10–2 m
= 7.08 × 10–4 m
1.3 10 –4 m
7 1 10 –4 m
Y p 3 q r 1 s
2 5
Y p 2 q r 2 s
75
3 1
2 0.005 0.04 5 0.04 0.02
2 2
= (0.010 + 0.06 + 0.02 + 0.01)
= 0.1
V 1000 6 m3
We have V 3
1 1
V 3 1000 3 10 m
V
Also, 3
V
76
6
3
1000 10
6 10 2
0.02
1000 3 100
We, therefore, have
10.00 0.02 m
CG
41. The dimensional formula, for the product X (C = velocity of light, G = Universal
e
gravitational constant, e = electronic charge), would be
We have C LT 1
F.r 2 MLT 2 L2
G 2
2
m M
M 1L3 T 2
e IT
77
CG LT M L T
1 1 3 –2
X
E IT
M 1L4 T 4 I 1
L
42. The dimensional formula, for the ratio R (L = inductance, R = resistance, 0 =
0 0
permeasility, 0 = permittivity) equals:
(1) M 0 L2 T (Incorrect)
(2) M 0 LT (Incorrect)
(4) M 0 L2 T –1 (Correct)
L
= time constant
R
1
and C = velocity of light
0 0
L
T
R
78
1
and 0 0 2
L2 T 2
C
L
R T L2
2 2
0 0 L T T
M 0 L2 T –1
LVs
43. The dimensional formula, of the term Y, where Y K (Lv = specific latent heat, s =
0
specific heat capacity, K0 = thermal conductivity), equals:
Heat energy
We have LV
Mass
ML2T 2
LV L2T 2
M
79
Heat energy ML2 T2
s
Mass changein temperature MK
M 0 L2 T 2 K 1
d
Also, Q K 0 A
d
Heat energy length
K0
Area changein temperature
ML3T 2 2 1
2
L K MLT K
2 2 2 2 1
L S L T L T K
V 2 1 M 1L3T 2
K MLT K
L s T
Z f
K0
(Lf = specific latent heat of fusion, s = specific heat capacity, = density, T = time of heat
flow, K0 = thermal conductivity), is:
(1) frequency (Correct)
(2) time period (Incorrect)
(3) velocity (Incorrect)
(4) momentum (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Heat energy
We have L f
2 2
L T
Mass
80
Heat energy
s 2 2 1
L T K
Mass change in temperature
ML3 , T T
K 0 MLT 2 K 1
L2 T 2 L2 T 2 K 1 ML3 T
Z
MLT 2 K 1
= [T–1]
This matches the dimensional formula of frequency..
e2 C
Z
0 R
(2) M 0 L2 T 0 I 2 (Correct)
81
C LT 1
0 M 1L3T 4 I2
R ML2 T 3I2
I2 T 2 LT 1
Z
M 1L3T 4 I 2 ML2 T 3 I 2
L2 I 2
46. The term 0 E 2 ( 0 = permittivity, E = electric field) is dimensionally incompatible with the
term
(1) p (p = pressure) (Incorrect)
k
(2) (k = spring constant, x = displacement) (Incorrect)
x
(3) CV 2 (C = capacitance, V = potential difference) (Correct)
mgh
(4) (m = mass, h = height, V = volume, g = acceleration due to gravity) (Incorrect)
V
The term 0 E 2 has the dimensions of energy density, i.e. energy per unit volume. [We know that the energy
1
density, of the electric field, is 0 E 2 . (The dimensions of the term can also be obtained through a substitution
2
of the dimensions of 0 and E)].
ML2 T 2
0 E 2 3 ML1T 2
L
82
Force / length
Now p = ML1T 2
length
mgh M LT L 1 2
2
V ML T
L3
These terms are thus dimensionally compatible with the term 0 E 2 .
2 Ch arge 2
However, CV potential
potential
work
Charge work ML2 T 2
charge
B2
47. The term (B = magnetic field, 0 = permeability) is dimensionally incompatible with
0
the term
p2
(1) (p = momentum, m = mass, V = volume) (Incorrect)
mV
I 2 Rt
(3) (I = current, R = resistance, t = time, V = volume) (Inorrect)
V
S
(4) (S = surface tension, x = distance) (Incorrect)
x
83
Solution:
B2
The term has the dimensions of energy density, i.e. energy per unit volume. [We know that the
0
B2
energy density of the magnetic field is ; (This may also be worked out through a direct use of the
20
B2 ML2 T 2
dimensions of B and 0 )]. Hence the dimensions of are L3 i.e. ML1T 2
0
p 2 M 2 L2 T 2 1 2
Now mV M.L3 ML T
I2 Rt ML2 T 2 1 1
V L3 ML T ( I2Rt = Heat produced)
S Force / length
ML T
1 1
x length
B2
All these terms are, therefore, dimensinoally compatible with the term .
0
emf time
However, in the term (LI), we have L Self inductance
current
LI emf time
Work
time
ch arg e
= (ML2T–2I–1)
B2
This term is, therefore, dimensionally incompatible with the term .
0
84
Unit–1 : Physics + Measurement
Difficult Dimensional incompability
s
48. The term Z (s = distance, u = speed) is dimensionally incompatible with the term
u
(1) LC (L = self inductance, C = capacitance) (Correct)
L
(2) (L = self inductance, R = resistance) (Incorrect)
R
(3) RC (R = resistance, C = capacitance) (Incorrect)
(4) ( = length, g = acceleration) (Incorrect)
g
s
The term Z has the dimensions of time.
u
L
We find that the terms and (RC) both have the dimensions of time.
R
1
L 2
Also, g LT 2 T
85
Unit–1 : Physics + Measurement
Average Dimensional incompability
49. From the following relations, the one, that does not meet the requirement of dimensional
compatability, is the relation:
pr 4
(1) V (V = rate of flow, p = pressure, r = radius, = length, = coefficient of viscosity)
8
(Incorrect)
rhg
(3) S (S = surface tension, r = radius, h = height, = density, g = acceleration,
2 cos
= angle of contact (Incorrect)
(4) W = pV (W = work, p = pressure, V = volume) (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
On substituting the dimensions of different terms, we find that the dimensions of the LHS and the RHS, are
equal in relations (1), (3) and (4). Hence these relations meet the requirement of dimensional compatibitility.
However, in relation (2), dimensions of LHS and RHS are different. Hence this relation is ‘dimensionally
incompatible.”
I
(1) G as well as 2 (G = universal gravitational constant, I = moment of inertia,
M
= acceleration, M = mass) (Correct)
A
(2) G as well as 2 (G = univeral gravitational constant, A = area, M = mass, t= time)
Mt
(Incorrect)
86
h V
(3) 2 as well as 2 (h = Planck’s constant, V = volume, t = time) (Incorrect)
M Mt
hv S
(4) 2 as well as (h = Planck’s constant, v = frequency, M = mass, S = surface
M MV
tension, V = volume) (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
2
Force distance
We find that G 2
M 1L3T 2
mass
I ML LT 1 3 2
2 2
Also, M 2 M LT
M 2
Both the terms, in option (1), thus match the given dimensinos.
However, one, or both the terms, in the other three option, are NOT dimensionally compatible with the
‘given dimensions’.
M Fa –1
87
1
12 1 12
S 2
Also, T S F2a
T
M
F2S2
F. 2 2 Fa 2S2
Fa
[Note: This result may be converted into dimensions in terms of M, L and T and compared with the known
dimensions of [G] in terms of M, L and T. This ‘checking’ can help in all such questions.]
52. If mass, time, 0 (permittivity) and 0 (permeability) are taken as the ‘base’ units, the
dimensional formula, for electrical resistance, R would be:
1 1
(1) R M 0 2
0 2 T (Incorrect)
1 1
(2) R M 00 2
0 2 T 0 (Correct)
1 1
(3) R M 00 2
0 2 T 0 (Incorrect)
1 1
(4) R M –1 0 2
0 2 T –1 (Incorrect)
We have, 0 M 1L3 T 4 I 2
88
1
1 3
and I 0 2 0 2 M 1T 1 2
Now R ML2 T 3 I 2
T2
MT 3
00
1
3
. 0 2 0 2 M 1T
1
2 1 1
0 M 0 0 2 0 2 T 0
0
[L] = [hp–1]
89
and [M] = p.L–1T ph –1p 1–1
Now,
Force
S MT –2
length
(3) p hG 2C –7 (Incorrect)
Gh 1 1 5
5 T 2 or T G 2 H 2 C 2
C
90
1 1 3
L CT G 2 H 2 C 2
1 1 1
h 2 G 2 C 2
p h 1G 2 C 7
1 1
(2) M 1S 2
L 0 2 T 2 (Incorrect)
1
(3) MS1L0 T –2 2
(Incorrect)
1 1
(4) M 1S 2
L 0 2 T –1 (Incorrect)
91
Now, [] MLT 2 K 1
1 S
[ ] M L 0 T 2 T 2
2
L0
1
MSL0 2 T 1
Force MLT 2
[Surface tension] = length L
= [MT–2]
2
kg s 2.205 pound 2
1
pound s 1poind
= 2.205
92
2
7.3 102 Units in SI Units = 2.205 7.3 10 Units
2 2
Heat energy ML T
[Specific latent heat] = L2 T 2
mass M
2 2
Unit of surface tension in SI units m 1s
Unit of surface tension in FPSsystem =
ft 1s
2
3.28feet
1 10.76
1feet
80 cal 80 4.2J
Specific latent heat of water = g 103 kg
336 10 3 J / kg 336 103 m 2 s 2
93
Unit–1 : Physics + Measurement
Average Relation between units of two systems
58. The Young’s modules of copper is known to have a value 1.3×1010 in CGS units. Given that
1 pound = 453.5 g, 1 foot 30.5 cm, the value of Young’s modulus of copper, in FPS units,
is:
(1) (8.7×108) FPS units (Correct)
(2) (8.7×1010) FPS units (Incorrect)
(3) (7.24×105) FPS units (Incorrect)
(4) (7.24×106) FPS units (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Stress MLT 2
We have, Y 2 ML1T 2
Strain L
1 2
Unit of Y in CGS units g cm 1s
Unit of Y in FPS units pound ft 1s
–1
g cm
1
453.5 g 30.5 cm
30.5
0.067
453.5
94
there are 180 divisons between the temperature of melting ice (00C) and that of (normal)
boiling point of water (= 1000C).
The value of the specific heat capacity of water, in this hypothetical system, would be:
(1) 9.3 × 107 units of the hypothetical system (Correct)
(2) 1.9 × 107 units of the hypothetical system (Incorrect)
(3) 1.9 × 10–1 units of the hypothetical system (Incorrect)
(4) 9.3 × 10–1 units of the hypothetical system (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
We have,
Heat energy
[Specific heat capacity] = Mass change in temperature
ML2 T 2 2 2 1
MK L T K
2 2 1
m s kelvin degree
50cm 100s Fahrenheit degree
2 2 1
100 cm 1 1.80 F
Above ratio = 50 cm 100 10 F
95
1
4 104
1.8
= 2.22 × 104
1cal
Now specific heat capacity of water = g 0 C
96
2 2
1kg 1m 1s
new energy units
2kg 5m 1ms
= 2×10–8 new energy units
Also 100 divisions on the celsius scale = 100 divisions on the kelvin scale = 180 divisions on the Fahrenheit
scale.
1K = 1.8 0F
(1K)–1 = (1.8)–1 (0F)–1
R = 8.32 J (mole–1) (K)–1
= 8.32 (2×10–8 new energy units) (mole–1) [(1.8)–1 (0F)–1]
16.64
108 (new energy unit) (mole)–1 (0F)–1
1.8
= 9.23×10–8 (new energy unit) (mole)–1 (0F)–1
(9.2×10–8) (new energy unit) (mole)–1 (0F)–1
61. A beam, made from a material of Young’s modulus Y, has a length , a width b and a
thickness d. When it is placed symmetrically on two knife edges, at its ends, and loaded in
the middle by a mass M, it gets depressed by an amount where
Mg3
3
4bd Y
The relative errors, in the determinations of and d, have identical values of 1% each.
The error, in the determination of M is 0.5%, that in the determination of b is 0.2% and
that in the determinations of is 0.1%. The value of ‘g’ is used from standard tables.
The relative error, in the determination of Y, on the basis of these measurements, would
be:
(1) 0.2% (Incorrect)
(2) 0.8% (Incorrect)
(3) 2.8% (Incorrect)
(4) 6.8% (Correct)
97
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
We have,
Mg3
Y
4bd 3
Y M g b d
3 3
Y M g b d
r 3
62. In the relation t k ,
The quantities t, , r and refer to the time of oscillation, density, radius and surface
tension, respetively. The relative error, in the determination of , is calculated on the
basis of the relative errors, of 0.5%, 0.1% and 0.2% in the measurement of , r and t,
respectively. This relative error would equal:
(1) 1.2% (Correct)
(2) 0.8% (Incorrect)
(3) 0.6% (Incorrect)
(4) 0.4% (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
We have,
r 3
tk
98
r 3 2
k 2
t
r t
3 2
r t
r 4
k.
2
where = torsional constant (torque per unit twist), r = radius and = length.
The relative error, in the determination of , is calculated to be 0.9%. The relative erros,
in the determination of and are found to be 0.5% and 0.2%, respectively. The ratio of
the least count of the instrument, used to measure r, to the measured (average) value of r,
would then equal:
(1) 0.001 (Incorrect)
(2) 0.0005 (Correct)
(3) 0.002 (Incorrect)
(4) 0.0001 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
We have,
r 4
k.
2
2
k r4
99
r
4
r
r
0.9% = 0.2% + 0.5% + 4 (x) x
r
r
This given x = 0.05% = 0.0005
r
k Y
n
d
If the relative percentage errors, in the determination of n, and d are 0.1%, 0.5% and
1%, respectively, the relative percentage error, in the determination of Y, would be:
(1) 2.2% (Correct)
(2) 1.6% (Incorrect)
(3) 1.1% (Incorrect)
(4) 0.95% (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
We have,
k Y
n
d
n 2 2 d
Y
k2
Y n d
2 2
Y n d
100
= 2 (0.1%) + 2(0.5%) + (1%)
= 2.2 %
m kv n g 3 , we get
[M] = [LT–1]n [ML–3] [LT–2]–3
We get – n + 6 = 0 or n = 6
This value is also consistent with n + (–3) + (–3) = 0
m k v 6 g 3
m v g
6 3
m v g
101
Unit–1 : Physics + Measurement
Difficult Dimensional Compatibility
66. It is given that the time period (T) of oscillation, of a gas bubble, formed under water,
depends upon pressure (P), density (d) and energy (E), as
T k a d b E c
T k a d b E c , we get
a+b+c=0
– a – 3b + 2c = 0
–2a – 2c = 1
These equations give,
a = –5/6, b = 1/2, c = 1/3
102
3
(1) n (Incorrect)
2
5
(2) n – (Correct)
2
1
(3) n (Incorrect)
2
3
(4) n (Incorrect)
2
3
1 n 0
2
1
and 1 n 1
2
5
From either of these, we get n =
2
103
(1) (4) (Incorrect)
(2) (3) (Incorrect)
(3) (2) (Incorrect)
(4) (1) (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
We have,
Force distance2
G 2
1 3 2
M L T
mass
C Velocity LT 1
From the given relation, we get
a 1
M 2 ML2 T 1 LT 1 M 1L3T 2
These give,
a+1 = 2; 2a+1–3 = 0; –a–1+2 = 0
The value of, a, consistent with all these relations, is a = +1
104
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
The error, in the sum of and b, would be the sum of their individual errors. Thus
p b 0.1 0.05 cm
= 0.15 cm
p = (30.2 0.15) m
A b 0.1 0.05
Now,
A b 10.0 5.1
The total surface area (S), and the volume (V), of the cube, would be expressed as:
105
Solution:
We have,
Total surface area, S = 6 (a2)
= 6 (2.5)2 cm2 = 37.5 cm2
S a 2 0.1
Also, 2 0.08
S a 2.5
S 38 3 cm 2
V a 3 0.1
3 0.12
V a 2.5
V 16 2 cm3
106
Solution:
We have, as per Ohm’s law,
V 3.4
R 40
I 0.085
R V I
Also,
R V I
0.2 0.005
3.4 0.085
= 0.059 0.059 = 0.118
R 0.118 40 4.72
5
R 40 5
R
The relative percentage error in the resistivity, 2 , of the material of this wire,
e,
r
would be:
(1) 6.08% (Incorrect)
(2) 1.6% (Correct)
(3) 1.08% (Incorrect)
(4) 0.6% (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
107
Solution:
R
We have,
r 2
R r
2
R r
73. If mass (M), permittivity 0 , permeability 0 and Planck’s constant (h), are taken as
the fundamental units, the dimensions of length (L), would be:
1 1
(1) L M 1h 0 2
0 2 (Correct)
1 1
(2) L Mh 1 0 2
0 2 (Incorrect)
1 1
(3) L Mh0 2
0 2 (Incorrect)
1 1
(4) L M –1h –1 0 2
0 2 (Incorrect)
0 M 1L3T 4 I2
108
0 MLT 2 I 2
h ML2T 1
0 0 L2 T 2
Also, h ML2 T 1
h 2 M 2 L4 T 2
0 0 h 2 M 2 L2
1
h2
2
L 0 02
M
1 1
0 2 0 2 h M 1
Q A
is used to determine experimentally. The relative percentage errors, in the measurement
of different quantities, are as follow:
Flowing heat energy = 2%
Time for which heat flows = 0.2%
Temperature difference = 2%
Length of the rod = 0.5%
Area of cross section of the rod = 0.5%
109
The relative percentage error, in the determination of , would be
(1) 0.2% (Incorrect)
(2) 5.2% (Correct)
(3) 0.4% (Incorrect)
(4) 2.6% (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
The relation
Q A
can be rewritten as
H H
. Q t
A
H t A
H t A
= 2% + 0.2% + 0.5% + 2% + 0.5%
= 5.2%
rv NR
(1) NR ; 6.4% (Correct)
NR
110
NR
(2) NR rv; 1.4% (Incorrect)
NR
rv NR
(3) NR ; 1.4% (Incorrect)
NR
NR
(4) NR rv; 6.4% (Incorrect)
NR
v LT 1 ; ML1T 1
rv
These give as a dimensionaless combination.
rv
Thus N R
N R r v
NR r v
111
1 1
(2) b 2 2 M 1T 2 (Incorrect)
3 1 7
(3) M 2b 2T 2 (Correct)
3 1 5
(4) M 2 b 2 T 2 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
We have
E
ML2T 2 4
4 2 K
T L T
1
MT 3 K 4 K M 1T 3
4
and b m T LK
L bK 1
Heat energy
Now thermal capacity = C m Change in Temperature
ML2 T 2 2
M bK 1 T 2 K 1
K
1
MbT 2 M 1T 3
2
1 1 7
= M 2 b 2T 2
112
inertia’ and electrical potential (V) would be:
We have,
C LT 1
e IT
G M 1L3T 2
T eT 1
L CT
and M G –1L3T 2
G 1C5 T 5 T 2 G 1C5 T 3
Work
and Electrical potential V
Charge
113
ML2T 2 G C T T C T T
1 3 3 2 2 2 2
IT e
G 1C5Te 1
= (5.10 0.05) cm
b = (3.25 0.05) cm
h = (1.40 0.01) cm
m = (185.450 0.002) g
The volume (V), of the cuboid, and the density , of the material equal, respectively..
(1) (32.2 0.74) cm3 and (7.99 0.24) g/cm3 (Incorrect)
(2) (23.21 0.74) cm3 and (8.0 0.2) g/cm3 (Incorrect)
(3) (23.21 0.74) cm3 and (7.99 0.24) g/cm3 (Incorrect)
(4) (23.2 0.7) cm3 and (8.0 0.2) g/cm3 (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
We have, V = b h
= (5.10×3.25×1.40) cm3 = 23.205 cm3
V b h
Also,
V b h
114
V 0.302 23.205 cm3 0.74 cm 3
Now density,
mass 185.45
d g / cm 3
volume 23.2
= 7.99 g/cm3
d m V
Also,
d m V
0.002 0.7
185.450 23.2
115
Solution:
We have, I = M r2
8000 2
r2 cm 16 cm 2 r 4 cm
500
I M r
Also, 2
I M r
56 1 r
2
8000 500 r
r 1 1
This gives 0.007 0.002 0.005
r 2 2
1
r .005 4 0.01cm
2
The least count of the instrument, used for measuring the radius, is, therefore, 0.01 cm.
e4v
Z 2
m m 2 c3G ,
0 p e
116
Solution:
We have,
e IT ; v T 1
0 M 1L3T 4 I2 ; m p M ; m e M
C LT 1 ; G M 1L3T 2
I4 T 4 T 1
Z 2
M 1L3T 4 I 2 M 3 L3 T 3 M 1L3 T 2
M 0 L0 T 0 I 0
117
UNIT–2 : KINEMATICS
Learning Objectives
After going through unit, you would be able to understand, appreciate and apply the following concepts:
Kinematics of motion.
Description of motion - idea of frame of reference.
Rest and motion.
Concept of “absolute rest”.
All motion is relative.
Distance and displacement of a body in motion.
One, two and three dimensional motion.
Detailed study of motion in one dimension.
Concept of average and instantaneous speed and velocity.
Uniform motion. Graphical representation.
Non-uniform motion - concept of acceleration.
Uniform and non-uniform acceleration.
Equations of uniformly accelerated motion.
Graphical representation of uniformly accelerated motion.
Motion under gravity as uniformly accelerated motion.
Problem solving using equations of motion, graphs etc.
Motion in two dimensions.
Scalar and vector quantities - definition, graphical representation and examples.
Triangle law of vector addition and its applications.
Parallelogramms and polygon law of vector addition.
Unit vector.
Components of a vector. Rectangular components.
Representation of vectors in terms of unit vectors and rectangular components in Cartesian
co-ordinates.
Substraction of vectors.
Relative velocity and use of vector substraction.
118
Scalar product, expression in terms of Cartesian components of vectors. Applications of scalar
product.
Vector product, Right hand-srew rule.
Expression for vector product in terms of Cartesian components of vectors.
Motion of a projectile.
Projectile motion resolved as
(i) Uniform motion
(ii) Uniformly accelerated motion
Equations of projectile motion
(a) Equation of trajectory
(b) Time of flight
(c) Maximum vertical height
(d) Horizontal range
Graphs of projectile motion.
Applications of projectile motion.
Circular motion - definition of basic term like angular displacement, angular velocity etc.
Similarity between one dimensional motion and uniform circular motion.
Kinematical equation of uniformally accelerated circular motion.
Linear acceleration in uniform circular motion. Centeripetal acceleration.
Relation between linear velocity and angular speed; linear acceleration and angular acceleration.
Examples and applications.
119
120
KINEMATICS
Mechanics in one of oldest of physical sciences. It is the study of objects in motion. Kinematics is a branch
of mechanics in which we study motion without inquiring about the cause of motion. A particle is an
infintesimally small part of matter. It has a neglibile size but a definite position. A body is a finite amount of
matter having a finite size, shape occupying definite space.
Basic Definitions
1. Frame of reference
A frame of reference is a conveniently chosen co-ordinate system. The position of particle is described
in the frame of reference chosen.
2. Rest and motion
A body is at rest in a chosen frame of reference if its position does not change with time. On the other
hand, if position of particle or body changes with time the particle or body is in motion. Rest and
motion are relative. A body at rest in one frame, can be in motion in another frame of reference.
There is nothing like abolute rest.
3. Position Vector
It describes the instantaneous position of a partile in a frame of reference. It is a vector joining the
origin of co-ordinates to the instantaneous position of particle. For a particle at rest; position vector
is same at all times. For a particle in motion, the position vector changes with time.
4. Distance and Displacement
The actual path along which a particle moves is known as the
trajectory. The distance travelled by a particle equals the actual
length of the path discribed. It is a scalar quantity. It is a positive
number which does not decreases with time and can never be
zero for a particle in motion.
The displacement is a vector joining the intial and the final position of
the particle. In Fig. 1 a particle moves along curved path, from a point
A to B. AB is a straight line joining initial portion A and final position
B. AB=S Displacement. The magnitude of the displacement is less
than or equal to the distance travelled. if a particle comes back to its
initial position the displacement is zero but distance travlelled finite. Fig. 1
Example–1 :
A particle moves along a circle of radius r. What is distance travelled and displacement, when particle
describes.
3
(a) One quadrant (b) th of circle.
4
121
Solution :
(a) From Fig. 2(a); we have
2r r
distance travelled =
4 2
Magnitude of displacement
= Length of chord AB 2 r
(b) From Fig. 2(b), we have
3 3r Fig. 2
Distance travelled = 2r
4 2
Speed
The speed of a particle relates the distance travelled by the body and the time taken. The average speed,
Vav, is the ratio of the total distance travelled to the total time taken. It is the distance travelled per unit time.
Speed is a scalar quantity.
122
Total distance travelled S
Averagespeed
Total time taken T
s ds
v Lt
t 0 t
dt
Velocity
The speed of a moving body does not give us any information regarding the direction of motion. The
velocity of a particle at a given time is a quantity giving the speed and direction of motion at that time.
The average velocity ν av , is in the direction of the displacement vector s. Its magnitude is ratio of the
magnitude of displacement and the total time taken, i.e.
Displacement s
ν av = Average velocity =
Timetaken t
Δs ds
ν Lt
dt
t 0 t
Example–2 :
A particle moves along a right angled issoceles triangle ABC. It moves from vertex A to C along path
A B C in time t as shown in Fig. 3. What is the
(a) Average speed.
(b) Magnitude of the average velocity of the particle.
Solution :
(a) The total distance travelled = s. Obviously
123
s = AB + BC = 2a
s 2a
Average speed = vav ..... (1)
t t
(b) The net displacement = s = AB
Magnitude of net displacement = s = AC = 2 a
2a
The magnitude of the average velocity = vav
t
Fig. 3
Example–3 :
A particle moves along x–axis. It travels distances S1, S2, ...... with constant speed V1, V2, ....., respectively.
What is the average speed?
Solution :
n
n
S1 S2 S3 S
or T = ....... i
V1 V2 V3 i 1 Vi
S S i 1
i
Vav n
T St
V
i 1 i
Let S1 = S2 = S. The body covers two equal distances with different speeds V1 and V2. Then
2S 2V1V2
Vav
S S V1 V2
V1 V2
124
Example–4 :
A particle travels for n equal time intervals, each equal to t, with speed V1, V2, ..... VN. Show that the
average speed equals the arithematic mean of individual speeds.
Solution :
Let S1, S2, ...... Sn be distances travelled in 1st, 2nd ...... nth time interval, each equal to t. Obvisouly
S1 = V1t; S2 = V2t, ...... Sn = Vnt
The total distance travelled S = S1+S2 + ...... + Sn
= (V1 + V2 + ..... Vn)t
The total time taken = T = nt
S V V2 .....VN
Average speed = = 1
T n
= Arithematic mean of the individual speeds.
Fig. 4
In Fig. 4, particle starts moving from origin O at t = 0 along the x–axis with uniform velocity. A,B, C
denotes its position at t = 1s, 2s and 3s respectively. Then OA = AB = BC. The position (x) vs time (t)
graph of uniform motion along +ve x–axis is shown in Fig 5(a). Fig 5(b) shows velocity (v) vs time (t). The
slope of x vs t graph equals the velocity of the particle.
Fig. 5
125
Non-Uniform Motion
An object undergoing unequal displacement in equal time intervals, has a non-uniform motion. In non-
uniform motion velocity varies with time. The motion is also refered to as accelerated motion. The average
acceleration over a finite time interval is ratio of change in velocity and time taken. Expressed mathematically
v2 v1 Δv
aav
t 2 t1 t
Δv dv
a Lt
t 0 t
dt
The instantaneous acceleration is slope of tangent to velocity vs time graph at the moment of time considered.
Acceleration of a body can be either a positive or a negative member. It velocity of body increases as time
increases, acceleration is a positive number. If velocity of body decreases as time increases;acceleration is
a negative number. Negative acceleration is also known as retardation.
For a body having same accleration at all times; we say motion is uniformaly accelerated. However if
acceleration is not same at all times, we have non-uniformly accelerated motion.
Fig. 6
126
Fig. 6
In Fig. 6(a) the slope of chord AB is the average velocity in time interval t t 2 t1 . The instantaneous
velocity at time t, is the slope of tangent to x vs t graph at the point P considered. This is shown in Fig. 6(b).
The instantaneous velocity can be positive, zero or negative as shown in Fig. 6(c) Fig. 7(a) and 7(b) given
below shows x vs t and v vs t graph of a body having uniform motion.
Fig. 7
Uniform Motion
The acceleration of a body in motion in obtained from velocity (v) vs time (t) graph. The average acceleration
is the slope of chord joinning the two points considered on v vs t graph. In Fig. 8(a) slope of chord PQ is
the average acceleration in time interval (t2–t1). The instantaneous acceleration is slope of tangent to v vs t
graph at the point considered as shown in Fig. 8(b) Fig. 8(c) shows positive, zero and negative acceleration.
Fig. 8
127
Fig. 8
8 8
(iii) v (at = 10s) = 4ms 1
12 8
128
(b) The total distance travelled in time interval 0–12s
= 6+8+8 = 22 m
(ii) 8 t 12s; v –4 ms –1
v vs t graph for motion is shown in Fig. 11 Fig. 11
Example–6 :
Fig. 12
1 1
= 4 6 2 6 2 6 6 2
2 2
= 12+12+6+12 = 42 m
129
T = Total time taken = 10s
S 42
Average speed = Vav 4.2 ms 1
T 10
[Note: In calculating S we have NOT assigned negative sign to area in time interval 8 to 10s.]
18
The magnitude of average velocity = 1.8 ms –1
10
Example–7 :
For a particle moving along x–axis; the instantaneous position x is given by
x = 4t–2t2 + t3
where x is in meter and t in second. What is instantaneous (i) velocity and (ii) acceleration at t = 1s? Is
motion uniformly accelerated?
Solution :
By define the instantaneous velocity v is
dx
v 4 4t 3t 2 .....(i)
dt
and instantaneous acceleration, a, is
dv
a 4 6t .....(ii)
dt
At t = 1s;
v (t = 1s) = 4 – 4 + 3 = 3ms–1,
a (t = 1s) = –4 + 6 = 2ms–2
Since acceleration varies with time, motion is NOT uniformly accelerated.
Example–8 :
The instanteous velocity v of a particle moving along a straight line is
v = (t2 – 4) ms–1
130
What is:
(a) instantaneous acceleration at t = 2s.
(b) displacement in time interval 0–4s
(c) distance travelled in time interval 0–4s?
Solution :
(a) Given v = t2 – 4
dv
a 2t
dt
a (t = 2s) = 4 ms–2
(b) Let particle move along x–axis. Then
dx 2
v t 4
dt
4
Displacement = dx t 2 4 dt
0
4
t3 4
= 4 t 0
30
64 16
= 16 m
3 3
(c) Note v is negative in time interval 0 t 2s and positive in time interval 2 t 4s . Distance
travelled S is
2 4
t 4 dt t 2 4 dt
2
S
0 2
16 16 32
m
3 3 3
131
v = instantaneous speed of particle at t = t
a = uniform acceleration
S = total distance travelled by the particle in time t
sn = distance travelled in nth second of motion.
1 2
S = v0t + at ...... (2)
2
a
s n v0 2n – 1 ...... (4)
2
Eqn (1) and (2) are represented by graphs shown in Fig. 13(a) and 13(b) respectively.
Fig.13
Example–9 :
A car has an intial speed of 108 kmhr–1. Brakes are applied producing uniform retardation. The speed of
car is reduced to 36kmhr–1 in travelling a distance of 200 m. What is
(a) retardation, (b) time taken?
Solution :
Given,
5
(a) v0 108 kmhr 1 108 ms 1 30ms 1
18
132
5
v 36 kmhr 1 36 ms 1 10ms 2
18
S = 200 m; a = ?
a = –2ms–2
Negative sign of a indicates retardation
10 = 30 + (–2) t, or t = 10s
Example–10 :
A particle starts from rest and has a uniform acceleration of 2 ms–2 for 5s. The subsequent motion is
retarded and particle comes to rest in next 2s. What is the
(1) retardation, (2) total distance travelled?
Solution :
Given,
(1) v0 = 0; a = +2ms–2; t1 = 5s
v1 = 0+2×5 = 10 ms–1
1
S1 = 0+ ×2×(5)2 = 25 m
2
The particle is brought to rest in 2s having an initial speed of 10ms–1. The retardation a2 is
0 = 10+a2×2 , a2 = –5 ms–2
S2 = distance travelled in time interval t = 5s to t = 7s
1
= 10×2+ (–5)(2)2 = 10 m
2
133
(2) For time interval 0 t 5s; the instantaneous
speed is
v 0 2 t 2t
For time interval 5 t 7s ; the instantaneous
speed is
v = 10 + (–5)t = 10–5t
Taking these factors into account v vs t graph is
as shown in Fig. 14.
Let x be the instantaneous position co-ordinate
of particle starting from origin at t = 0. For time Fig. 14
interval 0 t 5s .
1 2 2
x= at = t ...... (1)
2
x (at t = 5s) = 25 m. For time interval
5 t 7s ; the instantaneous position co-
ordinate is
1
x = 25 + 10 (t–5) + (–5) (t–5)2
2
= 25 + 10 (t–5) – 2.5 (t–5)2 .....(2)
x (t = 7s) = 25 + 10(7–5) – 2.5 (7–5)2
= 25 + 20 – 10 = 35 m
These characterstics are shown in x vs t
graph in Fig. 15. Fig. 15
Example–11 :
A car is moving with an initial speed v0. It is uniformly accelerated. The distance travelled by car in 7th and
9th second of motion is 17 m and 21 m respectively. What is v0 and a?
(b) What is speed of car and total disance travelled in 10s?
Solution :
We know, the distance sn; travelled in nth second is
a
sn = v0 + [2n–1]
2
134
Given s7 = 17m and s9 = 21m. Therefore
a 13
17 v0 2x7 1 = v0 a ..... (1)
2 2
a 17
and 21 v0 2x9 1 = v0 a ..... (2)
2 2
From equations (1) and (2)
a = 2 ms–1 and v0 = 4ms–1
Let v10 be the speed aquired by car at t = 10s
v0 = v0 + a × 10
= 4 + 2 × 10 = 24 ms–1
Let S be the total distance travelled in t = 10s. We have
1
S = 4×10 + × 2 × (10)2 = 140 m
2
Example–12 :
A particle starts moving from origin along x–axis in the positive direction of x–axis. x is instantaneous
position co-ordinate and v the instantaneous velocity. Given v = k x , where k is a constant. Prove that v
is directly proportional to t.
Solution :
Given,
dx 1 dx
v kx 2 or 1 2 kdt
dt x
Integrate
x t k2
1
x dx k dt x t2
0
2
0
or 1
2 x 2 kt or
4
dx k2 k2
v 2 t t
dt 4 2
135
Motion Under Gravity – Free Fall
A particle is released from a point at a height h
above ground. R = 6400 km is radius of earth.
If h << R. and air resistance is neglible; the
particle falls towards earth with a constant
acceleration, g = 9.8 ms–2. This is called free
fall of body (undergravity). Equations of
uniformly accelerated motion are used to
described this motion.
v = v0 + (–g) t
1
z = v0t + (–g)t2
2
From these two equations every information regarding motion of particle can be easily obtained. The +ve
or –ve sign of v, z, etc. are to be initerpretted properly. This is illustrated in examples discussed.
Example–12 :
A ball is projected vertically upwards from ground with an initial speed of 20ms–1.
(a) What is maximum height of the ball from ground? How long after projection the ball is at maximum
height from ground?
(b) What is instantaneous velocity and position of particle at (i) t = 1.5s and (ii) t = 3s? g = 10 ms–2
136
Solution :
Fig. 17
Choose point of projfection O as origin and vertically upward direction as positive z–axis. as shown in
Fig. 17. Given
v0 = 20 ms–1, a = –10 ms–2, z0 = 0
Note carefully + and –ve sign of v0 and a. Let v and z be the instantaneous velocity and position co-
ordinate of ball. Then
v = v0 + at = 20–10t ..... (i)
1 2
z = v0 + at = 20t–5t2 ..... (ii)
2
(a) Let particle attain maximum height from ground at t = t1. This is shown as point A in Fig. 17(a). At
maximum height instantaneous velocity is zero. For point A; vA = 0; t = t1. From Eqn. (i)
0 = 20–10t1 t1 = 2s
The position co-ordinate zA of point A gives maximum height of ball. From Eqn. (ii)
H = 20×2 – 5(2)2 = 20 m
(b) (i) At t = 1.5s; from Eqn. (i) and (ii) we have
v (t = 1.5s) = 20 – 15 = 5 ms–1
z (t = 1.5s) = 20×1.5 – 5 × (1.5)2 = 18.75 m
The +ve sign of v shows that ball is moving vertically upwards. The +ve sign of z means ball at this
moment is above ground at a height of 18.75 m. This is shown in Fig. 17(b).
137
(ii) At t = 3s; from Eqn. (i) and (ii) we have
v (t = 3s) = 20 – 30 = –10 ms–1
z (t = 3s) = 20×3 – 5 (3)2 = 15 m
The negative sign of v indicates the ball is moving vertically downwards. The +ve sign of z indicates
ball in above ground at a height of 15m. This is shown in Fig. 17(c).
Example–13 :
A vertical tower is 100m high. From the top of tower, a ball A is dropped. Simultaneously a second ball B
is projected vertically upwards from ground with a speed of 40 ms–1. Where and when the two balls cross
one another? What is instanteous velocitiy of the each ball at this moment of time? g = 10ms–2
Fig. 18
Solution :
In Fig. 18(a) O is point an ground and O1 is the top of tower. Choose O as origin and vertically upward
direction as positive z–axis.
For ball A;
vAO1 = 0; aA = – 10 ms–2; zAO = + 100m
v A 10t
z B 40t – st 2 .....(ii)
138
When the two balls cross one another, their instantaneous position co-ordinate is same, i.e. zA= zB. From
Eqns. (i) and (ii)
100 – 5t2 = 40t–5t2
or t = 2.5s
The two balls cross one another 2.5s after projection. The instantaneous position co-ordinate of a from
Eqn. (i) is
zA = 100–5 (2.5)2 = 68.75 m
The two balls cross one another at a point 68.75m above ground. Let vA and vB be their instantaneous
velocity. Obviously
vA = – 10×2.5 = – 25 ms–1
vB = 40 – 20×2.5 = +15 ms–1
Negative sign of vA indicates that ball A is moving vertically downwards. The positive sign of vB indicates
that ball B is moving vertically upwards. This is shown in Fig. 18(b).
Example–14 :
A helicopter is ascending vertically upwards with a constant speed of 1080 kmhr–1. When the helicopter is
2km above ground a small packet is dropped from it.
(a) What is maximum height of packet above ground?
(b) How long after being dropped, the packet hits ground? What is its velocity just before hitting ground?
(g = 10 ms–2)
Solution:
Fig. 19
139
In Fig. 19(a). O is point on ground and A is the position of helicopter at t = 0 when packet is dropped.
Choose O is origin and vertically upward direction as +z–axis.
8
= 1080 ms–1 = 300 ms–1
18
Let v and z denote the instantaneous velocity and position co-ordinate of packet. We have
v = 300–10t .....(1)
Let packet attain maximum height from ground at t = t1. In Fig. 19(b); P is instantaneous position of
packet. The instantaneous velocity of packet at P is zero. From Eqn. (1)
z (at t1 = 30s) = H = maximum height of packet above ground. From Eqn. (2)
0 = 2000 + 300t2 – 5t 22
or t 22 – 60t2 – 400 = 0
60 3600 1600
t2
2
60 72.1
66.5s [Negative value to t2 is not possible.]
2
The packet hits ground 66.5s after being dropped. The instantaneous velocity of packet is
v = 300 – 660.5 = – 360.5 ms–1
140
VECTORS
Scalars and Vectors
Many physical quantities that we study can be broadly divided into two categories, known as (i) scalars
and (ii) vectors.
(i) Scalars are those physical quantities which have only a magnitude. They add according to law of
oridinary algebra. Mass, volume,work are some example of scalar quantities.
(ii) Vectors are physical quantities having both a magnitude and a direction. Vectors add according to
triangle law of vectors and satisfy commutative property of vector addition. Velocity, acceleration,
force, linear momentum are some examples of vectors.
In print; a vector represented by a bold face letter A is vector. A vector is
represented by a straight line with a arrow head on it an shown in Fig. 20
is the tail and P is the head of A shown in Fig. 20. The magnitude of vector
is known as the modulous of vector. In Fig. 20 length OP, on the chosen
Fig. 20
scale; is the magnitude of A.
Two equal vectors have same magnitude and direction. The negative of a vector A, written as – A, has
same magnitude as A but –A has a direction opposite to that of A as shown in Fig. 21(b).
Fig. 21
Vectors having equal or unequal magnitudes but acting along same or parallel lines are colinear vectors.
Vectors acting in same plane are known as coplaner vectors.
The angle between A and B is the angle between the two arrowed lines representing the vectors when
their tails coincide as shown in Fig. 22(a)
(a)
Fig. 22
141
Fig. 22
Addtion of Vectors
(1) Triangle Law of Vectors
The two sides LM and MN of triangle LMN, taken in order; represents A and B (i.e. the two vectors to
be added) in magnitude and direction. The third side LN taken in opposite order is resultan R of A and B.
Fig. 23
R AB
R A 2 B2 2AB cos
Bsin
tan =
A B cos
142
(2) Parallelogram Law of Vectors
Let the two adjacent sides of a parallelogram represent in magnitude and direction the two vectors A and
B to be added. The resultant R is represented in magnitude and direction by the diagonal of parallelogram
such that tail of A, B and R is at same point. This is shown in Fig. 24. It is obvious from Fig. 24 that
A+ B = B + A
This is known as commutative property of vector addition.
Fig. 24
143
(3) Vector addition in distributive, i.e.
m(A + B) = mA + mB
Components of a Vector
Any two vectors say P and Q whose resultant equals R are known as components of vector R. This is
shown in Fig. 26(a). There are any infinite number of ways in which given vector R can be resolved into
components. Fig. 26(b) shown a few different sets of components of R.
Fig. 26
The components of a vector in two mutually perpendicular directions are the rectangular components of
vector. In Fig. 27. OA and OB are rectangular components of OC=R. Let R make an angle with x–axis.
OA = Rx = X – Components of R = R cos
OB = Ry = Y – Components of R = R cos
Unit Vector
Consider a vector A, the unit vector A is a vector having a magnitude
of unity and same direction as given vector i.e. A. We can write
A
A or
A A A
A
144
r r = Magnitude of position vector = x 2 y 2 z 2
x y z
cos ; cos and cos
r r r
C A B
A B'
where B' B . To substract B from A; we add B' which is negative of B; to A using triangle law this is
shown in Fig. 29.
Fig. 29
C A 2 B2 2ABcos
Bsin
and tan
A B cos
145
Relative Position or Relative Velocity Vector
Fig. 30
Fig. 30(a) shows two points A and B having position vector rA and rB respectively..
rA rB + rAB
or rAB rA rB
vBA vB vA
Example–15 :
The maximum and minimum resultant of two vectors is 14 and 6 respectively. What is angle betwen the
two vectors if their resultant is 12.5?
Solution :
Let A and B be the magnitude of the two given vectors (A > B). C is the magnitude of their resultant. Given
A = 10 and B = 4
146
Let be angle between A and B, so that the magnitude of their resultant, C, is 12.5. From triangle law
Fig. 31
Fig. 31(a) shows river flowing at velocity v R . The man is at point A and wants to swim to point B. If man
aims towards point B the flow of river will make him reach opposite end at a point to right of B. Let man
swim in a direction making an angle with line AB in such a manner that his resultant velocity is directed
along AB . This is shown in Fig. 31(b). Obvisouly..
vR 2
sin 0.5 300
vM 4
2 2
v v 2M v 2R 4 2 2 3 kmhr 1
4 km 2
1
hr
2 3 kmhr 3
147
(b) When man swims in a direction making an angle with the direction of flow of river, his resultant
velocity v, has a magnitude;
The man swims across river in minium time if v is maximum. Obviously v is maximum if 00 . Therefore
The direction of v max is shown in Fig. 31. Let t be the time taken. Obviously
Fig. 32
4
4 v m t or t 1hour
4
The man will reach opposite end at point C, such that
BC v R t 2 1 2 km
Example–17 :
A river is flowing at a constant speed of 3 kmhr–1. Two men A and B can swim at same speed of 5 kmhr–1.
Man A moves down stream a distance of 4 km and comes back to starting point swimming up the stream.
Man B also moves between two points 4 km apart in a direction perpendicular to direction of flow of river.
Man B aims himself during forward and backward journey in such a manner that he moves in a direction
perpendicular to stream. What is ratio of time taken by A and B in their respective journey?
Solution :
(1) For Man A
Fig. 33
148
Fig. 33(a) and (b) show the velocity v M of man and river v R during forward and backward journey. The
resultant v1 and v ' in the two cases have magnitude of
2
v1 v M v R 5 3 8 kmhr 1
v '1 v M v R 2 kmhr 1
4 4
TA = The total time taken by man A 2.5 hr
8 2
(2) For Man B
Fig. 34
Fig. 34(a) and 34(b) show v M and v R during forward and backward journey. The resultant velocity v 2
and v ' have same magnitude and it is:
2
2 2
v2 5 3 4 kmhr 1
4
TB = Total time taken by man B 2 2h
4
TA 2.5
1.25
TB 2
Example–18 :
Two cars A and B are 10 km apart at t = 0 as shown in Fig. 35. Both cars start moving simultaneously. Car
A moves with a speed of 20 kmhr–1 from east to west. Car B moves with same speed as A from south to
north. What is their distance of closest approach and what is time taken to attain the position of closest
approach?
149
Fig. 35
Solution :
Fig. 36
Choosing x–y axis as show in Fig. 36(a); A and B represent position of two cars at t = 0. Given
AB = 10 km.
Also, v BA 20 i ; v B 20 j
v BA v B v A 20 i j ;kmhr 1
v BA is shown in Fig. 36(b). To driver of car A, car B appears to move along v BA . The minimum distance
between to cars is AC; as shown in Fig. 36(c). Obviously
150
10
AC ABsin 450 km 7.07 km
2
10
BC 1
2 hr 15 mintue
v BA 20 2 4
Example–19 :
A man walks from to west to east at a speed of 5ms–1. To the man wind appears to be blowing from north
to westwards. The man doubles his speed and wind appears to be blowing in north-east direction. What
is actual velocity of wind?
Solution :
Fig. 37
Choose a Cartesian co-ordinate system as shown in Fig. 37(a). Let the velocity of wind be
v W v x i v y j; ms 1
151
We know,
v WM v W v m v x 5 i v y j .....(ii)
v y 5 10 or v y 5ms 1
v w 5i 5j ms 1
The speed of wind is 5 2 ms 1 ; and it is blowing in south-east direction.
Consider two vectors A and B making an angle with one another. The dot product A B by difinition is
AB abcos
It is a scalar quantity. In words, dot product of A and B is product of magnitude of A and component of B
in the direction of A or vice-versa. The dot product of two non zero vectors, i.e. A 0, B 0 can be a
positive or –ve number depending on whether is an acute or obtuse angle. If A 0, B 0, but
AB = 0; cos = 0 or . Dot product of perpendicular vectors is zero. Dot product is commutative,
2
i.e. A B B A . Dot product is also distributive i.e.
Let i, j and k be unit vectors along x–, y– and z–axis of a Cartesian co-ordinate system. Then
152
i j j k k i 0 ; i i j j k k 1
A A x i A y j A z k and B B x i B y j Bz k
Then, AB Ax Bx Ay By Az Bz
Example–20 :
A 2i 4j k
B 3i j k
2 2 2 2 2 2
A A 2 4 1 21 , B B 3 1 1 11
3 21 11 cos
3 3
or cos 15.1 0.2 cos1 0.2 101.50
231
Example–21 :
A 3i 2j
Solution :
Let B i j
2 2 2 2
A A 3 2 13 , B B 1 1 2
153
AB 31 21 5
= (Components of A along B) × B
5
Magnitude of component of A along i j
2
B i j
. Also, B
B 2
C AB sin n
where n is a unit vector whose direction is given by the Right-hand-screw rule. According to right-hand-
screw rule; place a right handed screw perpendicular to plane containing A and B. Rotate screw so that A
goes and coincides with B. The direction in which screw advances is direction of n . This is shown in
Fig. 38(a).
Fig. 38
C is perpendicular to both A and B. Vector or cross product is NOT commutative, i.e.
A B B A
Vector product is distributive, i.e.
154
Vector product of two parallel vectors i.e. 00 , is zero. Vector product has maximum magnitude if
vectors are perpendicular to one another. i.e. . For a Cartesian co-ordinate system:
2
i i j j k k 0 ; and i j k;
j k i; k i j
A A x i A y j A z k
and B B x i By j Bz k,
i j k
C A B Ax Ay Az
Bx By Bz
A y Bz A z By i A x Bz A z Bx j A x Bz A z B x k
Example–22 :
A 2i 3j k;
B 6i 9j 3k
i j k
A B 2 3 1
6 9 3
i 9 9 j 6 6 k 18 18 zero
A 2i j k , B i j 2k
Obtain a unit vector perpendicular to both A and B.
155
Solution:
Let C AB . We know C is perpendicular to both A and B. Therefore c is a unit vector perpendicular
to both A and B. Now
i j k
C 2 1 1
1 1 2
2 2 2
Also, C 3 3 3 3 3
C 1
c i j k
C 3
PROJECTILE MOTION
What is a Projectile?
Consider a particle moving in uniform gravitational field of earth in a vertical plane. Let the particle be
projected with an initial speed v0 at an angle with the horizontal direction. The particle projected is
known as a projectile. In general it moves along a curved path known as its trajectory.
Basic Results of Motion of a Projectile
Fig. 39
156
Fig. 39 shows a projectile projected in vertical X–Y plane from origin O with initial speed v0 at an angle
with horzontal. The initial position vector r0 0 and initial velocity v 0 is:
The acceleration due to gravity acts in vertically downward direction. There is no acceleration along the
horizontal direction i.e. x–axis. Expressed mathematically.
ax = 0, ay = –g .....(ii)
The motion of projectile is easily analysed by describing motion in two parts i.e. along x–axis and along
y–axis. P(x, y) is the instantaneous position of projectile. The instantaneous position vector r is:
r x i yj
and the instantaneous velocity is
v v x i v y j
v x v x 0 v0 cos .....(iii)
1
x v x 0 t a x t 2 v 0 cos t .....(iv)
2
Motion along y–axis:
We have ay = –g. The motion along y–axis is uniformly accelerated. Also
1 1
y v yo t a y t 2 v0 sin t gt 2 .....(vi)
2 2
Eqns (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) give complete information regarding motion of projectile. Some important
results are discussed in what follows.
1. Equation of Trajectory
The equation of trajectory is relation between x and y. Elminating t from Eqns (iv) and (vi) we easily get
157
gx 2
y tan x .....(vii)
2v02 cos 2
This is equation of a parabola. In other words; in general, the trajectory of a projectile is a parabolic curve.
1
0 v0 sin T gT 2
2
1
T v 0 sin gT
2
1
Since T 0; v 0 sin gT 0
2
2v 0 sin
or T .....(viii)
g
v0 sin T
tA
g 2
v02 sin 2
H .....(ix)
2g
v 20
For same value of v0; Fig. 40 shows H vs graph. Note H is maxm when and H max .
2 2g
158
4. Horizontal Range (R)
R
v 0 cos 2v 0 sin v 20 sin 2
.....(x)
g g
For a particular value of v0; R is maximum if sin 2 = 1 or 2 , . For a particular speed of
2 4
projection v0 the horizontal range is maximum if = 450.
For same value of R; there are two directions of projection 1 and 2 . Obviously..
1 2 .....(xi)
2
Let T1 and T2 be time of flight for 1 and 2 having same horizontal range; It can be shown that
2R R2
T1T2 and H1H 2
g 16
Fig. 41
159
5. Instantaneous Velocity
The instantaneous velocity v; of the projectile is
v v 0 cos i v 0 sin gt j
2 2
v v 2x v 2y v0 cos v0 sin gt
Let be the angle the instantaneous velocity makes with x–axis i.e. horizontal direction, then
vy v 0 sin gt
tan
vx v0 cos
When projectile is at position of maximum vertical height i.e. at point A; vy = 0. The speed of particle is
miniumum but not zero. Also = 0. The instantaneous velocity is horizontal at position of maximum
vertical height. Note x-component of v remains same at all timest during motion. These characterstics all
shown in Fig. 42.
Fig. 42
Projectile Motion on an inclined plane
Fig. 43
160
In Fig. 43, OAB is a fixed inclined plane of inclincation . From the foot O of the inclined plane, a
projectile is projected with a speed v 0 at an angle with the horizontal. A very convenient way of
describing motion is choosing x and y–axis as shown in Fig. 43. Resolving initial velocity v 0 and acceleration
g into component along x and y–axis we have.
v x 0 v 0 cos ; v yo v 0 sin
a x g sin a y g cos
The instantaneous position co-ordinate (x, y) and the instantaneous x – and y – components of velocity are
given by
1
x v 0 cos t g sin t 2 .....(ii)
2
1
y v0 sin t g cos t 2 .....(iv)
2
Eqns (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) vive complete information regarding motion of projectile. In Fig. 43 projectile hits
inclined plane at point P. Time taken to move from O to P is time of flight T. Obviously for point P
yP = 0; t = T. From Eqn (iv)
2v 0 sin
T .....(v)
g cos
The distance OP = R = Range of projectile along the inclined plane. Obviously for point P;
x = R, at t = T.
Using Eqn (ii); we get
2v 0 sin 2 cos
T .....(vi)
g cos 2
sin 2 1
161
or
4 2
v 20 1 sin
and R max
g cos 2
Example–24 :
A particle is projected in a vertical plane with a speed of 100ms–1 at an angle of 300 with horizontal. What
is:
(a) time of flight
(b) horizontal range and
(c) instantaneous velocity 2s after projection? g = 10ms–2
Solution :
Given v0 = 100 ms–1, = 300, g = 10ms–2
(a) The time of flight, T, is
2
v 2 sin 2 100 sin 60
R 0 m 867 m
g 10
(c) Let vx and vy be the instantaneous x– and y–component of velocity at t = 2s. Obviously
vx = vx0 = 100 cos 30 = 86.7 ms–1
vy = vyo – gt = (100 sin 300) – 10×2
= 50 – 20 = 30 ms–1
v = The instantaneous speed of projectile.
2 2
v 2x y 2y 86.7 30 91.6 ms –1
Let be the angle the instantaneous velocity v makes with horizontal direction. We know
vy 30
tan 0.346 ; or tan 1 0.346 10.90
vx 86.7
162
Example–25 :
A ball is projected with an initial speed v0 at an angle 600 with
horizontal. The ball just grazes past the edge of a vertical wall at a
horizontal distance of 3m from point of projection 0.2s after
projection. What is v0? What is height of wall? What is maximum
vertical height attained by the ball? g = 10ms–2
Solution :
In Fig. 44, O is point of projection of ball and AB is the vertical
wall. Choose x– and y–axis at shown in Fig. 44. Obvisouly
Fig. 44
v0
v x 0 v0 cos 60 and v y0 v 0 sin 60 0.867v 0
2
The co-ordinates of point A of wall are:
xA = 3m; yA = 3 tan 600 = 4.96 m
Let the ball graze past point A at t = 0.2s. Obviously
v0
xA 3m 0.2 , or v 0 30 ms –1
2
The vertical height, h, of wall equals y co-ordinate of projectile at 5 = 0.2 s. Therefore,
2 2
v 2 sin 2 (30) 0.857
H 0 m 33.8 m
2g 2 10
Example–26 :
A stone is projected vertically upwards with a speed of 40ms–1 at an angle of 300 with horizontal. How
long after after projection is it at a height of 15m? What is horizontal distance of stone from the point of
projection at this moment of time? g = 10 ms–2.
Solution :
vx0 = 40 cos 300 = 34.7 ms–1 and vyo = 40 sin 300 = 20ms–1
163
The instantaneous y co-ordinate of stone, y, is
1
y v0 sin t gt 2 = 20t – 5t2
2
Given y = 15m. Therefore,
15 = 20t – 5t2 or t2 – 4t + 3 = 0
4 16 12 4 2
t 18 or 3s
2 2
The particle attains given vertical height at t = 1s, while going up towards position of maximum vertical
height and at t = 3s while moving downwards. Let x1 and x2 be the horizontal co-ordinates of particle at
t = 1s and t = 3s respectively. Obvisouly.
x1 = vx0 × 1 = 34.7m and x2 = 34.7 × 3 = 104.1 m
Example–27 :
A table has a vertical height of 2.5m. From the edge of the table a ball is pushed horizontally with an initial
speed of 10ms–1.
(1) Write equation of trajectory of ball.
(2) How long after projection, the ball hits ground? What is horizontal distance of the point where ball
hits ground from the foot of the table?
(3) What is the velocity of ball as it hits ground? g = 10ms–2
Solution :
In Fig. 45, O is the position of particle on edge of table. Choose a co-ordinate system as shown in Fig. 45.
For the ball
Fig. 45
164
vx0 = v0 = 10ms–1, vyo = 0; and ay = +10ms–1 Therefore;
vx = vx0 = 10 ms–1 at all times
vy = gt = 10t ms–1 .....(i)
1
x = vx0 × t = 10t, and y = 10t 2 5t 2 .....(ii)
2
From Eqns (ii) we have
2
x
y 5 0.05 x 2 .....(iii)
10
This is equation of trajectory of ball. Let ball hit ground at point P, at t = t. For point P; y = +2.5 m
1
2.5 5t 2 or t 0.7s
2
v x 0 t 10 0.7 7m
Let vx and vy be the x– and y–components of velocity of ball as it hits ground. Obvisouly
Let be the angle the instantaneous velocity makes with horizontal direction. Then:
vy
tan 0.7 or tan 1 0.7 350
vx
Example–28 :
A batsman hits a ball at a height of 1.22 m above ground. The ball leaves bat in a direction at 450 with the
horizontal. There is a wall of height 7.3 m at a horizontal distance of 97.5 m from the position of batsman
and has a height of 7.31 m. Had there been no wall the ball would be at a distance of 106.7 m when it is
again at a vertical height of 1.22 m. Will the ball able to clear the wall? g = 10ms–2
Solution :
In Fig. 46, A is position of point where the ball hits bat. Choose co-ordinate axis as shown in Fig. 46.
Given,
165
v02 sin 900
AB R 106.7
g
v 0 1067ms1 = 32 ms–1
Fig. 46
10 x 2
y 1.22 tan 45 x – 2
2 v 0 cos 45
10 x 2
1.2 2 x
2 1067
2
10 x 2
1.22 x .....(i)
1067
166
Motion Along a Circle
A circular motion is an example of motion in two dimensions. In a circular motion the particle moves along
a circle. For example:
(1) motion of hands of a clock.
(2) motion of earth around its own axis.
(3) motion of earth around Sun is approximatly along a
circular path.
(4) motion of electron around proton in a hydrogen atom.
Consider a particle moving in a circle of radius R. Choosing
centre of circle as origin O and plane of motion as x–y–plane;
the equation of the trajectory is x2+y2 = R.
The z–axis i.e. line through center and perpendicular to plane
of motion is known as axis around which motion takes place.
In Fig. 47, z–axis is the axis of motion. The particle can move
in a circle either in clockwise or anticlockwse direction. Fig. 47
(1) Terminology used in Circular Motion
Fig. 48 shows a particle moving in a circle of radius R in x–y
plane in anti clockwise direction. P is instantaneous position of
particle on the circle. Let x, y be the instantaneous co-ordiantes
of P. Obvoisly x = OA = R cos and y = OB = R sin .
Another very convenient way of describing P is using polar
co-ordinates (r, ). In Fig. 48.
r = R and XOP
av
t
167
SI unit of angular speed is radian per second.
The instantaneous angular speed, , is
d
Lt
t 0 t
dt
The angular speed, , is also expressed in terms of revolutions per second i.e. r.p.s. For a particle making
v r.p.s., angular speed 2v .
The angular velocity of a particle is ω n . The direction n of angular velocity is always perpendicular
to plane of motion. The sense of n is given by the right-hand-screw rule.
Fig. 49
Fig. 49(a) shows a particle moving in a circle of constant radius R. P and Q are the instantaneous position
of particle at t = t1 and t = t2. The linear distance s travelled by the particle in the interval t is length of
arc PQ = R.
s
v av R Rav .....(i)
t t
The average velocity is
Δs
vav
t
where Δs PQ. Magnitude of Δs equals chord PQ. The direction of v av is same as direction of chord PQ.
168
The instantaneous speed, v is :
s R
v Lt Lt R Lt R
t 0 t
t 0 t t 0 t
The magnitude of instantaneous velocity equals instantaneous speed. The direction of v is in the direction of
tangent to circle at the point P considered. This is shown in Fig. 49(b).
(4) Angular and Linear Acceleration
For a particle moving in a circle of constant radius R its angular speed changes with time we have angular
acceleration . Let 2 – 1 be change in angular speed in time interval t t 2 – t1 .
d
Lt
t 0 t
dt
Let a be the magnitude of instantaneous linear acceleration. Then
d d d
a v R R R
dt dt dt
(5) Equations of Uniformly Accelerated Circular Motion
Let the angular acceleration be a constant; i.e. angular speed changes by equal amounts in equal time
intervals. This is known as uniformly accelerated circular motion. Let
0 t
169
1
0 t t 2 .....(i)
2
2 02 2
Example–29 :
A particle starts from rest and moves in a circle of radius 20 cm. It accquires a speed of 120 rpm in
second. The motion is uniformly accelerated.
(1) What is angular and linear acceleration?
(2) What is angular displacement and the number of circles completed? What is linear distance travelled?
Solution:
120
(1) Given 0 0; 120 rpm rps 2 2 rad s –1 t ,s; ?
60
4 . or 4rad s –2
a = The magnitude of linear acceleration
R 0.2 4 ms 2 0.8ms 2
(2) The total angle described , is
1 1 2
0 t t 2 0 4 2 2 radian
2 2
2 2
Number of revolution completed = =
2 2
The linear distance travelled, S; is
170
The motion is with uniform speed but variable velocity.
Since v is not constant; we have linear acceleration a. By definition.
Δv dv
a Lt
t 0 t
dt
Fig. 50
Fig. 50(b) shows position P and Q of particle at t = t and t = t + t. The change in velocity Δv is
Δv v Q v P MN
v2
R
R
The instantaneous direction of a is along the instantaneous radius directed
towards centre of circle. This is known as centeripetal acceleration. Note
for motion in a circle of constant radius:
(1) The instantaneous velocity is purely tangential and
(2) The instantaneous acceleration is purely radial.
This is shown in Fig. 52. Since v and a are always perpendicular;
v a 0 Fig. 51
171
Non-Uniform Circular Motion
For a particle having non-uniform circular motion; the speed also changes as particle moves along its
circular path. The acceleration a has: (1) radial component, ar; and (2) tangential component, an.
The radial component of linear acceleration
v2
ar R2
R
v is instantaneous linear speed and is instantaneous angular speed. The tangential component of
acceleration
v2
at an
R
The magnitude of net linear acceleration, a, is
a a 2r a t2
Example–30 :
The second’s hand of a clock is 20 cm long. The second hand of clock moves for t second from position
A to position B. The magnitude of change in linear velocity of the tip of second’s hand is 0.67 cms –1 .
What is t?
Solution :
= Angular speed of second’s hand of clock
2
rad s –1 rad s –1
60 30
v = The linear speed of tip of second’s hand of clock
; 0.2 ms 1 [Given, = 20 cm = 0.2m]
30
Let the seconds hand of clock rotate through an angle in time t. We have t . In Fig. 52(a) A and B
denote initial and final position of tip of second’s hand. v A and vB is the linear velocity of tip of hand in
position A and B.
172
Fig. 52
From Fig. 52(b); Δv MN 2v sin . Therefore
2
0.67 102 0.2x sin , or sin 1
30 2 2 2
600 radian
3
30
Now, t 10 s
3
Example–31 :
A particle of mass 500 g is tied to one end of a string of length 1.5 m. The particle is whirld into a horizontal
circle by holding the other end of string in hand. The breaking strength of string is 1.2 kgf. What is maximum
number of revolutions per minute so that string does not break? g = 10ms–2
Solution :
Let vmax be the maximum linear speed of particle so that string does not break. The tension in string equals
to breaking strength of string. The tension in string provides necessary centeripetal force on particle.
Therefore
mv 2max
Tmax
Tmax . 12 1.5
v max 6 ms –1
m 0.5
173
v max 6
max = The maximum angular speed of particle 4 rad / s
1.5
max 4 4 60
n max = The maximum number of revolutions rps rpm
2 2 2
120
rpm
Example–32 :
A particle moves in a circle of radius R. The instantaneous angular position, of particle is kt 2 where
k is a constant.What is instantaneous linear acceleration of particle?
Solution :
= The instantaneous angular speed of particle
d
2kt .....(1)
dt
As varies with time; the particle has a non-uniform circular motion. The instantaneous linear acceleration,
a; has a radial component, ar; and tangential component at. We know
d
a r R 2 4k 2 Rt 2 , and a t R R 2kR
dt
The magnitude of instantaneous linear acceleration, a, is
2 2 2
a a 2r a 2t = 4k Rt 2kR
2
2kR 1 4k 2 t 2
x1 x2 v1v 2
Ans.
x1v 2 x2 v1
2. A car covers half of the total distance of its journey with a constant speed v1. The other half of the
distance is covered as described. For half of the remaining time of journey car moves with a constant
174
speed v2 and the other half time witha constant speed v3. What is the average speed of car?
2v1 v2 v3
Ans.
2v1 v 2 v3
3. A particle has a one dimensinoal motion along z–axis. The instantaneous position z of particle is given
by t z 3
z is the meter and t in second. Show that the displacement of particle is zero when its instantaneous
velocity is zero.
4. A particle having uniformly accelerated motion travels a distance of 2m in first 2s. In next 4s; the
particle travels a distance of 2.2m. What is (1) initial velocity and (2) acceleration of particle?
[ Ans: I nitial velocity = 1.15 ms–1, acceleration = –0.15 ms–2]
5. A ball starts from rest and accelerates uniformly for t1 at 0.1 ms–2. It covers some distance with the
speed it has accquired at end of t1 second. Then car then retardes uniformly at 0.2ms–2 and comes to
rest. The maximum speed acquired by car is 72 kmh–1 and the total distance covered is 5km. What
is least time in which car can complete the journey?
[Ans: 400 s]
6. A train starts from rest and is again at rest at a station 3 km away. The train accelerates uniformly for
2
rd of the journey and retards uniformly for the remaining journey. The total time taken is 3 minute.
3
What is:
(i) acceleration, (ii) retardation, (iii) maximum speed acquired?
5 2 5 2 100 1
Ans. (i) 18 ms , (ii) ms , (iii) 3 ms
9
7. Fig. 53 shows v is t graph of particle. What is
Fig. 53
175
(i) total distance travelled, (ii) total displacement and (iii), the average velocity for time interval t = 0
to t = 40s?
[Ans: (i) 100, (ii) zero, (iii) zero]
8. A particle having one dimensional motion has an instantaneous acceleration, a; given by
a = –2t+r ms–2
The particle is initially at origin of co-ordinates (say x–axis) and has an initial speed of –3ms–1. Draw
(i) v vs t and, (ii) x vs t graph for the motion of particle.
[Ans:
(i) (ii)
9. A ball is projected vertically upwards from top of a tower. Take vartically upward direction as
direction of positive z–axis and top of tower as origin of co-ordinates. When the position co-ordinate
of ball is +z1 its speed is half of what its speed is when its position is –z1. Show that maximum height
5z1
attained by the ball from the top of tower is .
3
10. A particle A, thrown vertically upwards just reaches the top of a tower 100 m high. When A is
thrown upwards from ground a second particle B is dropped from the top of the tower. Where and
when A and B cross one another?
[Ans: 75m above ground; 2.268 after projection.]
11. A particle undergoes three consecutive displacements. The net displacement is zero. The first
displacement is 8m westward and the second is 13m northwards. What is the third displacement?
[Ans: 15.25m; 58.50 South of East]
12. The resultant of two forces F1 and F2 making an angle of 600 with one other is 20N. F1 : F2 : : 3 : 5.
What is F1 and F2?
[Ans: F1 = 12N; F2 = 20N]
176
13. A boy standing at rest on ground hold umbrella at 600 with vertical so that he does not become wet.
The boy throws away umbrella and starts running on road from west to east at 20ms–1. The rain
appears to strike vertically the head of boy. What is:
(i) actual velocity of rain, (ii) velocity of rain wrt to boy?
[Ans: (i) 23 kmh–1, (ii) 11.55 kmh–1]
14. A stream is moving with a speed of 3ms–1. A motor-boat moves with a speed of 7ms–1 in still water.
The motor-boat starts moving up the stream and drops a packet in stream. The boat travels 4.2 km
up-stream; turns back and picks up to packet dropped. What is total time taken in picking up the
packet?
[Ans: 35 minute]
15. Two boats A and B start from same point O in the middle of a river. A moves along the stream and
B across the stream. They cover equal distances and turn back returning to point O. What is ratio of
the total time taken by A and B? Given speed of each boat is twice the speed of the river.
[Ans: 1.155]
16. A ball is projected vertically upwards with initial speed v0 at an angle with horizontal. When ball is
at a vertical height of 10m; its instantaneous velocity is
v 8i 5j;
ms–1
(i) What is v0 and ?, (ii) What is maximum vertical height attained by the ball?
177
another g = 9.8 ms–2.
[Ans: 11 s]
20. An aeroplane dives towards grouned along a straight line path at 370 with the horizontal. When it is
at a height of 720m above ground and is moving at a speed of 540 kmhr–1; it drops a packet. X is a
point on ground along the line of sight of aeroplane. What is distance of packet from X as it hits
ground? (g = 10ms–2)
[Ans: 240 m]
21. An aircraft executes a horizontal loop of radius 1 km moving with a speed of 900 kmhr–1. Express
centeripetal acceleration as a fraction of acceleration due to gravity. g = 9.8ms–2
[Ans: 0.064]
22. An open umbrella of radius 0.5m and height 1.4m is held in a vertical position on ground. It revolves
about it handel as axis at a speed of 20 rpm. A water drop on rim of umbralla spins off the umbrella
and hits ground. What is distance of the point where water drop hits ground from the foot of the
handel of umbrella? (g = 10ms–2)
[Ans: 2.054 m]
23. A cyclist is moving with a speed of 27 kmhr–1. The cyclist moves along a circular road of radius
80 m. He applies brakes and reduces his speed at a constant rate of 0.5 ms–1. What is magnitude
and direction of the net acceleration of cyclist?
[Ans 0.86 ms–2, 35.40 with the inward radius]
24. A particle moves in a circle of radius b in such a manner that instantaneous radial and tangential
acceleration are equal in magnitude. The initial (i.e. t = 0) linear and angular speed of particle is
v and .
(i) Show that instantaneous angular speed is .
1 t
b
(ii) Time taken to complete first revolutions 1 e2
v
178
ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES
1. From a tower of height H, a particle is thrown vertically upwards with a speed u. The time taken by
the particle, to hit the ground, is n times that taken by it to reach the highest point of its path. The
relation between H, u and n is:
(a) 2gH = nu2 (n–2) (b) gH = (n–2)u2
(c) 2gH = n2u2 (d) gH = (n–2)2u2
Correct option is (1) (IIT 2014)
Solution:
u
We know that the particle will take a time t1 to reach the highest point (for which v = 0). Let
g
t2 be the time taken by the particle to hit the ground. Then
1
H ut 2 g t 22
2
We are given that t2 = nt1. This gives
2gH = nu2(n–2)
2. A projectile is given an initial velocity of i 2j m/s, where i is along the ground and j is along the
vertical. If g = 10 m/s2, the equation of its trajectory is:
(a) y = 2x – 5x2 (b) 4y = 2x – 5x2
(c) 4y = 2x – 25x2 (d) y = x – 5x2
Correct option is (1) (IIT 2016)
Solution:
There is no acceleration along the horizontal direction. Therefore
x v ox t 1 t t
1
Also, y voy t g t 2 2t 5t 2
2
Elimintating t we get
y = 2x – 5x2
This is the equation of the trajectory.
179
3. Two stones are thrown up simultaneously from the edge of a cliff 240 m high with initial speed of
10 m/s and 40 m/s respectively. Which of the following graph best represents the time variation of
relative position of the second stone with respect of the first?
(Assume stones do not rebound after hitting the ground and neglect air resistance. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
(The figure are schematic and not drawn to scale)
1
y1 10t 10 t 2
2
If it takes a time t1 to reach the ground, we have
180
y 21 y2 y1 30t for (0 < t < 8)
181
QUESTION BANK
182
Key Learning Points
1. A body is in motion when its position changes with time in a conventiently chosen frame of reference
(a conveniently chosen co-ordinate system).
2. In kinematics we study motion without bothering about cause of motion.
3. Rest and motion are realtive. A object may be at rest in one frame of reference and in motion in
another frame of reference. There is no absolute rest.
4. For a body in motion the actual length of path described is distance travelled. It is a scalar quantity.
The line joining the initial position and the final position having an arrow head at the final position is
known as displacement. It is a vector quantity.
5. The average speed vav is ratio of total distance travelled and the total time taken.
The average velocity v av is the ratio of the displacement and the time taken.
s ds
v Lt
t 0 t dt
where s is infitesimally small distance travelled in time interval t, t t . It equals slope of tangent
to distance travelled (s) vs time (t) graph at the point considered.
7. For one dimensional motion say along x–axis; we have uniform motion; if speed is same at all time.
i.e. v = instantaneous speed = constant.
8. For a body having different velocity at different times, we have non-uniform motion. If v increases
with time motion is accelerated. If, however, v decreases as time increases motion is retarded.
The average and instantaneous acceleration are:
u 2 v1 v v dv
a av a Lt
t 2 t1 t , t 0 t dt
9. The instantaneous acceleration is numerically equal to slope of tangent to v vs t graph at the moment
of time considered.
10. For a body having non-uniform motion the total distance travelled equals area under v vs t graph.
11. A body having same acceleration at all times; motion is uniformly accelerated. Consider uniformly
accelerated motion; accelerations = a; of a body having initial (i.e. t = 0), speed v0; the instantaneous
(i.e. t = t); velocity, v, is
183
v = v0 + at
The total distance s; travelled in time t; is
1
s v 0 t at 2 ; Also, v 2 v 20 2as
2
The distance travelled in the nth second of motion; sn; is
a
sn v0 2n 1
2
These are equations of uniformly accelerated motion. Graphical representation are shown below.
12. A body moving freely under gravity of earth has a uniform acceleration = g = 9.8 ms–2, if distances
involved are very small as compared to radius of earh (= 6400 Km)
13. Vector are physical quantities having a magnitude and direction. They add up according to triangle
law of vector addition. Vector addition is commutative.
14. Fig. 54 shows two vectors P and Q. is angle between them. Draw two vectors so that their tails
coincide. The angle they make with one another is .
184
Fig. 54
Let R = P + Q, R is known as resultant of P and Q. Fig. 54(b) shows triangle law of vetors. Also,
Q sin
R2 = P2 + Q2 + ZPQ cos , and tan
P Q cos
15. For adding more than two vectors the polygon law of vectors is used. According to this law; draw a
polygon whose different sides taken in order represent the vector to be added. The resultant is the
side that completes the polygon; taken in opposite order. For vectors forming a closed polygon; the
resultant is zero.
16. The rectangular component of a vector P, are two mutually perpendicular vectors whose resultant
equals P.
18. i, j and are unit vectors along x– y– and z–axis of a Cartesian co-ordinate system.
k
r = Position vector of point having co-ordinates (x, y, z) is
1
r x i y j z k ; and r r x2 y2 z2
2
P Px i Py j Pz k
P–Q Q–P
185
21. Let rA and rB be the position vector of two points A and B. rAB = rA– rB is the relative position vector
of A w.r.t. B. Similarly for two particles A and B having velocity vA and vB; respectively,
1 1
v AB v 2A v 2B 2v A vB cos v 2A v 2B 2v A v B cos
2 2
AB ABcos
where is angle between A and B. It is equal to magnitude of one vector (say A) and the component
of the other vector (i.e. B) in the direction of A A B = B A. For parallel vectors; A B is
maximum. The dot product of perpendicular vectors is zero; i.e.
A 0, B 0; AB 0 if cos 0 or
2
A A x i A y j A z k
B B x i B y j Bz k
We have,
A B A x Bx A yBy Az Bz
C A B AB sin
The direction, n ; of C is given by “Right-hand Screw” rule. Place a right handed screw perpendicular
to the plane containing A and B. Rotate screw so that A goes and coincides with B. The direction in
which screw advances is direction of C or n .
186
The cross-product of parallel vectors or antiparallel vector is zero.
i i j j k k 0 , i j k;
j k i; k i j
27. For A A x i A y j A z k;
B Bx i B y j Bz k
i j k
C A B Ax Ay Az
Bx By Bz
i A y Bz A z By j A z B x A x Bz k A x By A y B x
28. A body, moving in a vertical plane, in the gravity of earth, having some initial speed v0 at an angle
with the horizontal direction; is known as a projectil.e
29. To analyse motion of projectile we resolve the motion in two retangular components. Choosing
horizontal direction as x–axis and vertically upward direction as direction of positive y–axis; and the
initial position as origin of co-ordinates we have,
a) Motion along x–axis
vx0 = Initial velocity along x–axis = v 0 cos ; ax = 0. These is uniform motion in the horizontal
direction. Let vx be the x-component of instantaneous velocity and x be the instantaneous x–
co-ordinate of projectile. Then
vx = vx0 = v0cos .....(i)
187
b) Motion along y–axis
v yo = Initial velocity along y–axis, a y = –g. We have uniformly accelerated motion along y–
axis. Obvisouly.
vy = The instantaneous y–component of velocity
= v 0 sin g t .....(iii)
1
= v 0 sin t g t 2 .....(iv)
2
30. From above four equations every information regarding projectile can be worked.
Some important results of projectile motion are summarised below.
a) Equations of trajectory.
gx 2
y tan x
2v 20 cos 2
2v0 sin
T
g
v02 sin 2
H
2g
v 20 sin 2
R
g
v02
R
For a given value of v0 range is maximum for 45 . max 0 . For a constant value of v0
g
there are two direction of projection, 1 and 2 for same horizontal range. 1 2 900.
188
v v 0 cos i v 0 sin gt j
2 2 2
1 v0 cos gt
v v v0 cos v 0 cos gt , tan v 0 cos
v v 0 cos i
31. A particle moving in a cirlcle of radius R has circular motion. A line through center of circle and
perpendicular to plane of circle is known as axis of rotation.
32. The instantaneous angular position, , is angle instantaneous radius joining the position P of particle
with centre of circle 0, makes with a convenently chosen reference line.
33 In circular motion
2 1
t 2 t1 t
d
Lt
t 0 t
dt
d
Lt
t 0
t dt
189
34. The linear speed, v, is v = R
v2
a = The magnitude of linear acceleration = .
R
The acceleration is along the direction of the instantaneous radius vector directed towards the centre
of circle. It is known as centeripetal acceleration. The instantaneous linear velocity, v, the instantaneous
acceleration, a; are always mutually perpendicular. Therefore v a = 0.
37. For circular motion with a variable speed; we have
v2
i) ac = The centeripetal component of acceleration = v .
R
dv
ii) at = The tangential component of acceleration = .
dt
a a c r a t t
r and t are unit vector in radially outward and tangential directions.
a a c2 a t2
190
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Equations of Motion
1. Fig. shows v vs t graph of a particle moving along x–axis. For the time interval (t2–t1)
x t 2 x t1
v av .....(i)
t 2 t1
v t 2 v t1
a av .....(ii)
t 2 t1
1
x (t2) = x (t1) + vav (t2–t1) + a (t –t )2 .....(iii)
2 av 2 1
and x(t2) – x(t1) = area ABCD .....(iv)
Which of the above relation /(s) is/are incorrect?
(1) (i) and (ii) (Incorrect)
(2) (iii) (Correct)
(3) (iii) and (iv) (Incorrect)
(4) (i), (ii) and (iii) (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
In the time interval considered acceleration is not uniform. Eqn (iii) is equation of a uniformly accelerated
motion.
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Uniform Motion
2. A car covers 40% of the total distance of its journey with a constant speed v. It moves for
half of the total time of journey with a constant speed 2v. For the remaining time of journey
it moves with a constant speed 3v. The average speed of the car for the complete journey
is:
(1) 2v (Incorrect)
(2) 1.8 v (Incorrect)
191
25
(3) v (Correct)
18
5
(4) v (Incorrect)
4
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
25
Let S and T denote the total distance and the total time of journey. S1 = 0.4S = is the distance travelled
5
with constant speed v. The time taken, t1, is
2S
t1 .....(i)
5v
T
During the second part of the journey, the time taken = t 2
2
The distance travelled S2 is
S2 2vt 2 vT .....(ii)
Let S3 be the distance travelled during the remaining journey and t3 be time taken. Obviously
2S 3S
S3 S vT vT
5 5
S3 S T
and t3
3v 5v 3
T
Now, T t1 t3
2
T 2S S T
or t1 t 3
2 5v 5v 3
5T 3S
or
6 5v
The average speed of the complete journey is
S 25
v v
T 15
192
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Relative Velocity
3. A motorboat moving at a constant speed meets a “raft” at some point P. The motor boat
moves for 30 minute and then it turns back. It now meets the same raft at a point Q. PQ =
4km. The speed of flow of river is:
(1) 4 kmhr–1 (Correct)
(2) 2 kmhr–1 (Incorrect)
(3) 1.6 kmhr–1 (Incorrect)
(4) 1.8 kmhr–1 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let V and VR denote speed of motor boat and river respectively. When motor boat moves down the
stream its resultant velocity is (V+VR) and when it moves up the stream resultant velocity is (V–VR). Let t
be time taken by motor boat, after it turns back to meet raft at Q. The total distance S travelled by boat is:
1
S = (V+VR) + (V–VR) t .....(i)
2
where V and VR are expressed in kmhr–1. Also
S = average speed of boat × total time taken
V VR V VR 1
= t
2 2
1
= V t .....(ii)
2
From Eqns (i) and (ii) we have
1 1
V VR V VR t V t
2 2
or VR 2 V VR t 2Vt
or VR 1 2t 0
193
1
t
2
hr VR 0
1 1
The total time taken by motor boat = 1hr . In this time – raft has travelled a distance = PQ
2 2
= 4 km. The raft moves with same speed as river. Hence
= 4 kmhr–1
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Equations of Motion
4. A particle start from rest and has a uniformly accelerated motion.s is distance travelled in
time interval t = 4s to t = 5s. s1 is distance travelled in time interval t = n and t = n+1.
s1 15
. n is
s 9
(1) 7 (Correct)
(2) 8 (Incorrect)
(3) 5 (Incorrect)
(4) 9 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
sn = distance travelled in nth second by a particle starting from rest having uniform acceleration a
a
2n 1
2
Time interval t = 4s to t = 5s is 5th second of motion. Therefore
a 9a
s 2 5 – 1
2 2
Similarly time interval t = n and t = n+1 is (n+1)th second of motion. Therefore
194
a a
s1 2 n 1 1 2n 1
2 2
s1 15 2n 1
Given,
s 9 9
15 2n 1 or n=7
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Motion Under Gravity
5. A ball projected vertically upwards from ground with an initial speed U returns to ground
after time T. The maximum height attained by the ball is H. The speed of projection of ball
is increased by n time its earlier value. The ratio of percentage change in H and T is:
(1) n (Incorrect)
(2) 2n–1 (Incorrect)
(3) 1+n (Incorrect)
(4) 1+2n (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Let ‘g’ denote accelration due to gravity. We know,
2U U2
T and H
g 2g
U' = (1+n) U
2
2U ' U ' (1 n) 2 H
Therefore, T ' (1 n)T and H'
g 2g
H ' H 2
100 1 n 1 100 n 2n 100
2
The percentage change in H =
H
T ' T
The percentage change in T = 100 n 100
T
195
n 1 2n
Obviously 1 2n
n
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Non-uniform Motion
6. A particle moves along positive z–axis starting from origin of co-ordinates at t = 0. The
instantaneous velocity of particle is
vk z
where k is a constant. The ratio of the instantaneous velocity when particle has covered
distance z, and the average velocity for this time of journey, is
(1) 1 (Incorrect)
(2) k (Incorrect)
(3) 1/k (Incorrect)
(4) 2 (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Given,
dz 1
v kz 2 .....(i)
dt
or z12 dz kdt
Integrate,
z 1 t
z 2 dz k dt
0 0
1
2z 2 kt
k 2t 2
or z .....(ii)
4
t = The time taken to move from z = 0 to z = z
196
2
= z
k
z
v av = The average velocity =
t
1
= k z .....(iii)
2
v = The instantaneous velocity at z = z is given by Eqn (i). Therefore,
v k z
2
v av 1 k z
2
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Motion
7. A par t icle moves along x–axis. v0 and v denote its initial and instantaneous velocity. Fig.
shows nv vs time (t) graph for the motion of particle. The instantaneous velocity at
1
t= s is
3
v
(1) (Incorrect)
3
v0
(3) (Correct)
e
(4) ev0 (Incorrect)
n v n v0 tan1200 t
197
= n v0 3 t
v
or n 3 t
v0
v v 0e 3t
.....(i)
1 v0
At t s; v v 0 e 1
3 e
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Graphical Study of Motion
8. Particle 1 is at rest at origin of co-ordinates along x–axis. At t = 0 it has a uniform acceleration
of 2ms–2. A second particle 2 is at +2m from particle 1 and has a uniform motion with a
constant speed of 1ms–1. x = x1–x2 is relative position of particle 1 with respect to particle 2.
Which of the followings correctly describe variation of x with time (t)?
198
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
The instantaneous position co-ordiante x1 and x2 of the two particles are
1
x1 = 2 t2 t2 .....(i)
2
x2 = 2 + 1 × t = 2 + t .....(ii)
Obviously,
x = x1–x2 = t2–2–t .....(iii)
x vs t graph is parabolic in nature. x is a negative number at t = 0. x is maximum when
dx
0 2t 1
dt
or t = 0.5 s
x max = 0.25 – 2 – 0.5 = –2.25m
Also, x = 0 if
t2 – t – 2 = 0
1 1 8 1 3
or t 2s
2 2
For t > 2s; x is a + ve number and varies as a parabolic function of t. These characterstics are shown in (4).
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Motion Under Gravity
9. A ball A is thrown vertically upwards with an inital speed v. A second ball B is thrown
vertically upwards from same point at same speed n second later. The two meet one another
before returning back to the point of projection. The maximum value of n is
v
(1) (Incorrect)
g
2v
(2) (Correct)
g
199
v
(3) (Incorrect)
2g
3v
(4) (Incorrect)
2g
Solution:
Choosing the point of projection of balls as origin of co-ordinates and vertically upward direction as
direction of +z – axis the instantaneous position co-ordinates z1 and z2 of th two balls is
1 2
z1 = vt – gt
2
1 2
z2 = v (t–n) g t n
2
1 1 2
vt gt 2 v t n g t n
2 2
1
0 nv – g n 2 2nt
2
n v
or t
2 g
2v 2v
The first ball will hit ground at t . The maximum value of t is . Hence
g g
2v n max v
g 2 g
2v
n max
g
200
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Equation of Motion
10. A particle is dropped from a point O at a
vertical height H above ground. It falls freely
under gravity. The particle hits a rigidly fixed
planck in its path at a point P as shown is Fig.
After hitting the planck the velocity of particle
becomes horizontal. It hits ground t second
after it was dropped. Assuming that time taken
h
in impact of P is negligible, t is maximum if
H
is
(1) 1 (Incorrect)
(2) 0.5 (Correct)
(3) 0.25 (Incorrect)
(4) 2 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Let t1 be time taken by the ball to move freely under gravity from O to P. Obviously
1 2
Hh gt l
2
2H h
t1 ..... (i)
g
After impact at P, velocity of particle becomes horizontal, i.e. its vertical component is zero. Let it take a
time t2 to hit ground. Obviously
1
h gt 2 2
2
2h
t1 ..... (ii)
g
201
2H h 2h
Now, t t1 t 2 ..... (iii)
g g
dt
t is maximum if 0 . This gives
dh
h 1
0.5
H 2
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Equation of Motion
11. A body starting from rest accelerates uniformly at a rate of ms –2 for a time of second.
The distance travelled by the body is S. The body travels with constant speed it has
accquired for t second and then comes to rest at a retardation of 2 . The total distance of
t
journey is 3S. Then is
1
(1) (Incorrect)
4
1
(2) (Incorrect)
2
3
(3) (Correct)
4
(4) 1 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
1 2
S .....(i)
2
Let t' be time taken by body to come to rest due to retardation 2 . Obviously t' = . The distance
2
202
travelled S' , during this time is
2
1
S ' 2
2 2 2
Let S1, be the distance travelled with constant speed v . Then S1 t . Given,
S
3S S S1 S' S S1
2
3
S1 S
2
S1 3 S 3
t
2 4
t 3
or
4
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Graphical Study of Motion
12. A particle at the origin of co-ordinates at t = 0, moves along positive x–axis. The
instantaneous velocity (v) vs time (t) graph of the particle is as shown in Fig.
203
The graph of instantaneous positive (x) vs time (t) is
1. For time interval 0 t 1s ; the motion is uniformly accererated with an acceleration a1 2ms 2 .
The instantaneous positive co-ordinate x is
2
x 2 t2 t2 .....(1)
2
Eqn (1) is equation of parabola. A t t 1 = 1s; x = 1m.
204
2. For time interval 1 t 2 s ; the particle has uniform motion with speed v v1 2ms 1 . The
instantaneous position co-ordinate x; in this time interval is given by:
x x1 v1 t 1
= 1 + 2 (t–1) .....(2)
Eqn (2) is equation of a straight line. At t2 = 2s, x2 = 1+2 (2–1) = 3m.
3. For time interval 2 t 4 s ; the motion is uniformly retarded with retardation a 2 2ms 2 . The
instantaneous position co-ordinate of particle in this time interval is given by
1 2
x x2 2 t 2 2 t 2
2
2
3 2 t 2 t 2 .....(3)
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Graphical Study of Motion
13. The instantaneous velocity (v) vs instantaneous position (x) of a particle is shown in Fig.
205
The instantaneous acceleration (a) vs x graph is
v
v v0 0 x
x
v 0 1 .....(1)
206
dv dv dx dv
a v
dt dx dt dx
x v
v 0 1 0
v 20 v 20
2 x .....(2)
v 20
Eqn (2) is equation of a straight line with positive slope equal to and a negative intercept on acceleration
2
v 20
axis. Also at x = ; a 0 and at x 2; a . These characterstics are shown in (2).
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Equation of Motion
14. Choose a co-ordinate system as shown in Fig. A
particle is projected vertically upwards from O with a
speed of 30ms–1. P is a point 25m above ground. Q
and R are two equidistant point from P as shown in
Fig. with PQ = PR = 15 m. t1 is time taken by particle
to move from P to Q during its upwards journey. t2 is
time taken by the particle to move from P to R during
t1
its downwards journey. t is nearly (g = 10ms–2)
2
(1) 1 (Incorrect)
2
(2) (Incorrect)
3
3
(3) (Correct)
2
1
(4) (Incorrect)
2
207
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
For the co-ordinate system shown, let z be the instantaneous position co-ordinate of particle. Obviously.
z = 30t–5t2 .....(1)
25 30 t P 5t P 2
or t 2P 6 t P 5 0
6 36 20 6 4
tP 1or 5s
2 2
40 30t Q 5t Q2 or t Q2 6t Q 8 0
6 36 32 6 2
or tQ 2 or 5s
2 2
10 30t R 5t R2 or t R2 6t R 2 0
6 36 8 6 5.3
tR 0.35 or 5.665s
2 2
t1 = tQ – tP = 2–1 = 1 s
t2 = tR – tP
= 5.675 – 5 = 0.665 s
t1 1 3
t 2 0.665 2
208
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Equation of Motion
15. A particle is at the origin of x–axis at t = 0 having an initial speed v along positive x–axis.
The instantaneous acceleration (a) of particle is
2a 20 2
a a0 t ms
v0
The position co-ordinate of particle when it is momentarily at rest is:
5v 20
(1) (Correct)
6a 0
13v02
(2) (Incorrect)
6a 0
v 20
(3) (Incorrect)
2a 0
6a 0
(4) v 20 (Incorrect)
2a 2
v v0 at v0 a 0 0 t ......(1)
v0
The instantaneous velocity v is zero when particle is momentarily at rest. From Eqn. (1) we get
2a 02 2
0 v0 a 0 t t
v0
2a 20 2
or t – a 0 t v0 0
v0
209
2a 2
a0 a 02 4 0 v 0
v0 a 3a
t 2
0 2 0
4a 0 4a 0
v0
v0
4a 0 v0
t 2
or 4a
0
a0
v0
dx 2a 2
v v0 a 0 t 0 t 2
dt v0
t
x 2a02 2
or dx
0 0 0 0 v0 t dt
v a t
t 2 2a 02 3
or x v0 t a 0 t ......(3)
2 3v0
v0
At t = a ; the instantaneous position co-ordinate is
0
2 3
v a v 2a 2 v
x v0 0 0 0 0 0
a 0 2 a 0 3v0 a 0
v 20 v 20 2v 20 5v 20
a 0 2a 0 3a 0 6a 0
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Relative Velocity
16. Two balls A and B are projected vertically upwards with speed 10ms–1 and 20ms–1
respectively from ground and top of a tower 60m high. U U B U A is relative velocity of
B with respect to A. Graph of U vs t is:
210
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
211
Taking ground as origin of co-ordinates and vertically upward direction as direction of +z–axis Fig. (a)
shows position of two particles at t = 0.
U A0 10ms –1 ; U B 20 ms –1 ; a A a B 10ms –2
U 0 U B0 U A0 10ms –1
U U B U A 10 ms 1
The above result is valid for time interval 0 t 2s . At t = 2s; particle A comes back to ground and
subsequently is at rest. At t = 2s; particle B is at its highest position B1 above B and its instantaneous
2
0 60 20t 1 – 5t 12
or t12 4t1 12 0
4 16 48 4 8
t1 6s
2 2
In time interval 2 t 6 s; the instantaneous speed of B is
U B 20 10 t
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Motion Under Gravity
17. Two particles A and B; initially 75m apart are projected vertically upwards with initial
speed of 30ms–1 and 10ms–1 as shown in Fig. Take ground as origin of co-ordinates and
ver tically upwar d direction as dir ection of +ve z–axis. zA and zB denote instantaneous position
of A and B. Take z = zB – zA as the relative distance between B and A. As long as A and B are
in motion, z vs t graph is: (g = 10 ms–2)
212
213
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
zA = 30 t – 5t2 .....(i)
z = zB – zA = 75 – 20t .....(iii)
Let A and B hit ground at tA and tB after projection. Then for particle A, zA = 0, t = tA
0 30t A 5t A2 5t A 6 t A or t A 6s
0 = 75 + 10tB – 5tB2
or t 2B 2t B 15 0
2 4 60 2 8
or t B 5s
2 2
For time interval 0 t 5s; both A and B are in motion z is given by Eqn. (iii). z varies linearly with time t.
At t = 5 s.
zA = 75 – 20 × 5 = –25 m.
Since z = zB–zA and zB = 0; zA = 25 m. At this time Ais 25m above ground. However z is a negative number.
For time interval 5 t 6 s ; z = –zA [ zB = 0]. Therefore
z 30t 5t 2
In this time interval z is a parabolic function of t. These characterstics all shown correctly in (1).
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Equation of Motion
18. Two particles A and B are at rest at t = 0 in x–y plane at points having co-ordinates ( , 0)
and (0, ). They start moving simultaneously towards origin along straight line joining
214
their initial position with origin O. a1 and a2 denote acceleration (uniform) of A and B. The
distance between A and B is minimum at
a1 a 2
(1) t (Incorrect)
a1 a 2
a1 a 2
(2) t (Incorrect)
a12 a 22
2 a1 a 2
(3) t (Incorrect)
2 2
2 a1 a 2
(4) t (Correct)
a 2
1 a 22
Solution:
Particle A moves along x–axis and B along y–axis. The instantaneous position co-ordiantes of A and B are
(x, 0) and (0, y). Obvisouly
1 1
x a1 t 2 and y a2t2
2 2
The instantaneous distance and between the two particle is s x 2 y 2 For s to be minimum
ds 1 1
2 dx dy
0 i.e. x 2 y 2 2 x 2y 0
dt 2 dt dt
dx dy
x y 0
dt dt
1 2 1 2
or a1t a1t a 2 t a 2 t 0
2 2
215
1 2
or a1 a 2
2
a1 a 22 t 2
2 a1 a2
t
a12 a22
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Vector Addition
19. Given,
P+Q+R+S=0
The magnitudes of vectors are denoted by p, q, r and s respectively. Which of the followings
is correct?
(1) p q r s (Incorrect)
(3) p q r s (Incorrect)
(4) p q 2r s (Incorrect)
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Vector Addition
20. Two forces F1 and F2 have a maximum and minimum resultant of 11 and SN respectively
216
each force is increased by 2N. These two forces F1' and F 2' act at right angles to one
another; The resultant force is:
'
(1) 5 5N at an angle of tan–1 (0.5) with F1 (Correct)
'
(2) 5 5N at an angle of tan–1 (0.5) with F 2 (Incorrect)
F1 = 8N and F2 = 3N
When the forces are increased by 2N each; the magnitude
F1' and F 2' of the two forces is
Now F1' and F2' act at right angles to one another as shown in Fig. Their resultant
2 2
F' 10 5 125 = 5 5 N
F2'
tan ' 0.5 or tan 1 0.5
F1
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Vector Addition
21. n+2 vectors each of magnitude F are so oriented that angle between any two consecutive
2
vectors is . The sum of vectors is
n
217
(1) 2Fsin ; along the direction of 1st vector (Incorrect)
n
2
(2) 2Fsin ; at angle of with the 1st vector (Incorrect)
n n
(3) 2F cos ; at an angle of with the 1st vector (Correct)
n n
2 2
(4) 2F cos ; at an angle of with the 1st vector (Incorrect)
n n
Solution:
2
R = 2F cos ; and 2
n n
or R = 2F cos
n
R makes an angle with the first vector..
n
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Vector Addition
22. A vector, P, makes an angle in anticlockwise direction with positive x–axis in x–y plane.
The x–component of vector is Px. The vector is, rotated by 300 in clockwise direction. Px' is
218
Px'
x–component of vector now. P 3 . Another vector Q; having same magnitude as P is
x
directed along +ve y–axis. Q is added to P. The ratio of the resultant magnitude of P is
(1) 2 3 (Correct)
(2) 2 (Incorrect)
(3) 1 3 (Incorrect)
1
(4) 2 3 2
(Incorrect)
Px p cos 1
'
Px p cos 30 3
Now P and Q have same magnitude and angle between them is also 300. The magnitude of the resultant R
is
R p 2 p 2 2p 2 cos300 p 2 3
R 1
P
2 3 2
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Vector Addition
23. An insect moves on a horizontal floor. It covers a distance of 5m from west to east, 2m from
north to south and 2 2 m in west-south direction. The displacement of insect from starting
point is (nearly).
(1) 9.8 km in west-south direction (Incorrect)
219
(2) 5 m in north-west direction (Incorrect)
1 4
(3) 5 m at angle of tan east of south (Correct)
2 3
1 4
(4) 5 m at angle of tan north of east (Incorrect)
3
Choose a co-ordinate system on the floor with intial position of insect as origin of co-ordinates. The three
displacement vectors s1, s2 and s3 are as shown in Fig. (a). Expressing the vectors in terms of their
rectangular components we have
s 2 j;
s1 5i; 2
s s1 s 2 s 3 3i 4j
2 2 4 4
s 3 4 5m; and tan tan 1
3 3
220
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Relative Velocity
24. A car A moves with a uniform speed of 30 kmhr–1 in a direction 300 east of north. The
relative velocity of A as observed by the driver of another moving car B is 41 kmhr–1 along
south-north direction. The veocity of car B s:
(1) 15 kmhr–1, in north-east direction (Incorrect)
–1
(2) 15 2 kmhr , in north-east direction (Correct)
–1
(3) 15 2 kmhr , in south-east direction (Incorrect)
v AB 41j
v B x i yj
We know,
v AB v A v B
= 15 x i 26 y j 41j
x = 15 and y = 15
We have,
v B 15i 15 j kmhr –1
Obviously v B 15 2 kmhr –1 in north-east direction.
221
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Relative Velocity
25. Three cars A, B and C are moving on a level road. Car C moves with a velocity of 60 kmhr–1 in
a direction 600 north-east. The relative velocity of C wrt A is 15 3 kmhr–1 along south-north
direction. The relative velocity of C wrt B is 20 kmhr–1 from west to east. Taking a
co-ordinate system with west-east direction as positive x–axis, we have
(1) v A 30 i 15 3 j (Correct)
v B 10 i 30 3 j
(2) v A 30 i 15 3 j (Incorrect)
v B 10 i 30 3 j
(3) v A 30 i 15 3 j (Incorrect)
v B 10 i 30 3 j
(4) v A 30 i 15 3 j (Incorrect)
v B 10 i 15 3 j
Choosing the co-ordinate system as shown in Fig. let v A x1 i y1 j; kmhr–1 and v B x2 i y 2 j; kmhr–1
Given, v C 30 i 30 3 j . Also, v CA 30 3 j
Therefore,
vCA vC v A or 15 3 j 30 x1 i 30 3 y1 j
Comparing coefficents of i and j , we get
30 x1 0 or x1 30 and 15 3 30 3 y1 or y1 15 3
v A 30 i 15 3 j; kmhr –1
222
Similarly,
v CB 20 i v C v B
or 20i 30 x2 i 30 3 y 2 j
Comparing coefficients of i and j
20 = 30 – x 2 or x 2 = 10; and
30 3 y 2 0 or y 2 30 3
v B 10 i 30 3 j
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Relative Velocity
26. Fig. shows a stream flowing with a constant speed of 4 kmhr–1 from left to right. Points P
and Q are directly opposite one another on the river banks. Two swimmers are at point P
each swimming with same speed of 5 kmhr–1. Both start together from point P. Swimmer 1
swims in such a direction as to reach end Q. Swimmer 2 swims in a direction at right angles
to direction of flow of river and then walks back from R to Q with a speed v in such a
manner that both swimmers reach point Q simultaneously. v is
223
Solution:
Let swimmer 1 swim in a direction to left
of point Q in such a manner that his
resultant velocity is along PQ. This is
shown in Fig. (a). The resultant speed v1
of swimmer 1 is
2 2
v1 vS2 v R2 5 4 3kmhr 1
hr .....(1)
v1 3
For swimmer 2; the velocity vectors are as shown in Fig. (b). Let t2 be the total time taken by swimmer 2
to reach Q. Obviously
t 2 t '2 t '2
PQ QR V t'
t '2 ; and t '2 R 2
VS VS 5 V V
4
or t2
5 V 5
Given, t1 = t2; therefore
4 1 1 4
or
3 5 5V 3 5 5V
V 6 kmhr 1
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Product of Vectors
AB ; n is
(1) 2 (Incorrect)
224
(2) 3 (Correct)
(3) –3 (Incorrect)
(4) 1 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
A B a c i 3bj ; A B a c i bj
A B . A B 0
a 2
c 2 3b 2 0 or c 2
nb 2 c 2 3b 2 0
n3
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Product of Velocity
A B
A11 = Component of A along B has a magnitude of B .
2 2
and B 3 4 5
225
20
A11 4
5
In terms of vectors
3i 4 j
A11 4B 4
5
2.4i 3.2 j
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Product of Velocity
x v1
(1) ; z can have any value (Correct)
y v2
x v2
(2) ; z = v1v2 (Incorrect)
y v1
x v
(3) 1; z v12 v 2 (Incorrect)
y v2
x v
(4) v1v 2 ; z 1 (Incorrect)
y v2
F q v B q v1 i v 2 j Bk
226
Bqv1 j Bqv 2 i
Let P x i yj zk.
Since P is perpendicular to F, P F = 0
x v1
or Bqv 2 x - Bqv1 y = 0 or ......(i)
y v2
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Product of Vectors
30. The position vector r A and rB of two points A and B are:
e:
227
BA rBA P
i j k
3 1 4 i 4 8 j12 12 k 6 3
3 2 4
12i 9 k
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Product of Vectors
31. A particle moves in x–y plane in a circular path of radius R with a constant angular velocity
. At t = t, the radius vector joining particle with centre of circle makes an angle with
x–axis. The instantaneous linear velocity v is
r R cos i R sin j
ω k
v ωr
228
k R cos i R sin j
R cos j R sin i
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Projectile Motion
32. A particle is projected vertically upwards from the foot O of an inclined plane OAB of
inclincation 300. The particle hits the inclined plane at P in a direction perpendicular to slant
side of the inclined plane. is
3
(1) 300 tan 1 (Correct)
2
2
(2) 300 tan 1 (Inorrect)
3
3
(3) 300 cot 1 (Incorrect)
2
2
(4) 300 cot 1 (Incorrect)
3
229
v '0x u cos 30
v '0 y u sin 30
g
a 'x g sin 30 ;
2
3
a 'y g cos 30 g
2
Let v 'x and v 'y be the x ' and y' component of instantaneous velocity of particle at P..
g
v'x v'ox a 'x t u cos 30 t
2
3
v'y v'oy a 'y t u sin 30 gt
2
As v´x 0 ; when particle hits x ' – axis (i.e. the inclined plane)
2u cos 30
t ......(1)
g
3 2
0 u sin 30 t gt
4
4u sin 30
or t ......(2)
3g
From Eqns (1) and (2) we have
2u cos 30 4u sin 30 3
or tan 300
g 3g 2
3
300 tan 1
2
230
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Projectile Motion
33. Two particles A and B are projected from point O with same speed u at angle 1 and 2
with horizontal. Both particles pass through a point P at a distance r from O. Line OP
makes an angle with the horizontal. tA and tB is time taken by A and B; then tAtB is
proportional to:
1
(1) (Incorrect)
r
1
(2) (Inorrect)
r2
(3) r (Correct)
(4) r2 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Fig. shows a particle projected at an angle with horizontal. The particle passes through point P, t second
after projection. Co-ordinates of P are
x r cos , y r sin ,
Therefore,
x u cos t r cos
r cos
or t .....(1)
u cos
1
y u sin t gt 2
2
r cos 1 2
or r sin u sin gt
u cos 2
1 2 sin cos
or gt r sin
2 cos
231
sin cos cos sin
r
cos
2r sin
t2 .....(2)
gcos
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Projectile Motion
x2
34. The equation of trajectory of projectile is y 2 x , x and y are in meter. Which of the
5
following st at ement s is incor r ect ? (g = 10ms–2)
5 5 1
(1) Speed of projection = ms (Incorrect)
2
2
(2) Angle of projection, = sin–1 (Incorrect)
5
(3) Maximum vertical height = H = 5m. (Incorrect)
(4) Time of flight = T = 1s (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
The equation of trajectory of a projectile is:
gx2
y tan x – .....(1)
2v20 sin2
tan 2 2
sin or sin 1
1 tan 2 5 5
232
Also,
g 1 10 5
2
2
or v 20 sin 2 25
2v sin 5
0 2
5 5 1
v 0 sin 5 or v0 ms
2
2v 20 sin 2 2 5 2
H = The maximum vertical height = 5m
g 10
2v0 sin 2 5
T = The time of flight = 1s
g 10
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Projectile Motion
35. From the top of a tower of vertical height ‘h’, a ball A is projected vertically upwards with
speed v0 at an angle of 600 with the horizontal. n second later a second ball B is projected
horizontally with same speed v0. The two balls colloide with one another. n is
v0
(1) (Incorrect)
g
2v0
(2) (Correct)
3g
2v0
(3) (Incorrect)
g
v0
(4) (Incorrect)
3g
233
v0
x1 v0 cos 60 t t .....(1)
2
1
y1 v 0 sin 60 t gt 2
2
3v 0 1
t gt 2 .....(2)
2 2
The instantaneous co-ordinates (x2, y2) at t = t
(t > n) of ball B are
x2 v 0 t n .....(3)
1 2
y2 g t n .....(4)
2
Let P be the point where the two balls colloide with one another. Co-ordinates of ball A and B are same at
this moment of time. From Eqns. (1) and (3).
v0
t v0 t n
2
t
n .....(5)
2
From Eqns (2) and (4); we have,
3 1 1 2
v 0 t gt 2 g t n
2 2 2
gt 2
or 3v0 t gt 2
4
4v0
or t .....(6)
3g
t 2v 0
n
2 3g
234
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Projectile Motion
36.
OAB is a right angled wedge fixed to ground as shown in Fig. A ball is projected with a
speed v0 at an angle of 600 with horizontal from O. The ball hits wedge at point P. Then OP
is
v 20
(1) (Incorrect)
2g
2v02
(2) (Incorrect)
g
2v02
(3) (Correct)
3g
2v 20
(4) (Incorrect)
3 3g
235
v
x v 0 cos 60 t 0 t . ....(i)
2
1 3 1
y v0 cos 60 t gt 2 v 0 t gt 2 ....(ii)
2 2 2
The equation of straight line OB, giving slant side of wedge is
x
y tan 30 x ....(iii)
3
Let ball hit wedge at P, t second after projection. Point P satisfies Eqns (i) and (ii) as well as Eqn (iii).
Therefore,
1 v0 3 1 2
2 t 2 v 0 t 2 gt
3
2v 0
t ....(iv)
3g
2 x0
Obvisouly QP = x – co-ordinate of ball at t . Therefore
3g
v 2v 0 v2
QP 0 0
2 3g 3g
QP
From right angled OPQ cos 30 , therefore
OP
QP 2 v 20 2v02
OP
cos 30 3 3g 3g
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Projectile Motion
37. A bird sits on top of a pole of vertical height h at a horizontal distance from a point O. A
projectile fired from O is so poised as to hit the bird and attain a maximum vertical height
2h. The moment the projectile is fired the bird starts flying horizontally with a constant
speed v in such a manner that the projectile still hits the bird. The ratio of v and horizontal
component of initial velocity of the projectile is
236
1
(1) (Incorrect)
2 1
1
(2) 1 (Incorrect)
1
2
2
(3) 1 (Correct)
1
2
2
(4) (Incorrect)
1 2
In Fig. AB is pole of vertical height h. Given B is the position of bird. Given O C = 2h is the maximum
vertical height attained by projectile fired from O with speed v0 at an angle with the horizontal. Obvisouly
v 20 sin 2
2h
2g
v 0 sin 2 gh .....(1)
237
Let the projectile attain vertical height h at time t after projection. Then
1
h v 0 sin t gt 2
2
or gt 2 2v0 sin t 2h 0
2
2v 0 sin 2v0 sin 8gh
t
2g
4 gh 16gh 8gh
2 2 gh
2g g
h
2 2 g
h h
Let t1 2 2 g
and t 2 2 2 g
.
h
BB1 vt 2 v 2 2 g
Also,
h
BB1 v 0 cos t 2 t1 v0 cos 2 2
g
Clearly,
v 2 2 2
v 0 cos 2 2 1
1
2
238
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Projectile Motion
38. A staircase has identical steps each of width and height h. A ball A is pushed horizontally
from t he t opmost st ep with a speed u 1. At the same time a second ball B lying on edge of nth
step below is also pushed horizontally with speed u2. Both balls just hit the edge of the Nth
u1
step from top simultaneously. The ratio u is
2
N
(1) (Incorrect)
n
Nn
(2) (Incorrect)
N
N
(3) (Correct)
Nn
Nn
(4) (Incorrect)
Nn
1 2
N u1 t and Nh gt
2
2
1 N gN2
Nh g or u12 .....(1)
2 u1 2h
For ball B
Ball B is n steps below the top most step. In hits step (N–n)th below its point of projection. Therefore
2 g N n 2
u
2 .....(2)
2h
239
From Eqns. (1) and (2), we have
2
u1 N
u2 Nn
u1 N
u2 Nn
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Projectile Motion
39. A ball is projected from ground with a speed of 20ms–1 at an angle of 300 with horizontal. It
just grazes past the edge of a vertical wall of height 1.8 m. The ratio of the distance of point
of projection of ball from wall and the distance of point where it hits ground from the wall is
(g = 10ms–2)
1
(1) (Correct)
9
1
(2) (Incorrect)
10
9
(3) (Incorrect)
10
8
(4) (Incorrect)
9
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let x be the horizontal distance of wall from point of projection. Let the ball just grazes past top of wall
t second after projection. At t = t; y = h = 1.8m. Therefore
1
1.8 20 sin 30 t 10t 2 10t 5t 2
2
or 5t 2 10t 1.8 0
10 100 36 10 8 2 s or 1.8s
t
10 10
240
Obvisouly,
x v 0 cos t 10 3 0.2 or 10 3 1.8
2 3m or 18 3m
The distance of the point where ball hits ground from point of projection equals the horizontal range.
Therefore,
3
2 400
v sin
0 2 20 3
R
g 10
x
The required ratio is . It is
Rx
2 3 1 18 3
or 9.
18 3 9 2 3
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Projectile Motion
R
40. On a horizontal road a car is at a distance ahead of point O where a gun is placed. The
4
barrel of gun is oriented at an angle with horizontal. A bullet is fired from gun with a
speed v0. At the same moment of time the car starts moving with a constant speed V. The
bullet hits the car. The maximum vertical height attained by the bullet is:
9 2 2
(2) v cot (Incorrect)
8g
8
(3) v tan (Incorrect)
9g
8 2 2
(4) v tan (Correct)
9g
241
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
In Fig. O and C are position of gun and car at
t = 0. The bullet hits ground at point P. OP =
R = range of bullet. Let bullet hit ground at
point P. Let T be time of flight of bullet. The
car and bullet reach point P at same time.
Therefore OP R v0 cos T .
3R
CP VT
4
v02 sin 2
H
2g
2
4V 2
sin 8
3cos
V2 tan 2
2g 9g
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Projectile Motion
41. A projectile is fired with a speed of 20ms–1 at an angle of 600 with vertical. It is at a vertical
height of 1.8m from the point of projection. Take point of projection as origin, the horizontal
and vertically upward direction as positive x and y–axis respectively; the instantaneous
position vector of the projectile is (g = 10ms–2)
242
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Let v 0 x and v oy denote the initial value of x and y–component of velocity of projectile. Given
1
x v 0 x t 10 3t and y 10t 10 t 2 10t 5t 2
2
The projectile is at a vertical height of 1.8m, (i.e. y = 1.8m) at t = t.
10 100 36 10 8
t 0.28 or 1.8s
10 10
The projectile attains y = 1.8 m at two times t1 = 0.2s or 1.8s. The corresponding x–coordinates are
x 10 3 0.2 2 3 m or x 10 3 1.8 18 3 m
The position vector of projectile is
r 2 3 i 1.8 j or r 18 3 i 1.8 j
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Projectile Motion
42. Choose point of projection as origin of co-ordinates; the horizontal and vertically upward
direction as direction of positive x and y–axis respectively. The initial velocity v0 of a
projectile is:
v0 10 3 i 30j ms 1
The ratio of change in linear momentum of projectile in the 1st and 2nd second of motion is
(mass of particle = 100 g; g = 10ms–2)
(1) 0.5 (Incorrect)
(2) 1 (Correct)
(3) 1.5 (Incorrect)
243
(4) 2 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Let v be the instantaneous velocity vector of projectile. Obviously
v 10 3 i 30 10t j ms 1
Δp 1 = Change in linear momentum in 1st second of motion i.e. time interval t = 0 to t = 1s.
kgms1
1j;
Similarly,
Δp 2 = Change in linear momentum in 2nd second of motion i.e. time interval t = 1s to t = 2s.
Δp 1
1
Δp 2
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Projectile Motion
43. A bullet is fired in a vertical plane in the gravity of earth with a speed of 20 2 ms 1 in a
direction so that its horizontal range is maximum. t second after firing the instantaneous
velocity vector of projectile makes an angle of 1200 with instantaneous acceleration of
particle; t is (g = 10ms–2)
(1) 2s (Incorrect)
(2) 2 3s (Incorrect)
(3) 2
3 1 s (Correct)
244
(4) 2
3 1 s (Incorrect)
Solution:
The initial direction of firing of bullet is at an angle of 450 with horizontal. The acceleration vector is always
in a vertically downward direction. Since angle between v and a is 1200, v makes an angle of 300 with the
horizontal. Obvisouly
vy
tan 30
vx
where vx and vy denote the instantaneous x– and y–component of instantaneous velocity vector i.e. v. We
know v x = v 0 x 20ms 1 and v y v 0y gt 20 10t.
1 20 10t
3
20
or t2
3 1
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Projectile Motion
44. A projectile has a mass m; horizontal range R and time of flight T. At the highest point of its
path; the projectile somehow on its own, breaks into two fragments having masses in the
ratio of 1:2. The heaviour fragment hits ground t1 second later at a point midway between
point of projection and where the original projectile would have hit the ground. The lighter
fragment hits graound t2 second later. The distance of the point where this fragment hits
t2
ground from point of projection and t is
1
3R
(1) ;2 (Incorrect)
2
(2) R;1 (Incorrect)
(3) 2R ; 1 (Correct)
3R
(4) ;1 (Incorrect)
2
245
Solution:
Fig. (a) shows the path of the projectile projected from point O. A is the highest point on its parabolic path
and OP = R = horizontal range of the projectile. The instantaneous speed of projectile at A is v 0 cos . At
m 2m
A the projectile breaks up into two fragements having mass m1 and m 2 (m is original mass of
3 3
projectile). The breakup of projectile occurs on its own, i.e. there is no external force, therefore, the linear
momentum is conserved. Given that fragment of mass m2 hits ground at point B. This fragment moves
vertically downward. The horizontal component of its velocity is zero. Let v1 be horizontal component of
velocity of fragment of mass m1. From law of conversation of linear momentum.
m1
mv 0 cos v1 , v1 3v0 cos
3
There is no vertical component of velocity of both fragments. In hitting ground they travel same vertical
distance H.
T t1
t1 t 2 or t 1
2 2
T 3R
BR 3v 0 cos
2 2
Obviously,
R 3R
OR OB BR 2R
2 2
246
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Motion in a Circle
45. A particle of 10g is attached to one end of a rubber string of length 50cm. It is whirled into
a horizontal circle about the other end of string with a uniform angular speed of 300 r.p.m.
The rubber string has a force constant of 0.05 kgfcm–1, g = 10ms–2. The tension in string is
(1) 5N (Incorrect)
(2) 6.25 N (Correct)
(3) 9N (Incorrect)
(4) 12.5 N (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
0.05 10
k = Force constant of rubber string = 0.05 kgf cm–1 = Nm 1 50 Nm 1
102
5 + 10x = 50x
5
x m 0.125 m
40
T = kx = 50 × 0.125 = 6.25 N
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Circular Motion
46. A particle moves in a horizontal circle of radius r. The angular velocity of particle veries at
a constant rate . The acceleration of the particle is
v2
(1) (Incorrect)
r
247
(2) r (Incorrect)
v2
(3) r (Incorrect)
r
1
v 2 2
9
2
(4) r (Correct)
r
v2
(a) The radial component of acceleration is due to change direction of the velocity and equals .
r
(b) The tangential component is due to change in magnitude of v and equals r .
The two component of acceleration are mutually perpendicuular. The net acceleration is
1
v 2 2
2
2
a r
r
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Motion in a Circle
47. A stone of mass m, tied to one end of string , is moving in a horizontal circle. The length of
string is gradually reduced in such a manner that the instantaneous tension T in string is
k
T where k is a constant. For the motion, the quantity that remains constant is:
r3
(1) Kinetic energy (Incorrect)
(2) Linear momentum (Incorrect)
(3) Angular momentum (Correct)
(4) Speed (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
248
Solution:
The instantaneous tension, T, in string is
mv 2 k
T 3
r r
1
or v or vr const
r
The instantaneous angular momentum of particle is mvr. Obviously this is a constant.
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Motion in a Circle
48. A particle moving in a plane is acted upon by a force of constant magnitude. F and v denote
instantaneous force and velocity of particle. F.v is zero at every moment of time. The path
of particle is
(1) Straight line (Incorrect)
(2) Circle (Correct)
(3) Hyperbola (Incorrect)
(4) Ellipse (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Since F v = 0; the instantaneous velocity is always perpendicular to the instantaneous direction of force.
This condition is satisfied for a particle moving in a horizontal circle with uniform speed. The force acting on
particle provides the ncessary centeripetal force.
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Motion in a Circle
49. A particle of mass 100g attached to a string moves in a horizontal circle of radius 20cm.
The maximum speed of particle so that string does not break is 200 cm/s. Another string
has a breaking strenth 75% more and its length is doulbe that of the earlier string. What is
change in mass of particle attached to this string if breaking speed remains same?
(1) 0.35 kg (Incorrect)
(2) 0.25 kg (Correct)
249
(3) 0.5 kg (Incorrect)
(4) 0.4 kg (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Let m, v, and r denote mass of particle; speed of particle and length of string. The breaking strenght, T; of
string is
2
mv 2 0.1 2
T 2N
r 0.2
m ' v2
T ' 3.5
r '
3.5 0.4
or m' kg 0.35 kg
4
Change in mass of particle = m´– m = 0.25 kg
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Motion in a Circle
50. A particle moves in a horizontal circle of radius r with a uniform speed in x–y plane as
shown in Fig. is the instantaneous angle, the position vector of particle makes with
x–axis. The instantaneous velocity, v; and the instantaneous acceleration a are:
250
(1) v r cos i sin j (Incorrect)
r cos i sin j
251
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Motion in a Circle
51. The minutes hand of a clock is 30cm long. The magnitude of change in velocity of the tip of
minutes hand of clock is mms–1. The time interval is
6
(1) 10 s (Incorrect)
Solution:
2
rad / s
60 60
0.3 2
ms 1 mms 1
60 60 6
Let be the angle through which the minute’s hand of clock has turned in time intial t. The magnitude of
change in velocity of the tip of minute’s hand = 2vsin . Therefore
2
2 sin or sin
6 6 2 2 6
600
3
60 1
The time interval = hr hr = 10 minute
360 6
252
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Motion in a Circle
52. In space, far off from any gravitating matter; two particles A and B move in horizontal and
vertical circles of radii in ratio of 1:2. The speed of the two particles are in ratio of 3:2.
Which of the following statement is correct?
(1) For both A and B motion is with uniform speed only (Correct)
(2) For both A and B motion is with uniform velocity (Incorrect)
(3) For A motion is with uniform velocity only and for B motion is with non-uniform speed and
velocity (Incorrect)
(4) For B motion is with uniform velocity only and for A, motion is with non-uniform speed and
velocity. (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Since there is no gravitating matter nearby; whether particle moves is a horizontal or vertical circle; situation
is same. In both cases speed can be constant but velocity is not constant. The direction of velocity changes.
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Motion in a Circle
53. A particle A is moving in a horizontal circle of radius r. Another particle B moves in a
vertical circle, in gravity earth, of same radius r. For the motion in the two cases.
(p) Speed only is uniform
(q) Velocity only is uniform
(r) Both speed and velocity are uniform
(s) Neither speed nor velocity is uniform.
The correct statement of motion of A and B is:
(1) For both A and B (p) (Incorrect)
(2) For both A and B (r) (Incorrect)
(3) For A; (p); For B; (s) (Correct)
(4) For A; (r); For B (s) (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
253
Solution:
For motion in horizontal circle speed is constant but velocity is not. The direction of velocity changes.
For motion in vertical circle neither speed nor velocity is constant. Speed decreases as particle moves from
lowest point of circular path to highest point and increases during the other half part of motion along vertical
circle.
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Projectile Motion
54. A bird is sitting on a tree. A shooter at a horizontal distance D fires a shot with speed v
aimed at the bird. The shooter misses hitting bird by a vertical distance y. Now shooter
again aims at bird but the moment bullet leaves gun bird starts moving vertically downwards
with constant speed v1 or v2 (v1>v2). In both cases shooter again misses hitting bird by
equal distance. The speed, v, of bullet is
gD
(1) (Correct)
v1 v2
gD
(2) (Incorrect)
v1 v2
gD
(3) 2 v1 v 2 (Incorrect)
gD
(4) 2 v1 v 2 (Incorrect)
D
Let t be time taken by bullet to travel horizontal distance D. Obviously t . y = The vertical distance by
v
1 2
which bullet misses hitting bird = gt
2
Let bird fly with vertical speed v' when bullet leaves gun. The distance by which bullet misses hitting bird
is (v1t – y). Similarly the bullet misses hitting bird in 2nd case by distance (y – v2t). Given,
v1t – y = y – v2t
254
2y 1
or t gt 2
v1 v 2 v1 v 2
v1 v2 D v1 v2
t or
g v g
gD
or v
v1 v2
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Projectile Motion
55. From a point two balls A and B are projected in opposite directions horizontally with speed
v1 and 2v1 simultaneously. At time t = t; the instantaneous velocity vectors of the two are
mutually perpendicular. t is
v1
(1) (Incorrect)
g
v
(2) 2 1 (Correct)
g
v1
(3) (Incorrect)
2g
2v1
(4) (Incorrect)
g
Fig. shows particles A and B profected from point O horizontally. Given v A v1 , v B 2v1 . Let A1 and B1
be the position of two particles at t = t when their velocities are mutually perpendicular i.e. A1O1B1 .
2
Let 1 and 2 be the angle the instantaneous velocity vector of A and B make with horizontal. Obviously
255
v1 2v
tan 1 ; tan 2 1
gt gt
From A1OB1 ; 1 2
2
tan 2 tan 1 cot 1
2
2v12
2 2 1
gt
v
or t 2 1
g
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Vector
1
56. If A B 3 AB , the value of
2
2
2
A B A B is:
Given A B 3 AB
600
256
2 1 1
cos60 2
2 2 0
Now, A B A B 2AB
2
22 2 1
and A B A B 2AB
2
2 2
A B A B 2AB
1
or
2
2 2
A B A B AB
Correct answer (4)
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Motion Under Gravity
57. A particle is released from rest from the top of a tower of height 3h. The ratio of the
intervals of time to travel three equal falls of h each, from the top, is:
(1) 1: 2 : 3 (Incorrect)
(2) 1:
2 1 : 3 2 (Correct)
(3) 1:
2 1 : 32 (Incorrect)
(4) 1:
2 1 : 3 2 (Incorrect)
1 2h
(i) h 0 gt12 t1
2 g
1 2 2h
(ii) 2h 0 g t1 t 2 t1 t 2 2
2 g
1 2 2h
(iii) 3h 0 g t1 t 2 t 3 t1 t 2 t 3 3
2 g
257
From Eqns. (i), (ii) and (iii), we have
2h
t1
g
2h 2h 2h
t 2 2 – t1 2
g g g
2h
2 1
g
t 3 t1 t 2 t 3 t 1 t 2
2h 2h 2h
3 2 3 2
g g g
t1 : t 2 : t 3 1: 2 1 : 3 2
Correct answer (2)
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Uniform Motion
58. A man of 50 kg mass is standing in a gravity free space at a height of 10m above the floor.
He throws a stone of mass 0.5 kg downwards with a speed of 2ms–1. When the stone hits the
floor the distance of the man above the floor will be:
(1) 20 m (Incorrect)
(2) 9.9 m (Incorrect)
(3) 10.1 m (Correct)
(4) 10 m (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
When the man throws the ball down, he will get a velocity v upwards, such that:
mv = MV (Law of conservation of linear momentum)
258
1
or 0.2 × 2 = 50 × V or V ms 1
50
Time taken by the ball to reach floor is
10
t 5s (The ball will not accelerate in the absence of gravity)
2
Distance moved up by the man in this t = 5s is
1
d Vt 5 0.1m ; upwards
50
Hence the distance of the man from the floor, when the stone hits the floor is
H h d 10 0.1 10.1m
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Resolution of Vectors
59. Two fixed frictionless inclined planes, making angles 300 and 600 with the vertical, are
shown in the figure. Two blocks A and B are placed on these planes. The relative vertical
acceleration of A with respect to B is:
259
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Acceleration of A down the plane is g sin 60 = g cos 300 as shown in Fig.
Resolve acceleration into horizontal and vertical components as shown in Fig.
Obvisouly
3
The vertical acceleration of A = g cos 30 0 cos 30 0 = g
4
1
Similarly the vertical acceleration of B = g cos 600 cos 600 = g
4
3 1
Relative vertical acceleration of A with respect to B = g g
4 4
2 g
g 4.9 ms 2
4 2
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Circular Motion
60. A point P moves in counter clockwise sense, on a circular path, as shown in the figure. The
movement of the point is such that it sweeps out a length, s = t3 + 5, where s is in metre and
t is in seconds. The radius of the path is 20m. The acceleration of P at t = 2s is nearly:
260
Solution:
Given s = t3 + 5. Therefore the instantaneous velocity
ds
v 3t 2
dt
Since this velocity is not constant in magnitude, the point P will have a tangential acceleration,
dv
a1 3 2t 6t
dt
At t = 2s, a1 = 6 × 2 = 12 ms–2.
Now, P is moving in circular path therefore P will have centripetal acceleration.
2 2
v2 3t 9t 4
a2
R R 20
9 2 2 2 2
At t 2s, a 2 7.2 ms 2
20
2
a a12 a 22 122 7.2 14.5ms2
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Uniformly Acceleration Motion
1 rd
61. A bullet, on entering a target, losses of its initial velocity, after penetrating through
3
20m. How far deep will it enter the target?
(1) 60 m (Incorrect)
(2) 40 m (Incorrect)
(3) 36 m (Correct)
(4) 16 m (Incorrect)
261
Solution:
u
Suppose the bullet loses of its initial velocity, after penetrating through distance s. So, final velocity, after
n
travelling distance s in target, is:
u u
vu n 1
n n
v 2 u 2 2 as
2
u 2
or n n 1 u 2 as
1 2 u2 2
a u 2 n 2n 1
2s n
1 2 2 u2 u2
u u 2n
2s n2 n 2
1 u2
2
2n 1
2s n
v 2f v 2 2ax
u2 2 1 u2
2
or 0= n 1 2 2 2n 1 x
n 2s n
x=
n 1 s
2n 1
Given, s = 3m, therefore
262
2
x
3 1 20
4
20 16m
2 3 1 5
s x 20 16 36
Alternatively:
v 2 u 2 2as .....(1)
1 2
Here, v u u u and s 20 m
3 3
4 2
u u 2 – 29 20
9
5
2a 20 u 2
9
2
5u
or 2a .....(2)
9 20
v 2f u 2 2a d (a = deceleration)
2
5u
O2 u 2 d
9 20
5 u2 d
or u2
9 20
180
d 36 m
5
263
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Velocity - Time graph for Uniformly Accelerated Motion
62. A particle moving along y–axis is at y = 5 cm at t = 0 (where t is in second). This particle is
observed to trace the following velocity time graph.
Velocity = –8 ms–1 at t = 0
v 0 8 ms 1
8
4 ms –2
2
The final position at t = t can be written as:
264
1
y t y 0 v 0 t at 2
2
1
or y 5 8t 4t 2
2
or y 2t 2 8t 5
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Vector
63. A stationery body of mass 3 kg explodes in to three equal pieces. One of the pieces flies off
with a velocity of 3i ms1 and a second one goes with velocity of 4 jms 1 . If the time of
explosion is 10–4s, the magnitude of the average force experienced by the third piece is:
(1) 70 kilo newton (Incorrect)
(2) 50 kilo newton (Correct)
(3) 40 kilo newton (Incorrect)
(4) 30 kilo newton (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
The momentum imparted to the two pieces together is:
Δp 1 3i 4j N s
m 1kg
As the body of 3 kg is initally at rest the change in momentum for the third piece should be equal and
opposite that for the first two taken together.
p 3i 4j
F3 N
t 104
265
F3 3i 4j 104 N
F3 F3 32 4 2 10 4 N 5 104 N
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Graphs in Kinematics
64. The position ‘x’ of a particle varies with time ‘t’ as : x = mt2–nt3. The acceleration time
graph of this particle is:
266
dx
v= = 2mt – 3nt2 .....(i)
dt
dv
Hence, a = = 2m – 6nt .....(ii)
dt
or a = (–6n)t + 2m
Eqn. (ii) is of the form y = mx + c for the equation of a straight line, where m is slope and c is y intercept.
2m m
(iii) a = 0 at t
6n 3n
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Relative Velocity
65. Two particles P and Q get 6m closer each second, while travelling is opposite directions.
They get 2.4 m closer every second while travelling in the same direction. The speeds of P
and Q are:
(1) 4.2 ms–1 and 2.4 ms–1 (Incorrect)
Solution:
267
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy v-t Graph
66 Figure gives the velocity-time graph of a moving particle. Total displacement of the particle
during its non-uniform motion is:
(1) 60 m (Incorrect)
(2) 50 m (Correct)
(3) 30 m (Incorrect)
(4) 40 m (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
The particle is in non-uniform motion from t = 20 s to t = 40 s. Total displacement in this interval is equal to
the area under the graph in this interval.
1
S 2 1 4 10 = 50 m
2
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Different Equation of Motion
67. A man of height h walks in a straight path towards a lamp post of height H, with a uniform
velocity u. The velocity of the edge of his shadow on the ground will be
H
(1) u (Incorrect)
Hh
268
H
(2) u (Correct)
Hh
Hh
(3) u (Incorrect)
H
Hh
(4) u (Incorrect)
Hh
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Suppose x is the length of the shadow. When the man is at d
distance from the pole, as shown in Fig. If he takes t seconds to
reach the pole, the edge of his shadow will also reach the pole in
h H
the same time t and d = ut
x xd
xH hx + hd
or xH h h u t
hut
x
Hh
The distance travelled by the edge of the shadow, in t seconds, is equal to x + d. The velocity of the edge,
v is
hut
xd ut
v Hh
t
t
hu hHh
u u
H h Hh
H
u
Hh
269
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Easy Equation of Motion
68. Two bodies of masses in the ratio 5:4 are dropped from heights of 16m and 25m respectively.
The ratio of the time taken by them to reach the ground and the ratio of their velocities at
the time of hitting the ground are, respectively
(1) 1 : 1 and 4 : 5 (Incorrect)
(2) 5 : 4 and 1 : 1 (Incorrect)
(3) 4 : 5 and 4 : 5 (Correct)
(4) 1 : 4 and 1 : 4 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Mass does not influence the time and speed. Now, for a body dropped, u = 0
1
S ut at 2 reduces to
2
1
S 0 gt 2
2
1 2 1
S1 gt1 and S2 gt 22
2 2
So, t1 : t 2 S1 : S2 = 4 : 5
Now, v = u + at = 0 + gt
v1 gt1 and v 2 gt 2
v1 : v 2 t1 : t 2 = 4 : 5
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Differential Equation for Velocity
69. The upper and of a bar PQ of length ' ' leans against a smooth vertical wall. The other end
of the bar is touching the smooth floor. The end Q beings to move uniformly downwards
with speed vy the speed vx with which end P moves along the floor is
270
y
(1) vx vy (Correct)
2 y 2
2 y2
(2) vx v y (Incorrect)
y
y2
(3) vx vy 2 2 (Incorrect)
y
2 y2
(4) vx vy 2 (Incorrect)
y
dx dy
2x 2y 0
dt dt
xv x yv y
271
y
or v x v y
x
y
vx v y
y
2 2
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Equation of Motion
70. A body moving along x–axis is at x = –5 m at t = 0. It covers 10 m is the third second and
28 m in the sixth second. The position of this body at t = 8 s is
(1) 192 m (Incorrect)
(2) 152 m (Incorrect)
(3) 147 (Correct)
(4) 40 m (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Given,
a
s3 u 2 3 1
2
5
or 10 u a .....(1)
2
Similarly the distance travelled in 6th second; s6, is
a
s6 u 2 6 1
2
11
or 28 u a .....(2)
2
From Eqns. (1) and (2) we have
272
18 = 3a or a = 6 ms–2
From Eqn (1), we get
5
10 u 6 or u 5 ms 1
2
At t = 8 s, the position x8 of particle is
1
x8 x0 ut at 2
2
1
5 5 8 6 82 45 192 = 147 m
2
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Motion Under Gravity
71. At time t = 0, a ball is dropped from a height is 180 m, towards a floor. On each collision, the
ball losses a tenth of its speed. The figure below gives the speed-time graph of the ball,
taking g = 10 ms–1
273
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Let tA be the time taken to fall through height h = 180 m, after the ball is dropped.
2h 2 180
t 0A 6 s
g 10
Now, vA = u + at = 0 + gt
= 10 × 6 = 60 ms–1
1
vB = vA – 10% vA = 60 60
10
= 60–6 = 54 ms–1
Let tBD be the time taken to bounce up from the floor, reach the maximum height and then come down to
hit the floor again.
2u 2 54
t BD 10.8s
g 10
t OD t OA t BD = 16.8 s
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Speed-Time Graph
72. Between two stations, a train starts and accelerates uniformly at first, then moves with
constant speed and finally retards uniformly, to reach and stop, at the other station. If the
ratio of the time taken for these three parts of the motion is 1 : 8 : 1, and the greatest speed
is 60 k mh –1, the average speed of the train is
274
Solution:
The speed-time graph for the motion of the train
is shown in the figure. The total distance covered
is:
1 1
S t 60 60 8t t 60 = 540 t
2 2
Total time taken = t + 8t + t = 10t
540t
Average speed 54 kmh 1
10t
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Uniformly Accelerated Motion
73. In a car race, car A takes a time t less than car B at the finish and passes the finishing point
with speed v more than that of car B. Assuming that both the cars start from rest and travel
with constant acceleration a1 and a2 repectively, the value of v interms of a1, a2 and t is
a1a 2
(1) t (Incorrect)
a1 a 2
(2) a1 a 2 t (Incorrect)
a1 a 2
(3) t (Incorrect)
2
(4)
a1a 2 t (Correct)
275
v a 1 a 2 t1 a 2 t .....(3)
1 2
Now, total distance travelled by both A and B is same. i.e. SA = SB. Using the formula, S ut at , we
2
get;
1 1 2
SA 0 a1 t12 and S B 0 a 2 t1 t
2 2
or a1' t1 a 2' t1 t
t1 a1 a 2 a 2 t
t1
a2 t
or .....(4)
a1 a 2
Subsituting value of t1 from Eqn (4) in Enq (3) we have
a2 t
v a1 a 2 . a 2t
a1 a 2
a1 a 2 a 2 a 2 a 2 a1 a 2 a 2
t
a1 a 2
a 1 a2 a 2 a1 t
a1 a 2
a1a 2
a1 a 2 t
a1 a 2
a1a 2 t
276
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Motion Under Gravity
74. A particle is dropped from the top of a tower of height h and at the same moment of time a
second particle is projected upwards from the bottom of the tower. The two particles meet
when the first one has descended a distance of h/n. The velocities of these particles, when
they meet, are in the ratio
(1) v1 : v 2 2 : n 2 (Correct)
(2) v1 : v 2 n 2 : n (Incorrect)
(3) v1 : v 2 2 : n 2 (Incorrect)
(4) v1 : v 2 1: n 1 (Incorrect)
h 1 2
gt .....(1)
n 2
and for the second particle
h 1
h u 2 t gt 2 .....(2)
n 2
Adding Eqn, (1) and (2), we have
h
h u 2 t or t .....(3)
u2
h 1 h2
g
n 2 u 22
1
u 22 ngh .....(4)
2
277
At time t, when the two particle meet for the first particle
h
v12 u12 2g
n
2
v12 gh u1 0 .....(5)
h
For the second particle, we have,
h
v 22 u 22 2g h
n
1 2
ngh gh 2
2 n
n 2
gh 2
2 n
n 2 4n 4
gh
2n
gh
n 2 .....(6)
2n
From Eqn s. (5) and (6), we have
2
2 gh
v 1 n 4
2 2
v 2 n 2 n 2 2
gh
2n
v1 2
v2 n 2
or v1 : v 2 2 : n 2
278
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Motion Under Gravity
75. A particle is projected vertically upwards from a point x on the ground. It takes a time t1 to
reach a point A, at a height ‘h’ above the ground. The particle continues to move and takes
a time t2 to reach the ground. The value of h in terms of t1 and t2 is
t1 t 2
(1) gt1 (Incorrect)
2
(2) g t1 t 2 (Incorrect)
1
(4) g t 1t 2 (Correct)
2
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Let ‘u’ be the velocity of projection of the particle at 0. The total time taken to reach the ground back is
t1+t2.
1 2
From S ut at , we have,
2
1 2
0 u t1 t 2 g t1 t 2
2
g
u t1 t 2 .....(1)
2
Now, for the first t, second of motion, we have,
1 g g
h ut1 gt12 t1 t 2 t1 t12
2 2 2
g 2 1
t1 t1t 2 t12 g t1t 2
2 2
279
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Uniformly Accelerated Motion
76. The two ends of a train, moving with a constant acceleration, pass a pole with velocities u
and v. The velocity with which the middle point of the train pass the pole is:
uv
(1) (Incorrect)
2
u 2 v2
(2) (Incorrect)
uv
(3) u 2 v2 (Incorrect)
u 2 v2
(4) (Correct)
2
Solution:
Let the total length of the train be 2x. Let the velocity of the middle point of the train passing the pole be vm.
v 2m u 2 2ax .....(1)
v 2 v 2m 2ax
or v 2m v 2 2ax .....(2)
2v 2m u 2 v 2
u 2 v2
vm
2
280
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Uniformly Accelerated Motion
g
77. A balloon rises from rest on the ground with a constant acceleration of . A stone is dropped,
8
from the balloon when it has risen to a height of H. The time taken by the stone to reach the
ground is
H
(1) (Incorrect)
g
H
(2) 2 (Correct)
g
2H
(3) (Incorrect)
g
H
(4) (Incorrect)
2g
g
v2 02 2 H
8
gH
or v .....(1)
2
This v will be the initial velocity of the stone when dropped from the balloon. If t is the time taken by the
stone to reach the ground, then:
1
H v t gt 2
2
gH 1
or H t gt 2
2 2
281
or gt 2
gH t 2H 0 .....(2)
gH gH 8gH
t
2g
gH 3 gH H
2
2g g
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Difficult Relative Velocity
78. To a man walking at the rate of 3 kmh–1, rain drop appear to fall vertically. When he doubles
his speed, rain drops appear to strike him, from the front, at an angle of 450 with the
downward vertical. The actual speed and the direction of rain drops are
(1) 5 kmh–1, at 450, with the vertical, to the direction of his motion (Incorrect)
–1 0
(2) 3 2 kmh , at 45 , against the direction of his motion (Incorrect)
v r v x i v y j .....(1)
The relative velocity of the rain drop with respect to the man is:
vm vr vm
v x i v y j 3i
282
v x 3 i v y j .....(3)
The relative velocity vrm makes an angle with the velocity of the man. Therefore
vy
tan .....(4)
vx 3
1
tan 2700
0
1 vy
or
0 vx 3
v x 3kmh 1 .....(5)
vm 6i
3i v y j 6i
3i v y j .....(7)
Since the rain drops now strike man at 450 from the front, here = 2250.
vy
tan 2250 , [ c f Eqn. (7)]
3
vy
or 1 v y 3kmh 1
3
283
Therefore, v r 3 i 3j kmh 1 .....(8)
or v r 3 2 kmh 1
3
Here, tan 1
3
Hence, the speed of rain drops is 3 2 kmh 1 and the direction is 450 with the vertical and in the direction
of man motion.
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Motion Under Gravity
79. A juggler throws balls is to air and catch them. He throws one all whenever the previous
ball is at its highest point. How high do the balls rise, if he throws n balls every second?
(Acceleration due to gravity is g).
g
(1) (Incorrect)
n2
g
(2) (Correct)
2n 2
2g
(3) (Incorrect)
n2
2g
(4) (Incorrect)
n
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
1
Number of balls thrown is 1 s = n, Time interval between two balls =
n
Now, he throws one when the previous one thrown reaches the maximum height.
Time taken by one ball to reach the maximum height is
1
t .....(1)
n
284
Let u be the velocity with which the ball is thrown. Then the velocity at the highest point is zero, and so,
0 = u – gt
g
or u .....(2)
n
Now, v 2 u 2 2 as
or 0 u 2 2gh
g2
or 2gh
n2
g
h
2n 2
Unit–2 : Kinematics
Average Motion in a Plane
80. A particle moves in x–y plane such that x = k1t; y = k1t (1–k2t) where k1 and k2 are constant.
The magnitude of instantaneous velocity v and instantaneous acceleration, a; is
2
(1) v k1 1 1 2k 2 t a 2k1k 2 (Correct)
2k1
(2) v k1 1 4k 22 a (Incorrect)
k2
k1
(3) v k1 k 2 t a (Incorrect)
k2
(4) v k 1 k 2 t a k 1k 2 (Incorrect)
dx dy
vx k1; v y k1 1 k 2 t k1 t k 2 k 1 1 2k 2 t
dt dt
285
1 1
2 2
v v 2x v 2y k 22 k12 1 2k 2 t k1 1 1 2k 2 t
2 2
The instantaneous x and y component of acceleration are
dv x dv
ax 0; a y y 2k1k 2
dt dt
a a 2x a 2y 2k1k 2
286
UNIT–3 : LAWS OF MOTION
Learning Objectives
After studying this unit, you would be able to understand, appreciate and apply the following concepts:
Dynamics of motion analysing cause of motion.
Concept of linear inertia.
Mass as measure of linear inertia.
Force, different types of forces.
Quantity of linear motion – linear momentum.
Statement of Newton’s first law of motion.
Illustrative examples.
Statement of Newton’s second law of motion.
Writing Newton’s second law of motion as.
F=ma
Use of Newton’s second law to have a quantitative measure of force.
SI Unit of force. 1 Kg-wt as a unit of force.
Impluse.
Impluse as change in linear momentum.
F vs x graph and impluse.
Solving problems using Newton’s second law.
Varying mass system.
Motion of a rocket.
Free-body diagrams and their use in problem solving.
Solving problems involving strings and pulleys.
Statement of Newton’s third law of motion and illustrative examples.
Law of conservation of linear momentum and Newton’s third law of motion.
Illustrative problems using law of conservation of linear momentum.
Inertial and non-inertial frames of references.
Pesudo or ficticious forces. Their application in problem solving.
Circular motion.
287
Basic concepts and definitions.
Relation between linear speed and angular speed, linear acceleration and angular acceleration.
Similarity between basic definition of linear and circular motion.
Kinematics of uniformly accelerated circular motion.
Uniform circular motion and centripetal acceleration.
Solving problems involving centripetal force.
Friction as a necessary evil.
Cause of friction.
Laws of friction, definition of coefficient of friction.
Different types of friction.
(i) Static
(ii) Kinetic
(iii) Rolling
Solving problems involving force of friction.
288
289
Introduction
In study of kinematics we do not discuss about cause of motion. The study of Newtonian mechanics
analysise in detail the cause of motion. This part of Physics is also known as dynamics. Newton’s laws of
motion, three in number, give logic to the study of motion of bodies.
1. Force : It is as external agency which charges or tries to charge the state of rest or motion of a body
or the direction of motion of the body. It is a vector quantity. It SI unit is newton (N). Dimensionally
F = [MLT –2].
Some important forces in nature are:
(a) Gravitational force
(b) Electrostatic force
(c) Electromagnetic force
(d) Interatomic or intermolecular forces
(5) Nuclear force
2. Inertia : It is the property of a body by which it continues to be in state of rest or uniform motion
along a straight path unless an external unbalanced force acts on the body. Intertia is of three types:
(a) Inertia of rest
(b) Inertia of motion
(c) Inertia of direction
Inertia to linear motion is measured by the mass of the body. Larger the mass; greater is the intertia of the
body i.e. it is more difficult to change the state of rest or uniform motion of the body.
In absence of friction between a passenger and the bus, the passenger will not move with the bus when it
starts. As a result, he will hit the back of the bus (Intertia of rest).
Likewise when the brakes are applied to the moving bus in above situation, the passenger will hit the front
of the bus (Intertia of motion).
If the bus takes a turn to left, the passenger will the thrown towards right (Intertia of direction). This is
becuase the directional inertia of the body of the passenger.
Linear Momentum : It is the quantity of motion present in a body. Mathematically, it is measured as
product of mass and velocity v of the body.
Momentum p = m v
It is a vector in the direction of velocity. Its SI unit is kg ms–1 or Ns. Dimensionally momentum is MLT–1.
290
Laws of Motion
1. Newton’s First Law of Motion
It states that every body continues to be in a state of rest or uniform motion along a straight line unless
an external unbalanced force is applied to change its state. The law gives qualitative definiton of
force.
Here the significance of the words external and unbalanced must be clearly understood. Internal
forces are forces exerted on one another by the bodies making the stystem. The external forces are
forces exerted on the system by everything else, except the stystem, known as surroundings. There
is no overall motion of a system due to internal forces. For example, it is not possible to move a car
by pushing it when we are sitting inside the car. The force is this case is internal force.
Similarly, an individual may not be able to move a loaded truck by pushing or pulling if. The force
applied in this case is balanced by an equal and opposite force (or friction) which is appearently not
visible.
2. Newton’s Second Law of Motion
According to second law the rate of change of linear momentum of a body is directly proportinoal to
the net external applied force. The change in momentum takes place in the direction of the force.
The law gives a relation between force and momentum. It also gives a quantitative definition or
measure of the force.
Mathematically,
dp d dv
F m v m (for a system with constant mass)
dt dt dt
ma
dv
a = Instantaneous acceleration of body..
dt
Remember
1. For a constant mass and changing velocity.
dv
Fm
dt
2. For constant velocity and changing mass.
dm
Fv
dt
291
3. In terms of rectangular coponents of the force and momentum
dp x dp dp
Fx ; Fy y and Fz z
dt dt dt
4. A force applied along X–direction does not affect the momenta of the body along Y and Z directions
and Fy does not affect px and pz. Similarly Fz does not produce any change in px and py.
3. Newton’s Third Law of Motion
It states: To very action, there is an equal and opposite reaction.
FAB FBA 0
Remember
1. The forces of action and reaction do not cancel each other because they act on different bodies.
Units of Force : Absolute unit of force in SI system is newton. IN = 1 kg. m/s2
The gravitational unit of force in kg wt or kg f.
1 kg wt = 1 kg f = 9.8 kg m/s2 = 9.8N
Impulse of a Force : A large force acting for a small time interval is said to impart an impulse to the object.
The impulse of a force is numerically equal to the product of the force (F) applied and the time t for
which it acts, i.e. Impulse F t
The impulse of a force in equal to the change in momentum of the body.
Impulse = Force × Time
= Change in momentum
The change in momenum of a body is large if a larger force in applied or if the force is applied for a larger
duration of time.
Impulse in a vector quantity in the direction of force.
Impulse J F .t ; if force is constant
292
p 2 p1 m v u
Impulse of a force can also be measured as the area under the force time graph.
A large force acting for a short duration is called impulsive force (See
figure). The shaded area gives the impulse of the force applied.
The SI Unit of impulse is N–s or kg ms–1.
Dimensionally impulse is MLT–1.
Note that impulse and momentum have same dimensional formula and
same units.
Sometimes it is simpler to use the impulse momentum relation in terms
of their components as under:
J x Fx dt Δp x m v x u x
J y Fy dt Δp y m v y u y
J z Fz dt Δp z m v z u z
R = m (g + a) > mg
(iii) When a lift moves downwards with a uniform acceleration ‘a’; apparent weight
of a body is less than its actual weight.
From the figure:
F Ffic m a
mg – R = m a
293
R m g a m g
R m g g 0
Important : When a person of mass m climbs up a rope suspended from a rigid support with acceleration
‘a’; the tension in the rope in T = m (g + a)
When the person climbs down the rope with acceleration ‘a’; the tension in the rope is T = m (g – a).
If the rope supports the weight of the man (with man neither climbing up nor down); the tension in the rope
equals his weight i.e. T = m g
F Ffic m a
Note that when lift accelerates upwards or downwards, the mass inside the lift experiences a force ma; in
addition to its weight. The direction of this force is always opposite to the direction of acceleration of the
lift. In other words, ma acts vertically downwards when lift accelerates upwards. The force ma is vertically
upwards if the lift accelerates downwards. This extra force is known as an inertial force or a ficticous force.
This force is purely due to acceleration of the frame of reference, i.e. the left.
Any frame having an accelerated motion is a non-intertial frame. In such a frame, the body experiences:
(i) Physical force (F) and
where a* is acceleration of frame of reference. To solve problem, in a non-inertial frame; using Newton’s
second law, we have,
F Ffic ma
294
Example–1 :
A heavy block is supported by a chord C from a rigid support and another chord D is
attached on the other side of the block as shown. If the free end of the chord D is given a
sudden pull; the chord D breaks. If the chord D is pulled steadily; chord C breaks. Why?
Solution :
The difference can be explained by law of intertia. When the free end of D is given a
sudden jerk; the block was at rest and continoues to remain at rest. So the chord D breaks.
If D is pulled streadily; the block comes in motion and due to inertia continues to be in
motion. Hence chord C breaks.
Example–2 :
An object in thrown vertically upwards with a certain velocity. At the instant, the object attains the maximum
height, the gravity is turned off. What will be the motion of the obejct thereafter?
Solution :
At the highest point, the object comes to rest. Normally it starts its downwards journey under gravity. In
this case, since there is no force acting on the object it will continue to be at rest.
Example–3 :
A 5000 kg rocket is set for vertical firing. The exhaust gases move at 800 ms–1 and give the rocket an
upward acceleration of 20 ms–2. The mass of gases rejected per second is
(1) 187.5 kg
(2) 185.5 kg
(3) 137.5 kg
(4) 127.5 kg
Solution :
dm
We have F u ext
dt
In this case;
F – mg = ma
F = M (g + a)
= (5000) (10 + 20)
= 30 × 5000 N.
295
dm
Also, 30 × 5000 = 800 × x x
dt
1500
x 187.5 kg
8
Option (1) is correct.
Example–4 :
A 200 gm ball moving normal towards a wall at 20 m/s rebounds at 10 m/s. The change in momentum of
the ball during impact is
(1) 2000 kg m/s towards the wall
(2) 6000 kg m/s towards the wall
(3) 6 kg m/s towards the wall
(4) 6 kg m/s away from the wall
Solution :
1
We have m = 200 gm = kg
5
u = 20 m/s towards wall
v = 10 m/s away from the wall
Change in momentum = m (v – u)
1
10 20
5
= 6 kg m/s away from the wall.
Example–5 :
A body of mass 2 kg in uniform circular motion at 10 m/s moves from a point A to a diamterically opposite
point B in its path. The magnitude of change in momentum is
(1) zero
(2) 40 kg m/s
(3) 20 2 kg m/s
(4) 20 kg m/s
296
Solution :
Given m = 2 kg
uA = +10 m/s
vB = –10 m/s [The direction of velocity is reversed.]
Change in momentum = mv – mu
= –10 – 10 = –20 kg m/s
Magnitude of change in momentum = | –20 |
= 20 kg m/s
Important : Here we may note that the change in magnitude of momentum is zero.
pA pB p A p B 0
But magnitude of change in momentum.
p p B p A 0
Example–6 :
A body of mass 5 kg initially at rest is subjected to force varying with time as shown in F v/s t graph.
Calculate the velocity of the body after 4 second.
Solution :
Given m = 5 kg
u=0
v=?
We have impulse = Change in momentum
= m (v – u ) = mv
Also impulse = Area under force – time graph
= Ar OABCF
297
= Ar (OAH) + Ar (BCFG) + Ar (ABGH)
1 1
2 4 1 1 4 1 1
2 2
5
4 1 7.5 N s
2
7.5
mv 7.5 v 1.5ms 1
5
Example–7 :
A body of mass 2 kg initially moving at 10 m/s is subjected to a time dependent force F (t) = (2t + 3) N
where t is in seconds. Calculate the velocity of the body at the end of five seconds.
Solution :
Given m = 2 kg
u = 10 m/s
v=?
t=5s
We have change in momentum = impulse
5s
mv u F t dt
t 0
5s
2t 3 dt
t 0
5
t2
2. 3t
2 0
5
t 2 3t 40 Ns
0
40
vu 20 m / s
m
v 20 u 20 10 m / s
30 m / s
298
Example–8 :
A body of mass M in being pulled by a string of mass m. A force F is applied at the free end of the string
to pull the mass. Calculate the force exerted by the string on the body.
Solution :
For the system; total mass = m + M
Force = F
F F
Acceleration a Total mass m M
F
M
mM
FM
Force on the block =
F m
Example–9 :
Two blocks of mass 12 kg and 2 kg are tied to the ends of a string. If the
table and the pulley are smooth and the string in light; calculate the acceleration
of 2 kg block and the tension in the string.
Solution :
For 12 kg object
T = 12 . a .....(1)
For 2 kg object T – 2×9.8 = 2.a .....(2)
12a – 2a = 2 × 9.8
10a = 19.6
a = 1.96 m/s2
T =12 a = 12 × 1.96 23.5 N
Example–10 :
Three blocks A, B and C wth mass 1.5 kg, 2 kg and 1 kg respetively are placed on a rough surface
with coefficient of friction 0.2 with the blocks. Calculate the force F required to produce an acceleration of
3 m/s2 in the system. What is the force exerted by (i) A on B (ii) B on C?
299
Solution :
Let ‘a’ be the acceleration o the system towards the direction o the applied force. The frictional force
m1 m 2 m 3 g acts towards left opposite to F.
F m1 m 2 m3 g m1 m 2 m3 a
or F m1 m2 m3 a g
300
Case (1) Fig. (a) Let a1, be the acceleration of 6 kg object
Then 6 g – T = 6a1 .....(1)
T – 9g sin 30 = 9a1 .....(2)
(1) + (2) given 6g – 9g sin 30 = 15a1
g
1.5g = 15a1 or a1 =
10
To cover a distance ' ' ; time ‘t1’ is given by
1 2 2 2 20
a 1t 1 or t12
2 a g 10 g
20
or t1 .....(3)
g
1 2
a2t2
2
2 2 5
t2 .....(6)
a2 2 g
5 g
5
t2 g 1
t1 20
g 2
Example–12 :
301
Solution :
The spring balance will read tension.
We have m1g – T = m1a .....(1)
T – m2g = m2a .....(2)
(1) + (2) gives (m1– m2) g = (m1+ m2) a
m m2
a 1 g
m1 m 2
m1 m 2
Using in (1) T = m1g – m1 m m g
1 2
m m2
m1g 1 1
m1 m 2
m 1m 2
2 g
m1 m 2
Example–13 :
An elevator with a total mass of 4000 kg has an upward acceleration due to a 48000 N tension in the
supporting cable. Calculate the acceleration and the time it takes to cover 9.0 m. What will the reading in
a weighing machine in the elevator with a 60 kg man standing on the machine. [g = 10 m/s2]
Solution :
We have T – mg = ma
48000 – 4000 × 10 = ma
8000
a 2m / s 2
4000
302
1 2 2s 2 9
Again S at t 3second .
2 a 2
R = m (g + a) = 60 (10 + 2)
= 60 × 12 N
= 6 × 12 kg wt = 72 kg wt
If Fext 0, We have,
p1 p2 ..... pn a constant
Let us apply this law to a bullet and the gun system. Here the system is at rest to start with.
Hence, when a bullet is fired from a gun we have,
Initial momentum = zero
Final momentum of the bullet & gun system must again be zero.
mv + MV = 0
Recoil velocity of the gun.
mv
V
M
303
Rocket Propulsion / Body with Variable Mass
For a rocket moving in force free space; when a rocket is fired; the backward momentum of the ejected
gases imports an equal forward momentum to the rocket. As the fuel is burnt; the mass of the rocket
decreases and the acceleration keeps on increasing.
Consider a rocket of total mass (sum of mass of body of rocket and fuel gases inside) m0 starting from rest
dm
in a force free space. Let = the constant rate of burning of fuel.
dt
u = The exhaust speed of ejected out gases with respect to rocket, u is constant.
dm
The thrust, F, on rocket due to fuel ejected is u u . By applying law of conservation of linear
dt
momentum, it can be shown that the instantaneous speed, v, accquired by rocket is given by
m
v 2.303u log 0
m
Concurrent Forces
The forces acting at the same point of a body are called concurrent forces.
Equilibrium of Concurrent Forces: For a number of concurrent forces acting on a body in equilibrium,
the forces can be represented by a closed polygon taken in order or the resultant force is zero.
F1 F2 F3 ..... Fn 0
F1 F F
2 3
sin sin sin
F1x F2 x F3 x 0 .....(1)
304
F1z F2z F3z 0 .....(3)
The above three equation in terms of the components have to be simultaneously satisfied for the system to
be in equilibrium.
Example–14 :
A neutron having a msss of 1.67 × 10–27 kg moving at 108 ms–1 collides with a deutron at rest and sticks to
it. If the mass of the deutron is 3.34 × 10–27 kg, find the speed of the combination.
Solution :
We have, mn = 1.67 × 10–27 kg
un = 108 m/s
md = 3.34 × 10–27 kg
ud = 0
Mass of the combination after collision.
5.01 1027 kg
By principle of momentum conservation.
Momentum after collision = momentum before collision.
5.01×10–27V = 1.67×10–27×108
1
V 108 m / s
3
Example–15 :
A disc of mass 50 g is kept floating horizontally by throwing 10 marbles per second against if from its
bottom. If mass of each marble is 20 gm, calculate the velocity with which each marble hits the disc to keep
it afloat. Assume the marbles hit the disc normally and rebound with equal speed.
Solution :
Mass of the disc = 50 gm = 5×10–2 kg
Mass of each marble = 20 gm = 20×10–3 kg
Number of marbles per sec = 10
Let velocity each marble the V m/s.
305
Then change in momentum of each marble.
= mV – (–mV) = 2 mV
2×20×10–3×V kg m/s
Total change in momentum of the mables per sec.
= 10×2×20×10–3 V
= 0.4 V
= Force (by II law)
To keep the disc afloat;
Force due to marbles = weight of the disc
or 0.4 V = mdisc g
= 5×10–2×10
50 102
V 1.25 m / s
.4
Example–16 :
A bomb of mass 11 kg at rest at O expodes splitting into there pieces.
Two of the pieces fly as shown. Calculate the speed of third piece. In
which direction does it fly?
Solution :
Here initial momentum = zero
Total final momentum = zero
Total momenta of the two pieces shown can be calculated by using law of vector addtion.
By symmetry pnet acts in a direction bisecting the angle between p1 and p2.
Total final momentum = 0
306
10 kg m / along OB
Mass of third piece = (11 – 2 – 5) by = 4 kg
4v 10 along OB
or v = 2.5 m/s at 1200 with p1 or p2 as shown.
Example–17 :
A ball of mass 2kg hangs in equilibrium from two strings OP and OQ as shown. Calculate the tension in OP
and OQ.
Solution :
Various forces acting at ponit ‘O’ are as shown in the figure.
As 20 N; T1 and T2 are in equilibrium; we have
T1 T2 20
(Lami’s theorem)
sin150 sin120 sin 90
T1 T2
or 20 N
sin 30 sin 60
T1 20 sin 30 10 N
T2 20sin 600 10 3 N
Example–18 :
A body of mass ‘m’ is suspended by means of strings OA and OB. Assuming
the strings to be light and inextensible, calculate T1 and T2.
Solution :
From the free body diagram shown, we have
T1 cos T2 cos
cos
or T2 T1
cos
T1 sin T2 sin mg
cos
or T1 sin T1 sin mg
cos
307
T1
sin cos cos sin mg
cos
mg cos
T1
sin
mg cos
Similarly, T2 sin
308
Tension in a string arises due to the restoring forces caused by intermolecular forces of
interaction. It is the force exerted by one part of the string on the other part. The tension in
each branch of the string must form action - reaction pair. It always acts towards the support
(Hand / pulley).
F
a
m1 m 2 m3
Force on m1 = F1 = F.
F
We have acceleration a
m1 m 2 m 3
m1 m 2 F
m1 m 2 m3
Force on m3 = F3 = m3a
m3F
m1 m 2 m3
309
(ii) Inter Connected Bodies suspended from a Rigid support
When two masses m1 and m2 are suspended vertically from a rigid, non-yielding support
using strings as shown and a pulling force F is applied to pull the mass m2 down, we have
T2 = F + m2g
and T1 = F + (m1 + m2) g
(iii) For two interconnected bodies with a rope passing over a smooth support or smooth
light pulley;
a
m 2 m1 g
m1 m 2
2m1m 2 g
T
m1 m 2
Note that a < g for the system.
(iv) For two masses m1 and m2 attached to the ends of a string passing over a smooth pulley with mass
m2 on a smooth horizontal surface, we have.
m1g
a g
m1 m 2
m1m 2
T g
m1 m 2
310
(vi)
For a system of three masses connected as shown; we have (surface and pulleys are assumed
frictionless).
m1g – T1 = m1a .....(1)
T1 – T2 = m2a .....(2)
T2 – m3g = m3a .....(3)
Adding (1), (2) and (3), we get
a (m1+m2+m3) = (m1–m3) g
m1 m3
a g
m1 m 2 m3
From (1)
m m m3
T1 m1 1 1 g
m1 m 2 m3
m1 2m3 m 2
g
m1 m 2 m3
m3 2m1 m 2
T2 g
m1 m 2 m3
(vii) In the interconnected bodies shown; if m2 slides down and m1 slides up the double smooth inclined
plane; the acceleration ‘a’ and the tension T in the string is given by
m2 sin m1 sin g
a
m1 m2
311
Net tension at O = Reaction at O
T 2 T 2 2T 2 sin
T 2 1 sin
2 T 1 sin 180
2 T 1 sin
Friction
Whenever a body moves or tends to move over the surface of another body, a force comes into play to
opposes their relative motion. This force is known as force of friction. It opposes motion and acts parallel
to the surface of contact of bodies.
Frictional force may sometimes act in the direction of motion of the body. The following examples illustrate
the situations where the force of friction ‘acts’ in the direction of motion of the objet.
For a man walking due north, the frictional force also acts due north.
In a bicycle; the driving forces are connected to the rear wheel. The direction of frictional force on
the rear wheel at point of contact with the ground is in the direction of motion whereas that on the
front wheel is opposite to the direction of motion.
Static Friction
The force of friction which comes into play between two bodies before one object actually begins to move
over the other is called static friction (fs). Static friction is a self adjusting force (both in magnitude as well
as direction). It is always equal and opposite to the applied force as long as there is no relative motion.
Limiting Friction
The maximum force of static friction which comes into play when a body just starts moving over the surface
of another body is called limiting friction or the maximum force of static friction f smax . The force of
friction never exceeds f smax .
Kinetic Friction
The force of friction which comes into play when a body is in motion over the surface of another body is
called kinetic or dynamic friction. It is denoted by f k and is less than limiting friction.
312
Laws of Limiting Friction
(1) The force of limiting friction depends on the nature of the two surfaces in contact and their state of
roughness.
(2) The force of limiting friction acts tangential to the surfaces in contact and in a direction opposite to
that of the applied force.
(3) The force of limiting friction between any two surfaces is independent of the shape and the area of
contact so long as the normal reaction remains unchanged.
(4) The force of limiting friction between two given surfaces is directly proportional to the normal reaction
between the surfaces.
fk
and coefficient of kinetic friction k
N
Let F be the external force applied on a body and f smax ; the limiting value of static friction. Then
If F f smax , the force of friction which comes into play equals F..
Angle of Friction
It is the angle which the resultant of the force of limiting friction and the normal
reaction makes with the normal reaction.
fsmax
We have tan
N
s
313
Angle of Repose
It is the minimum angle that an inclined plane makes with the horizontal when a body placed on it just begins
to slide down the plane. Fig. shows forces acting on a body of mass m about to slide down the inclined
plane.
We have, f ms mg sin
N mg cos
f ms
s tan
N
mg sin k mg cos
mg sin k mg cos
Note that the acceleration down the plane is independent of mass of the body.
314
2
Time taken to slide down the plane = t g sin cos
k
When a body is pushed upwards along an inclined plane with initial speed v0 so that it just reaches
the top of the plane; they is not ext applied force F.
0 v 0 a t
v0 v0
t
a g sin k cos
The force F required to move a body up an inclined with an acceleration ‘a’, is given by
315
F
In this case a A
m
aB 0
(b) There is friction between A and B only. The body A will begin to slide on B only
when F fsmax or F s mg
F
aA aB
mM
if there is no slipping between A & B.
(c) When F f smax ; the two bodies will move in the direction of the applied force. The acceleration
produced in the two will be different.
The FBD of A and B are shown in Fig. (a) & Fig. (b) respectively.
We have, f k k mg
B moves due to f k
f k k mg
aB
M M
For motion of A; we have,
F fk m a A
F fk
aA
m
Case–II : Force Fapplied on the Lower Object B; Three subcases arise:
F
(a) When there in no friction; a B
M
316
between A and B. The common acceleration is
F
a
mM
F
Force on A F' ma m
mM
The bodies A & B move together till
m a A f k k mg
a A k g
F fk
For B; F f k M a B or a B
M
F k mg
or aB
M
Example–19 :
A block A of mass 8 kg is placed on another block B of mass 10 kg
with B resting on a smooth horizontal surface. To slide A on B, a
horizontal force of 24 N is required. Calculate the maximum horizontal
force that can be applied on B so that both A and B move together.
Calculate the acceleration produced by this force.
Solution :
Here m = 8 kg, M = 10 kg
Force applied on A = 24 N
This force has to be equal to kinetic friction.
f k k mg or 24 k 8 g
24 3
k
80 g
317
Let F be external applied force on B. The acceleration a of the system
(Block A and B move together) is
F
a .....(1)
M m
The FBD of block A is as shown in Fig. If Ffic f A,max ; block A does not
move B.
Fmax M m a max M m g
3
F 18 g 54N
g
Fmax 54
a max 3ms2
m M 8 10
Example–20 :
Two block A and B have masses 10 kg and 5 kg respectively. What should be the miniumum mass of a
block C that should be placed on A so as the prevent A from slipping. Coefficient of static friction between
the table and the block A is 0.3
318
Solution :
To prevent the system from slipping; all three blocks have to be in equilibrium.
For B, T = m2g = 5g
5 50
10 m 16.7
0.3 3
m 6.7 kg
Example–21 :
A metal block of mass 1 kg when placed over an inclined plane of an angle of 300 slides down without
acceleration. If the inclination is increased by 150, what would be the acceleration of the block?
Solution :
In Fig (a); the block slides down without acceleration. So angle of repose is 300
1 3
tan 300
3 3
319
or a g sin cos
1 3 1
10
2 3 2
10 3 1 10 0.732
2 3 6
7.32
3 m / s2
6
The acceleration does not change with mass.
Example–22 :
A truck tows a trailer of mass 3000 kg at 20 m/s on a level road. The tension in the coupling in 2500 N.
(i) What is the power expended on the trailer? (ii) What will be tension in the coupling if the truck hauls the
trailer up an incline rising 1 in 6? Assume the frictional forces on the incline to be the same as that on the
level road.
Solution :
On the level road; the motion being uniform; a = 0
Speed v = 20 m/s
Power P = Fv = 2500 × 20 = 50 kW
Up an incline : The truck has to overcome friction f and also the component
of the weight down the plane.
Tension in the coupling
T mg sin f
1
3000 10 2500
6
= 7500 N
320
Circular Motion
A body is circular motion is always accelerated due to change in direction of velocity. The magnitude may
or may not very. The acceleration which changes the direction of motion so as to enable the body move
along a circular path is called centripetal acceleration. The force producing this acceleration is called
centripetal force.
2
mv 2 2
We have, F mr 2 mr
r T
42 mr
T2
Body on Level Circular Road
The friction between the tyres and the road provides the centripetal force.
mv 2
We have, mg
r
or v rg
which gives maximum safe speed of a vehicle on road for negotiating a curve of radius ‘r’. (Without
skidding).
Banking of Roads (Tracks)
Curved roads and tracks are banked to reduce the role of friction for providing centripetal force on curves.
For a track / road of radius ‘r’ banked at an angle ; the maximum safe speed at which a vehicle can
negotiate a curve is given by
v gr tan
The above max safe speed does not take into account the friction between the tyres and the road.
If the force of friction is also taken into account; we have,
tan
v rg
1 tan
Bending of a Cyclist
In order to negotiate a circular turn of radius ‘r’ at a speed v; a cyclist must bend at an angle with the
vertical such that
321
v2
tan
rg
1 2 1 2
mv A mv mgh
2 2
Also from Fig;
AQ h OA OQ r r cos r 1 cos
mv 2
T mg cos
r
mv 2A
mg cos 2mg 1 cos
r
mv 2A
2mg 3mg cos .....(2)
r
(1) Particle at lowest point an vertical circle i.e. = 0; From equation (2)
mv 2A
TA mg .....(3)
r
(2) Particle in position B i.e. string is horizontal obviously . From equations n (1) and (2)
2
mv 2A
v 2B v 2A 2gr; TB 2mg .....(4)
r
322
(3) Particle at highest point on vertical circle i.e. at C. Obvisouly from equations (1) and (2); we
have,
mv 2A
v 2C v 2A 4gr; TC 5mg .....(5)
r
mv2A
From equation (5) TC is negative if 5mg .
r
This means string slackens and particle cannot complete motion along vertical circle,
TC mm 0
v A mm 5 gr .....(6)
v 2C 5gr 4 gr
v C gr
Example–23 :
A pendulum suspended from the roof of a car by a string shifts through an angle [tan = 0.36] when the
car negotiates a curve of radius 200 m. Find the speed of the car.
Solution :
The forces acting on the pendulum bob are:
(i) Weight mg vertically downwards.
(ii) Tension T up the string.
(iii) Centripetal force.
Resolving the forces and applying equilibrium conditions along and
perpendicular to the string, we get
mv2
mg sin cos
r
v 2 rg tan
v rg tan
323
200 9.8 0.36
26.6 m / s
Example–24 :
A train has to megotiate a curve of 400 m radius. If the distance between the rails is 1m, by how much
should the outer rail the raised w.r.t. the inner rail for a safe speed of 48 km / hr.
Solution :
40
We have v = 48 km / h = m/s
3
r = 400 m; 1m
Let ‘h’ be the required height of the outer rail.
h
We have sin h
v2
tan h
rg
v2 40 3 40 3
h
rg 400 10
40 40 1
h m
3 3 4000
= 0.444 m
Example–25 :
A circular race track of radius 300m is banked at 150. If 0.2; what is the optimum speed of a race car
to avoid wear and tear of the tyres. Also calculate the maximum permissible speed to prevent slipping.
Solution :
28.1m / s
324
Maximum permissible speed of the race car using frictional force as well is
tan 1
v max rg 5 38.1ms
1 5 tan
Example–26 :
An aeroplane is flying at 360 km h–1 in a vertical circle of radius 200m. Calculate the force with which a 75
kg pilot presses his seat at the
(a) highest point
(b) lowest point
in the circle. [Use g = 10 m/s2]
Solution :
(a) At the highest point.
Ri + mg provide centripetal force.
mv 2
R 1 mg
r
mv 2
R1 mg
r
v2
m g
r
100100
R1 75 10 75 40N
200
75 40
kg wt 300 kg wt
10
(b) At the lowest point
mv 2
R 2 mg
r
325
v2
R2 m g
r
100 100
75 10 75 60 N
200
75 6 kg wt
= 450 kg wt
Constrained Motion
It is a motion of a body subjected to certain restriction to its free motion. The constraints arise due to
contact between bodies or when the bodies are interconnected.
We can consider following examples of contrained motion.
(a) Body on a floor is constrained to move along x–direction alone.
We have y = 0
vy = 0, ay = 0
(b)
In all the cases shown in the diagram, if the string / rod connecting the bodies in
inexternsible; we use a contrain that the length of the string is fixed.
Distance xA = xB
Speed v A v B
Acceleration a A a B
It is important to note that the velocities and accelerations may be in different directions.
326
(c) In case of a moveable pulley shown
We have, F = 2T and T = M ablock
x
If the block moves a distance x; the pulley moves a distance
2
as the length of string remains constant.
1
We have, v pulley vblock
2
a block
a pulley
2
T F F
2
2m 2m 4m
We have, L d 2 y 2 x (Constant)
dL 1 2y dy dx
We have, dt 0 2 d 2 y 2 . dt dt
dy dx
As v m and vM
dt dt
y
and cos
d 2 y2
v M v m cos .....(1)
Acceleration can be obtained by differentiating (1) w.r.t. time. Note that also changes with time.
(e) For two blocks connected as shown; we have
327
Length of the string L OA AB x
20A x
2 d 2 y 2 x constant
dL 2 2y dy dx
0
dt 2 d 2 y 2 dt dt
or 2v m cos v M 0
v M 2v m cos
x sin
v block v wedge sin
a block a wedge sin
ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES
1. A point particle of mass m, moves along the uniformly rough track PQR as shown in the figure. The
coefficient of friction, between the particle and the rough track equals . The particle is released,
from rest, from the point P and it comes to rest at a point R. The energies, lost by the ball, over the
parts, PQ and QR, of the track, are equal to each other, and no energy is lost when particle changes
direction from PQ to QR. The values of the coefficient of friction and the distance x (= QR), are,
respectively close to:
328
(a) 0.2 and 3.5m (b) 0.29 and 3.5m
(c) 0.29 and 6.5m (d) 0.2 and 6.5m
Correct option is (2) (IIT 2016)
Solution:
Work done, over the paths. PQ and QR, are, respectively,
2
W1 mg cos
sin
2mg 3
and W2 mg x
x 2 3 m 3.5 m
or loss in P.E. = (mg) × 2
2mg W1 W2 4mg 3
2
This given 0.29
2 3
2. A mass ‘m’ is supported by a massless string wound around a uniform hollow
cylinder of mass m and radius R. If the string does not slip on the cylinder,
with what acceleration will the mass fall on release?
5g
(a) (b) g
6
2g g
(c) (d)
3 2
Correct option is (1) (IIT 2014)
329
Solution:
The equation of motion of mass m is
mg – T = ma
For the cylinder, we have
T.R I
a
But , (as the string does not slip)
R
and I mR 2
T ma
We this get
g
a
2
330
The internal forces can change:
(1) Linear momentum but not kinetic energy.
(2) Kinetic energy but not linear momentum.
(3) Both kinetic energy and linear momentum.
(4) Niether kinetic energy nor linear momentum.
5. A truck starts from rest and moves down a hill with constant acceleration covering 400m in 20s.
Calculate the acceleration and the force on it, if its mass in 5 metric tonnes.
Ans: 2 m/s2; 10000 N
The above graph shows the force exerted on a ball struck by a bat. Using the graph determine.
(i) the impulse delivered to the ball.
(ii) the average force the ball.
(iii) the maximum force applied.
Ans:
(i) 1.2×104 kg m/s
331
(ii) 2000 N
(iii) 4000 N
g
10. A man weighing x kg can descend by means of a parachute with a minimum acceleration of .
4
Calculate x if the strings of the parachute can bear a maximum tension of 72 kg weight.
[Hint: Tmax = m(g–amin)]
Ans: 96 kg wt
11. A ball of mass 200 gm moving at 5 m/s collides with another ball of half its mass moving at 4 m/s in
opposite direction. The balls stick together and move with a common velocity v. Calculate v.
Ans: 2 m/s
12. A 60 kg boy running at 5 m/s jumps on a stationary trolley of mass 100 kg. Calculate the velocity
with which the trolley begins to move.
15
Ans: m/s
8
13. A balloon of mass m is rising up with an acceleration ‘a’. Show that the fraction of weight which must
ma
be removed from it so as to double its acceleration is assuming the upward force to
2a g
remain the same.
14.
Four identical blocks are connected by light inextensible strings and pulled by a force F on a smooth
horizontal surface. Show that T3 : T2 : T1 is 6 : 2 : 1.
15.
For the system of masses shown above, calculate the tension in the string between m2 and m3.
2m1m3g
Ans: m m m
1 2 3
332
16. A bullet of mass 20 gm is fired on an 8 kg wooden block at rest on a horizontal surafce. The bullet
gets embedded in the block and the combinations moves 20m before coming to rest. With what
speed did the bullet hit the block? Given k = 0.25
Ans:
4
21. The railway bridge over a canal is in the form of an arc of a circle of radius 20m. What is the minimum
speed with which a car can cross the bridge without leaving contact with the ground at the highest
point.
[Use g = 9.8 m/s2]
Ans: 14 ms–1
333
334
QUESTION BANK
335
Key Learning Points
1. Force is an external agent which changes or tries to change the state of rest or uniform motion of a
body along a straight path.
2. Intertia is the property of a body by virtue of which it opposes a change in its state of rest or uniform
motion along a straight path. Mass is a measure of inertia of the body.
3. The quantity of motion contained in a body is called momentum. It is measured as product of mass
and velocity of the body. Its SI unit is kg ms–1. Dimensionally momentum is MLT–1.
4. The three laws of motion are:
(a) Every object in the universe continuous in its state of rest or uniform motion along a straight
path unless an external unbalanced force changes its state. This law is also known as the law of
inertia.
(b) The rate of change of momentum of a body is directly proportional to the net external force
and the change in momentum takes place in the direction of the force.
dp dv
Mathematically F m ma
dt dt
(c) To every action, there is an equal and opposite reaction. Action and reaction act on different
bodies and hence never cancel each other.
5. SI unit of force is newton N = 1 kg ms–2
6. The gravitational unit of force is kg wt or kg f.
1 kg wt = 1 kg f = 9.8 N = 9.8 kg ms–2
7. Impulse of a force is the product of force and the time for which it acts.
Mathematically, Impulse = J F.t (for constant force)
F .dt
(for variable force)
8. Impulse is related to change in momentum as J = Change in momentum
Δp pf pi m v u
9. The total momentum of a system remains conserved if there is no net external force acting on the
system.
10. A rocket is a system of varying mass. The instantaneous speed ‘v’ acquired by a rocket in given by
m
v 2.303 log 0
m
336
where m m 0 t The instantaneous mass of rocket.
11. For a body in equilibrium under the action of three concurrent forces, we have.
F1 F F
2 3
sin sin sin
337
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Laws of Motion
1. Two projectiles are simultaneously fired from a point ‘O’ with velocities u1 and u2 at angles
1 and 2 with the horizontal. The trajectory of the second projectile as observed from the
first will be:
(1) an irregular curve (Incorrect)
(2) a parabola (Incorrect)
u 2 sin 2 u1 sin 1
(3) a straight line with slope u cos u cos (Correct)
2 2 1 1
u 2 cos 2 u1 cos 1
(4) a straight line with slope u sin u sin (Incorrect)
2 2 1 1
1
x1 u1 cos 1 t y1 u1 sin 1 t gt 2
2
For projectile 2
1
x2 u 2 cos 2 t y 2 u 2 sin 2 t gt 2
2
y 2 y1 u 2 sin 2 u 2 sin 1 t
x2 x1 u 2 cos 2 u1 cos 1 t
y 2 y1 u 2 sin 2 u1 sin 1
x2 x1 u 2 cos 2 u1 cos 1
u 2 sin 2 u1 sin 1
y2 y1 x2 x1
u 2 cos 2 u1 cos 1
338
u 2 sin 2 u1 sin 1
The above is equation of a st. line with slope u cos u cos
2 2 1 1
(1) a = ac at (Correct)
(2) ac = a t a (Incorrect)
11
(1) km (Correct)
10
12
(2) km (Incorrect)
11
339
13
(3) km (Incorrect)
12
14
(4) km (Incorrect)
10
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let M be the total intial mass.
Initial force of resistance = k M; K is a constant.
Since train moves with uniform velocity; net force on it is zero, therfore,
The hauling force of engine = kM
After the carriage is detatched from the train; hauling force remains unchanged (kM) and the resistance
reduces to k (M–m).
m 500 1
' km
Mm 5000 10
1 11
Total distance 1 km km
10 10
340
For the system to just slide down along AC; n should be
1
(1) (Correct)
1 2
1
(2) (Incorrect)
2 1
1 2
(3) (Incorrect)
1
2 1
(4) (Incorrect)
1
341
n mg [sin 45 – 2 cos 450] = mg sin 45 + mg cos 45
1
n
1 2
v
(2) v1 = 2v 2 ; v 3 = (Incorrect)
2
v1
(3) v2 ; v3 v (Correct)
2
v3
(4) v 2 v1 (Incorrect)
2
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
At the highest point of trajectory; the body has only horizontal momentum.
pi 6m v sin 30 3m v horizontal
3m v
Final horizontal component of momentum = 3 mv = m c v f v f v
3m
Applying law of conservation of linear momentum in vertical direction.
p vertical 0 m B v 2 m A v1 2m v 2 m v1
v1
or v2
v
Option (3) is correct
342
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average FBD
6. A block of mass M lying on a smooth inclined plane is being pulled up by applying a force
F to the free end of a string passing over a pulley as show. The other end of the string in
fixed to a rigid support on top of the incline. The minimum force F required to move the
block up the plane is
Mg 1 cos
(1) (Incorrect)
sin
Mg 1 sin
(2) (Incorrect)
cos
Mg
(3) tan (Incorrect)
2F
Mg 1 cos
(4) (Correct)
sin
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Fig. shows F.B.D. of system. Resolve F into rectangular components as shown.
The body is on brink of moving up, if
F Fcos Mg sin
sin
F Mg
1 cos
343
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Momentum Conservation
7. A body at rest explodes into three pieces. Two of the pieces carry momenta p1 and p2 equal
2π
in magnitude along different directions, an angle apart. If p3 is the momentum of the
3
third piece, we have,
(1) p3 p1 (Correct)
(2) pB p1 (Incorrect)
(3) p B p1 (Incorrect)
(4) p B 2 p1 (Incorrect)
1
p12 p12 2p12 p1
2
344
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Centripetal Force
8. A glass container of the shape shown is filled with water and mounted on a turn table. On
relating; the water level
345
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Let T be the tension in the rope. Then at C; the components of T are:
T cos 30 horizontal
T sin 30 vertical
To just pull the clamp out
T sin 30 = 400 or T = 800 N
From F.B.D. of boy; as shown in Fig. (c)
T – mg = ma (As T acts upwards)
800 – 50×10 = 50a
300
or a 6 m / s 2 upwards
50
346
Solution:
The parts A; B and D of the S – t graph are linear and hence represent uniform motion. So accleration
a = 0 and hence no force acts on the body.
Option (2) is correct.
If all the coefficients p, x, y, a1, b1, c1, a2, b2 and c2 are non-zero; which of the following
combinations is possible.
p'2 b2 j c1k
p'2 a 2i c2k
p'2 b2 j c2k
p'2 a 2i b2 j
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Initially; the total momentum in X–direction is zero. So final momentum in x should also be zero.
The force F applied on the system has no component along X–direction but has only Y and Z components.
So the system will have a net momentum in Y and Z direction but not in X–direction.
347
In option (1) and (4), the system has X–component of momentum. So these options are ruled out. In
option (2); the system does not have Y component. So the option is incorrect. Option (3) is correct as
X–component is zero and, we have momenta in Y and Z direction.
Option (3) is correct.
15
12. A m long plane with inclination 300 is placed in a lift. The motor of the lift produces an
4
upward acceleration of 5 m/s2. A body is released from the top of the incline (assumed
frictionless). The time taken by the body to slide down the plane is
1
(1) s (Incorrect)
2
(2) 1s (Correct)
1
(3) s (Incorrect)
2 2
3
(4) s (Incorrect)
2
15sin 300
7.5 m / s 2
1 15 1 15
S ut at 2 0 t 2
2 4 2 2
or t t s
Hence option (2) is correct.
348
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Difficult Friction
13. A body of mass m is placed on a horizontal surface. A force F has to be applied to move the
block in any direction. If is coefficient of friction between the block and the surface; the
minimum force required to move the block is
(1) mg (Incorrect)
mg
(2) (Correct)
1 2
1 2
(3) mg (Incorrect)
mg
(4) (Incorrect)
1 2
mg
or F
cos sin
d cos sin
or 0 sin cos 0
d
or tan
349
mg 1 2 mg
F mg
1 1 2 1 2
2
1 1 2
1
(2) (Incorrect)
10
(3) 5 (Correct)
1
(4) (Incorrect)
5
Correct option: (3)
Solution:
Fig. (a) & (b) give the F.B.D. of block as it is on brink of moving up or down
the inclined plane.
In Fig. (a)
In Fig. (b)
As F1 = 3F2; we have,
350
1
1 3 3 or 4 2 or
2
N 10 5
5
(1) m/s2 upwards; 10 m/s2 downwards (Correct)
2
(2) 2.5 m/s2 upwards, 5 m/s2 downwards (Incorrect)
(3) 10 m/s2 upwards, 40 m/s2 downwards (Incorrect)
(4) 20 m/s2 upwards, 10 m/s2 downwards (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
After the string is cut to just let go 5 kg mass, we have
ma = mg (for 5 kg mass)
a g 10 m / s 2
From the equilibrium forces acting on M now downward force of 50 N is no longer there. There is a net
upward force of 50 N on M.
= Ma = 5×10 N
or 20a = 50
50 5
a m / s 2 upwards
20 2
Correct option is (1)
351
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Difficult Second Law
16. A particle moving in XOY plane is subjected to a force F and has a linear momentum.
dp
Force F 25 200 isin 200t i 25 200 jcos 200t j
dt
F . p 25 cos 200t i sin 200t j .25 200 sin 200t i cos 200t j
or Fp cos 625 200 cos 200 t .sin 200 t si n 200 t .cos 200t
=0
cos 0 or 900
352
with a uniform speed u; the instantaneous upward speed of the mass M is
2u
(3) (Incorrect)
cos
u
(4) (Correct)
cos
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
From the diagram; ‘a’ is constant irrespective of position of M. The speed
along DA and DB is equal to ‘u’, the speed with which the free ends are
being pulled.
We have, a 2 y 2 2
y2 2 a 2
Differentiating w.r.t. time t; we get
dy d
2y 2 0
dt dt
dy d 1 d 1
u
dt y dt y dt cos
dy u
Upward speed of the mass =
dt cos
Option (4) is correct.
353
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Pulleys
18. A string of negligible mass passing over a smooth clamped 2kg pulley supports a 5 kg mass
as shown. The force on the pulley by the clamp is [Take g = 10 m/s2]
(1) 50 2 N (Incorrect)
(2) 10 74 N (Correct)
(3) 20 2 N (Incorrect)
4900 2500
10 74 N
354
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average ______________
19. A train is moving on a level straight track with a constant acceleration ‘a’. An observer in
the train throws a ball forward with a speed of 10 m/s at an angle of 600 with the horizontal.
The observer has to move 1.15 m forward to catch the ball back at the initial height. The
acceleration of the train is
(1) 10 m/s2 (Incorrect)
(2) 5 m/s2 (Correct)
10
(3) m / s2 (Incorrect)
3
(4) 5 3 m / s2 (Incorrect)
24sin
Time of flight of the ball = T
g
2 10 sin 60
3s
10
The forward acceleration of the train gives a pseudo force on the boy i.e. produces a negative acceleration.
1
S uxt axt2
2
1
1.15 5 t at 2
2
1 2
5 3 a
2
3
3
5 3 a
2
355
3 15
a 5 1.73 1.15 7.5 or a 5 m / s2
2 3
Option (2) is correct.
1
(2) 1 (Correct)
n2
1
(3) 2 1 (Incorrect)
n
1
(4) 1 (Incorrect)
n
mg sin 450
As there is no friction; acceleration down the plane = a
m
g sin 450
Time taken to slide through a distance ‘d’ in given by
1 2 1
d at g sin 45 t 2 .....(1)
2 2
(2) On a rough incline
The F.B.D is as shown in Fig. (b)
356
Acceleration a ' g sin 45 cos 45
1 2 1
d at ' g sin 45 cos 45 t '2 .....(2)
2 2
Equating the distances
1 1
g sin 45 cos 45 t '2 g sin 45 t 2
2 2
t '2 sin 45
2
n2
t sin 45 cos 45
1
n2
1
1
or 1
n2
1
or 1
n2
Option (2) is correct.
M2
(1) M1 (Correct)
s
(2) s M1 M 2 (Incorrect)
357
(4) M 2 S M1 m (Incorrect)
T M2g
T fS s M1 m g
or M 2g s M1 m g
M2
m M1
s
a1 T
(1) 2; 1 2 (Incorrect)
a2 T2
a1 T
(2) 2; 2 2 (Correct)
a2 T1
a2 T
(3) 2; 1 2 (Incorrect)
a1 T2
358
a2 T
(4) 2; 2 2 (Incorrect)
a1 T1
a1 2a 2
T2 2T1
359
Solution:
(i) When the block is on brink of sliding down, F is minimum.
The free body diagram is as shown.
F
We have N F cos 45
2
Fsin 45 N mg
F = 109 N
(ii) F is maximum if block is on brink of moving upwards; the force of friction must act downwards. The
free body diagram in this case is as shown in Fig. (c)
Along horizontal N = F cos 450
Mg F cos 45
1 0.3
F 100
2 2
360
passing over a frictionless light pulley.
If M is twice the mass required to keep the system in equilibrium; the tension T2 is
(1) 2 mg (Incorrect)
3
(2) mg (Correct)
2
(3) mg (Incorrect)
1
(4) mg (Incorrect)
2
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
The F.B.D. of different masses are shown in Fig. (2)
361
From Fig. 2(c), we have
T2 = 2mg sin 30 .....(3)
From equations (2) and (3), we get
3
T1 3mg sin 30 mg
2
3 3
Mg mg or M mg
2 2
If the mass is doubled; we have
3
M 2 m = 3m
2
The free body diagrams are as shown in Fig. (3)
3
3mg mg 6 ma
2
362
3
6 ma mg
2
g
or a
4
From equation (3) T2 = 2 ma + 2 mg sin 30
g 3
2m mg mg
4 2
x
(2) T1 M 2 g a ; T2 M1 M 2 g a (Incorrect)
2
x
(3) T1 M 2 g a ; T2 M1 M 2 x g a (Correct)
2
x
(4) T1 M 2 g ;T2 M1 M 2 x g (Incorrect)
2
363
x x
T1 M2 g M2 a
2 2
x
T1 M 2 g a
2
T2 M1 M 2 x g M1 M 2 x a
T2 M1 M 2 x g a
(3) 50 3 N (Incorrect)
(4) 70 N (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
The F.B.D. of block is shown in Fig. obviously N = mg cos 300
As S 0.7
3
ft S N 0.7 100 50 .7 3
2
60.6 N
364
Force down the plane on mass m = 100 sin 30
= 50 N
Since the force trying to move block is less than f t ; the block does not move. The friction coming into play
equals the force trying to move the block i.e. force of friction = 50 N.
Option (1) is correct.
Mv 2
(1) T Mg cos (Incorrect)
L
Mv 2 Mv 2
We have, T Mg cos or T Mg cos .....(1)
L L
Ma T Mg sin a T g sin
365
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Difficult Connected Bodies
28. A smooth pulley of mass M is lying on a smooth table. A light string passes round the pulley
and has masses m and m’ attached to its ends with the masses hanging vertically as shown.
The acceleration of the pulley is
4 mm 'g
(1) 4m M m ' (Incorrect)
2 m m ' g
(2) (Incorrect)
M m m '
m m ' M g
(3) (Incorrect)
m m ' M
4 mm 'g
(4) 4 mm ' M m m ' (Correct)
Let 1 , 2 and 3 denote the lengths of portion of the string as shown. If the pulley moves towards right
through x on the table m’ down by y and m moves up by z; then
366
'1 1 x; '2 2 y & '3 3 z
21 2 3 2 1 x 2 y 3 z
or 2x y z
Differentiating twice with respect to time; we get
d2 x d2 y d2z
2 2 2 2
dt dt dt
or 2a M a1m a m .....(1)
2T Ma M .....(2)
and T mg m a m .....(4)
Substituting for aM, am and a 'm from (2), (3) and (4) in (1), we get
2T T T
2. g g
M m' m
m m'
2g T
mm'
m m' 4
or T 2g
mm' M
2Mm m 'g
T
4m m ' M m m'
2 4m m 'g
and aM T
M 4m m ' M m m '
367
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Friction
29. A ladder of mass m leaning against a smooth wall is in static equilibirium making an angle
θ with the horizontal floor. The coefficient of friction between the ladder and the floor is μ ,
then μ and θ are related as
1
(1) (Correct)
2 tan
2
(2) (Incorrect)
tan
1
(3) tan (Incorrect)
2
2sin 2
(4) (Incorrect)
cos
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
As the ladder is in equilibrium;
Fnet 0
τB 0
or N1 N 2 (Horizontal force = 0)
N 2 mg (Vertical force = 0)
368
Taking torque of forces about point B; we have
L
mg cos N1L sin B 0
2
mg
or N1 cot
2
N1 mg
N2 cot mg
2
cot 1
or
3 2 tan
Option (1) is correct.
369
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Easy Circular Motion
31. A long horizontal rod has a bead which can slide along its length and is initially palced at a
distance L from one end A of the rod AB. The rod is set in angular motion about A with a
constant angular acceleration α . The coefficient of friction between the lead and the rod is
μ . Neglecting gravity, the time at which the lead starts slipping is
(1) Infinitesinally small (Incorrect)
(2) (Correct)
(3) (Incorrect)
1
(4) (Incorrect)
We have, F t ma m L N .....(1)
f r max N m L .....(2)
Also 0 t t
m L 2 t 2 m L t
370
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Difficult Circular Motion
32. In the given system, when the hall of mass m is released, from point A, it will swing along
the dotted arc. A nail is located at N; a distance 0.6 beow O, the point of suspension. The
tension in the string just before touching N and after touching N are
(2) mg and mg (Incorrect)
5
(3) 3 mg and 6 mg (Correct)
(4) 3 mg and 3 mg (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Just before touching the nail; the ball is moving along a circle of radius .
mv 2
T mg
1
Also v2 = 2g [Using mg L mv 2 ]
2
m
T mg 2g 3 mg
After touching nail, the ball moves along a circle of radius 0.6 0.4
mv 2 m2g
T ' mg mg
0.4 0.4
mg 5mg 6 mg
Optino (3) is correct.
371
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Difficult Second Law
33. A 1 kg particle initially moving with a velocity of 5i m/s is subjected to forces F1 and F2
whose magnitude vary with time as shown in the graph. The velocity of the particle at t = 2s
(neglecting gravity) is
m v x u x 6 or mv x 6 5 1
v x 1 (As m = 1 kg)
vx i;ms1
Again impulse of kg F2 = Area under F2 vs t graph.
1
2 5 5 kg m/sec
2
As the force F2 is in –y direction.
372
m v y u y 5 v y 5 j
v i 5 j
Option (3) is correct.
(1) 1s (Incorrect)
(2) 2s (Correct)
(3) 3s (Incorrect)
(4) 4s (Incorrect)
Also pf2 p 2x p 2y p 2y 25 9 16
or p y 4 kg m / s
373
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Difficult Impulse
(Incorrect)
(2)
(Correct)
(3)
(Incorrect)
(4)
(Incorrect)
374
f mg sin P is positive (for P = P1) acting upwards
For P = mg sin
P + f = mg sin
or f=0
For P > mg sin , the block tends to slide up the plane. Force of friction f coming into paly acts down the
plane.
Therefore for equilibrium; f + mg sin = P
375
1 2
h gt
2
25
or t 1s
1
Horizontal distance covered by the ball = 20 m
v1 = Horizontal velocity of bullet after collosion = 20 m/s
Similarly, final horizontal velocity of the bullet after collosion = 100 m/s
Let u be horizontal speed of bullet before collosion. Using principle of momentum conservation along
horizontal, we get.
mu mv1 mv2
10 10 200
u 100 20
1000 1000 1000
10 u 50000 or u 500 m / s
4
37. A 0.20 kg projectile is fired from a point on a level ground at 50 m/s at an angle θ = tan –1 .
3
At the highest point of the trajectory, the projectile is hit at its centre by a bullet moving
horizontally at 500 m/s. The projectile and the bullet move independently thereafter. If the
projectile and the bullet cover a further horizontal distance of 160 m and 400 m respectively;
the mass of the bullet is
(1) 40 gm (Incorrect)
(2) 20 gm (Incorrect)
(3) 10 gm (Incorrect)
(4) 5 gm (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
376
Solution:
4
We have tan
3
4 3
sin ; cos
5 5
u x 50 cos 30 m / s u y 50 sin 40 m / s
u 2 sin 2 4 4 1
H max 50 50 80 m
2g 5 5 2 10
1 2 2h 2 80
gt h or t 4s
2 g 10
160
Horizontal speed after being hit =
4
= 40 m/s
400
Final horizontal velocity of the bullet =
4
= 100 m/s
Applying principle of momentum conservation to horizontal motion, we get
mu + MU = mv + MV (m = Bullet, M = Ball)
400 m = 8 – 6 = 2
2 1
m= kg 5 gm
400 200
377
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Difficult Comented Bodies
38. Two blocks with masses M1 and M2 are connected with a light spring of stiffness K Nm–1.
The blocks are placed on a smooth horizontal surface and pulled by forces F1 and F2 as
shown. When the blocks attain constant and equal acceleration; the extension in the spring
is
M1F1 M 2 F2
(1) (Correct)
M1 M 2 K
M1F2 M 2 F1
(2) (Incorrect)
M1 M 2 K
F1 F2
(3) (Incorrect)
K
F1 F2
(4) (Incorrect)
K
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let T be the tension in the spring. The equations of motion of M2 and M1 are:
F1 – T = M2a .....(1)
T – F2 = M1a .....(2)
Adding (1) and (2), we get
F1 F2
F1 F2 M1 M 2 a a
M1 M 2
F F
T F2 M1 1 2 [Using (2)]
M1 M 2
378
M1F1 M 2 F2
M1 M 2
T M1F1 M 2 F2
Extension in the spring = x K M M K
1 2
39. The velocity of a 2 kg object initially moving at –2i +3j – 5k m/s changes to i + 3j+4k
m/s after 3 s. The magnitude of force acting on the body is
(1) 2 3N (Incorrect)
(2) 2 10 N (Correct)
(3) 6 3N (Incorrect)
(4) 12 3 N (Incorrect)
3 i 9 k
Change in momentum = m (v – u)
6 i 18 k
Force = Rate of change of momentum
1
6 i 18 k 2 i 6 k
3
F 22 62 40 2 10 N
379
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Second Law
40. A clock with 7 cm long light seconds hand carries a 100 gm mass at its free tip. The change
in momentum of the mass in 10 s is
11
(1) 103 Ns (Correct)
15
22
(2) 10 3 Ns (Incorrect)
15
11
(3) 105 Ns (Incorrect)
9
15
(4) 103 Ns (Incorrect)
11
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
1
We have mass m = 10 gm = kg
100
v1 v
v2 v
360
Angle swept in 10 s 10 600
60
600
v v 2 v 2 2v.v cos 60
2v 2 1 cos 60 2v 2 2 sin 2 30
2r 22 7
2v sin 30 v 2
T 7 100 60
380
11
m/s
1500
100 11 11
p m Δv Ns
1000 1500 15000
Option (1) is correct.
1
Distance S1 40t gt 2 [Retarded motion]
2
For the ball moving downwards
1
S2 10t gt 2 [Accelerated motion]
2
For the balls to collide at time ‘t’, we have
S1 S2 100m
or 50t 100m t 2s
Upward velocity of first ball at t = 2s = v1 = u – gt
= 40 – 10(2)
381
= 20 m/s
Downward velocity of second ball at t = 2s = v2 = 10 + 10(2)
= 30 m/s
For velocity of the combination after collision
20 m (upwards) – 30 m (downwards) = 2 mv
v = 5 m/s downwards
Height at which bodies collide
= Distance covered by the first ball in 2s
1 1
ut gt 2 40 2 10 4 60 m
2 2
For motion of the balls after collision
u = 5 m/s
S = 60 m
a = +10 m/s2
1 2
We have S ut at
2
1
60 5t 10 t 2
2
5t2 + 5t – 60 = 0
t2 + t – 12 = 0
t 4 t 3 0 t 4s; t 3s
Neglect t = –4s (extraneous)
We get t = 3 sec.
Total time of flight = 2 s (Before collision)
+ 3s (After collision)
=5s
Option (3) is correct.
382
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Law of Motion
42. The driver of a truck, driving at a certain speed, notices a wall ahead at a distance ‘d’. To
prevent a collision; he may turn the truck to safety by applying a turning force FT. He may
also prevent collision by a braking force FB. The forces are related as
(1) FT = 2FB (Correct)
(2) FB = 2FT (Incorrect)
(3) FT = FB (Incorrect)
(4) FB = FT (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
If v is the initial speed of the truck; to stop it over a distance ‘d’; the braking force FB must produce an
acceleration ‘a’ given by
2ad = (0)2 – v2
v2
a
2d
mv 2
Breaking force FB m a
2d
To turn the truck to safely, he must take the truck along a circular path of radius ‘d’.
So turning force = FT = Centripetal force
mv 2
d
FT 2FB
383
(ii) w2 when the lift acceleration downwards at 5 m/s2
(iii) w3 when the lift moves up at 5 m/s
(iv) w4 when the lift moves down at 5 m/s
Which of the following gives a correct relation between their relative values.
(1) w1 > w2 > w3 > w4 (Incorrect)
(2) w1 = w2 > w3 > w4 (Incorrect)
(3) w1 < w2 < w3 < w4 (Incorrect)
(4) w1 > w3 = w4 < w1 (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
When lift acceleration upwards ficticous force acts downwards and vice-versa. Therefore
w1 > w2
When left moves up or down with a constant speed, the weight of man equals his true weight. Therefore
w3 = w4
Option (4) is correct.
384
(1) (Correct)
(2) (Incorrect)
(3) (Incorrect)
(4) (Incorrect)
385
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Difficult Laws of Motion
45. A stone of mass m tied to a string of length ‘L’ is whirled in a vertical circle with the other
end of the string at the centre. At a certain instant of time, the stone is at its lowest position
and has a speed ‘u’. The magnitude of change in its linear momentum as it reaches a
position where the string in horizontal, is
(2) 2m 2 gL (Incorrect)
(3) m 2 u 2 gL (Incorrect)
(4) m 2 u 2 gL (Correct)
v v u
v j ui
Δv v2 u 2 .....(1)
1 1
Also mu 2 mv 2 2gL
2 2
u 2 v2 2gL .....(2)
Δv u 2 2gL u 2 2 u 2 gL
Change in momentum v m 2 u 2 gL
386
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Laws of Motion
x3
46. A block of mass m is placed on a surface with a vertical cross-section given by y = . If
6
the coefficient of friction is 0.5; the maximum height above ground at which the block can
be placed without slipping is
1
(1) m (Incorrect)
2
1
(2) m (Incorrect)
3
1
(3) m (Correct)
6
2
(4) m (Incorrect)
3
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
x3
We have y
6
dy d x3
Slope tan dx dx 6
1 x2
6
2
3 x 2
x2
We have tan or 0.5 x 2 1
2
or x 1
387
x3 1 1
From y ; we get y m or y m
6 6 6
Hence the maximum possible height above the ground where we can place the block without slipping in
1
m.
6
Option (3) is correct.
(1) F (Incorrect)
L
L
(2) F (Correct)
L
L
(3) F (Incorrect)
L
2
(4) F 2 (Incorrect)
L
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
The rope can be considered as made of two parts of length and L as shown.
F
Acceleration in the rope a .....(1)
M
Let T be the tension at C.
Then equation of motion of length is
388
M
F – T = mAC a = a .....(2)
L
M
& for part CB; T m BC a L a .....(3)
L
M F L
L F [Using (1)]
L M L
Option (2) is correct.
m m 2M
(1) v 1 2
cos 2 (Correct)
m M
m m 2M
(2) v 1 2
sin 2 (Incorrect)
m M
(3) v
m M cos (Incorrect)
2M
mM
(4) v tan (Incorrect)
2M
389
v cos vabs V
m v cos V MV 0
mv cos
or V .....(2)
mM
V being the recoil velocity of the gun.
2 2
vabs v cos V vsin
v 2 V 2 2vV cos
m2 v2 cos2 mvcos
v2 2
2v cos
m M mM
m 2 cos 2 2m cos 2
v 1 2
m M mM
m 2 2m m M
v 1 2
cos 2
m M
m 2 2mM
v 1 2
cos 2
m M
m m 2M
v 1 2
cos 2
m M
Option (1) is correct.
390
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Varying Acceleration
49. A uniform flexible chain of length ' ' with mass λ kgm–1 passes over a small, light and
smooth pulley. It is released from rest with a length x on one side. Assuming that the
chain accelerates downwards from this side; the acceleration of the chain as a function of
‘x’ is
2x
(1) 1 g (Incorrect)
2x
(2) 1 g (Correct)
2x
(3) 1 g (Incorrect)
2x
(4) 1 g (Incorrect)
Mass on side x x kg
Weight x g kg
2 x g
Force 2 x
Acceleration of the chain g
mass
391
2x
1 g
Option (2) is correct.
mg cos 30
a1 g cos 300
m
3 2 1 2 g
2
g 4.9 m / s downwards
2 2 2
392
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Laws of Motion
51. A pendulum is suspended from the ceiling of a lift. The time period of the pendulum in the
lift moving upwards with an acceleration ‘a’ is measured to be half the period when it has an
equal downwards acceleration. The value of ‘a’ is (Take = g 10 m/s2)
(1) 10 m/s2 (Incorrect)
(2) 3 m/s2 (Incorrect)
(3) 4.5 m/s2 (Incorrect)
(4) 6 m/s2 (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
In lift accelerating downwards
T 2 .....(1) (Net acceleration = g – a)
g a
T
T ' 2 .....(2) (Net acceleration = g + a)
ga 2
ga
2
ga
or g + a = 4g – 4a
30
5a = 3g or a 6 m / s2
5
Option (4) is correct.
393
the first 10 m after being gently pushed and set in motion with 15 N force.
Take g = 10 m/s2. The values of coefficient of static and kinetic friction are respetively.
(1) 0.6 ; 0.6 (Incorrect)
(2) 0.6 ; 0.52 (Correct)
(3) 0.52 ; 0.6 (Incorrect)
(4) 0.6 ; 0.26 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Given m = 2.5 kg, Flimiting = 15 N
F 15 15
As F sR smg ; we get S 0.6
mg 2.5 10 25
1
Using S ut at 2 .
2
2S 2 10
We get a 2
0.8 ms 2 (As u = 0)
t 5 5
Friction in motion is k R k mg
Fapplied f fr kinetic ma
13 52
k 0.52
25 100
Option (2) is correct.
394
[Take g = 10 m/s2]
395
From (2); (2T = 16 or T = 8 N)
Using T in (1) & (3), we get
a = a1 = a2 = 6 m/s2
Option (2) is correct.
Ma
(1) (Incorrect)
ga
Ma
(2) (Incorrect)
ga
3Ma
(3) (Incorrect)
g a
3Ma
(4) (Correct)
2g a
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Fig. (a) shows force acting on balloon descending down with acceleration a. F is bouyant force of balloon.
396
Equation of motion is
Mg – F = Ma .....(1)
a
Fig. (b) shows forces acting when ballon ascends upwards with acceleration .
2
The equation of motion is
a
F M m g M m .....(2)
2
Adding (1) & (2);
a
Mg M m g 3M m
2
a
or mg 3M m
2
a 3Ma
or mg
2 2
3Ma
or m
2g a
Option (4) is correct.
m 2 m 2
(1) tan 1 1 1 (Correct)
m1 m 2
397
m 2 m1
(2) tan 1 1 2 (Incorrect)
m1 m 2
mm
(3) tan 1 1 2 1 2 (Incorrect)
1m1 2 m 2
m m 2 1 2
(4) tan 1 1 (Incorrect)
m1 m 2 1 2
m 2m2
tan 1 1
m1 m 2
398
track), with a speed v, goes up the plane a distance , comes to rest there, and when it
reaches the bottom of the plane again, the total time of its complete journey is also 2n
seconds. The ratio equals
L
1
(1) (Correct)
4
1
(2) (Incorrect)
2
2
(3) (Incorrect)
3
3
(4) (Incorrect)
4
1 2
Hence, L 0 g sin 2n
2
L 2g sin n 2
2n
The time, for the upward and downwards journeys of the particle Q, would be n seconds. Also it
2
would again experience an acceleration g sin down the plane. We, therefore, have
O v g sin n
v g sin n
The distance, , moved by the particle Q, up the plane, is related to v through the relation.
O 2 v 2 2 g sin
399
2
v2
g sin n
2g sin 2
2
g sin n 1 1
2
L 2 2g sin n 4
Option (1) is correct.
5 15
(ii) moving with a constant velocity of m / s , i.e. –4 ms–1
7.5 5
400
(iii) at rest again from t = 7.5 s to t = 10 s
25 5
(iv) moving with a constant velocity of m / s i.e. 4 ms–1
15 10
2mU
(1) (Incorrect)
Mg
Mg
(2) (Correct)
2mU
Mg
(3) (Incorrect)
mU
mU
(4) (Incorrect)
Mg
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Let N be the required number of balls striking the plate per second. The change in momentum of each ball,
upon striking the plate is
mU – (–mU) = 2mU
Total change in momentum, per second, when N balls strike the ball in one second, is
(2mU) × N = 2mUN.
This rate of change of momentum equals the force exerted on the plate by the glass balls, striking it from
401
below. It is this force that balances the weight of the horizontally floating plate. Hence,
2mUN = Mg
Mg
N
2mU
Option (2) is correct.
dp
We known that F
dt
Fdt dp
Fdt dp p f pi
402
The integral, on the left, representing impulse, equals the area under the F vs t graph.
From the given figure, this area is
1 1 1
4 3 4 2 4 1 6 1 4 2 4 1 2 3 N s
2 2 2
= 34 N–s
Change in momentum = 34 N–s
200
Final momentum, after 20 s = 1000 15 34 N s
= 37 (N–s)
37 1
Final speed of the ball = 200 ms
1000
= 185 ms–1
Option (4) is correct.
(1) 3 2v (Incorrect)
2
(2) v (Incorrect)
3
2
(4) v (Incorrect)
1.5
403
Solution:
Let u be the common speed of either of the two ‘equal mass’ fragments. The total momentum, of these two
fragments, has a manitude
1
2 2 2
p mu mu
p 2 mu
This is directed midway between the two mutually perpendicular
directions. Since the total momentum, after the ‘break up’, has to again
equal zero, we must have,
3m v 2 mu
3
u
2
v 1.5 2 v
Option (3) is correct.
1
2
M 2 M1 sin
(2) (Incorrect)
M1 M 2 sin
M 2 M1 sin
(3) (Incorrect)
M1 M 2 sin
404
M1 M 2 sin
(4) (Incorrect)
M 2 M1 sin
M 2 g T M 2 a1
Adding, we get
g M2 M1 sin M1 M2 a1
a1
M 2 M1 sin g
M1 M 2
We have,
1
L 0 a1t12
2
2L 2L M1 M 2
or t12
a1 M 2 M1 sin g
2L 2L M 2 M1
t 22
a 2 M1 M 2 sin g
t12 M1 M 2 sin
t 22 M 2 M1 sin
1
2
t M M 2 sin
1 1
t 2 M 2 M1 sin
405
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average F.B.D.
62. A box, of mass M, is (i) pullled (ii) pushed, on a horizontal floor, by applying a force F (is a
cirection inclined at an angle θ to the horizontal), in each case. The coefficient of friction,
between the base of the box and the floor is μ .
If the time taken, to move the box through a distance L, in the two cases is t 1 and t2,
t1
respectively, the ratio t is
2
1
2
F cos sin Mg
(1) (Incorrect)
F cos sin Mg
1
2
F cos sin Mg
(2) (Incorrect)
F cos sin Mg
1
2
F cos sin Mg
(3) (Correct)
F cos sin Mg
1
2
F cos sin Mg
(4) (Incorrect)
F cos sin Mg
or N = (Mg – F sin )
406
and Fcos N Ma1
F cos Mg Fsin
a1
M
2L 2ML
t12
a1 F cos sin Mg
N ' Mg Fsin
2L 2ML
t 22
a 2 F cos sin Mg
1
2
t F cos sin Mg
1
t 2 F cos sin Mg
F F
the ratios and equal respectively to
T2 T1
407
(1) 3 and 1.5 (Incorrect)
(2) 1.5 and 3 (Correct)
(3) 2 and 1 (Incorrect)
(4) 1 and 2 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
For the first mass, on the right, we have
F T2 Ma
T2 T1 Ma
F
F 3Ma or a
3M
M.F F
F T2
3M 3
2F
T2
3
M.F. F
Also, T1 Ma
3M 3
F 3
1.5
T2 2
F
and 3
T1
408
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Laws of Motion
64. An elevator, in a building, starts from rest; accelerates uniformly upwards. It takes a time
t1 to go up to second floor, situated at a height H, above the ground. The corresponding
time, for its downward journey, is t2.
If a person were to hold a mass M with the help of a massless string, the ratio of the
respective tensions in the string, in the two cases, would be
gt 2
1 2H t 22
(1) 2 (Correct)
gt 2
2 2H t 1
gt 2
1 2H t12
(2) 2 (Incorrect)
gt 2 2H 2
2
t
2gt 2
1 H t 22
(3) 2 (Incorrect)
2gt 2 H 1
2
t
2gt 2
1 H t12
(4) 2 (Incorrect)
2gt 2 H 2
2
t
1 2
H a 1t 1
2
2H
a1 2
t1
The apparent weight, of the mass M, during the upward journey, would be
2H
W1 M g a1 M g 2
t1
409
For the downward journey, if a2 is the (uniform) acceleration, of the elevator, we have
1 2
H a2t2
2
2H
a2 2
t2
The apparent weight, of the mass M, during the downward journey, would be
2H
W2 M g a 2 M g 2
t2
The tensions, in the string, in the two cases, equal these apparent weights. Hence, the ratio of the tensions,
in the two cases, is
T1 W1 gt2 2H t22
12 2
T2 W2 gt 2 2H t1
N M m 2M m n
(1) (Incorrect)
N M m 2 M m n
n M m 2 M m N
(2) (Incorrect)
n M m 2 M m N
410
n M m 2 M m N
(3) (Incorrect)
n M m 2 M m N
N M m 2 M m n
(4) (Correct)
N M m 2M m n
Mm
These give a g
Mm
Hence the speeds of the two masses at the end of n seconds are
Mm
for mass m gn upwards
Mm
Mm
for mass M gn downwards
Mm
The displacements of two masses, is N seconds, after the string is cut, now, are those of two freely falling
masses having these respective initial velocities.
Hence,
M m 1 2
S1 = Displacement of mass m (in the next N seconds) = gn N g N
M m 2
M m N gN
n gN 2 M m n N M m
M m 2 2M m
gN
N M m 2 M m n
2 M m
411
M m 1 2
and S2 = Displacement of mass M, in the next N seconds = gn.N gN
M m 2
gN
2 M m n N M m
2 M m
S1 N M m 2 M m n
S2 N M m 2 M m n
412
5 3 i 5 j 10 3 N
10 2 i 10 2 j 103 N
Net force on the particle = (F1 + F2)
F
Net acceleration of the particle =
M
22.80 i 9.14j 3
a 10
0.1
0.228 i .0914 j
1
0 a x 10 2
2
1
0 a y 102 50 a y
2
50 .0914 m 4.57 m
413
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Second Law
67. Two identical particles, each of mass, m initially located at the points (–a, 0) and (a, 0), are
joined to each other by a massless string of length 2a. If a force F = – F j , acts continuously
on the midpoint of this string, the relative (horizontal) acceleration of the two masses, when
4a
the (horizontal) distance between then becomes , is
3
0.4 5 F
(1) (Correct)
m
0.2 5 F
(2) (Incorrect)
m
0.25 8 F
(3) (Incorrect)
m
0.5 8 F
(4) (Incorrect)
m
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
The ‘set-up’ would be of the form shown here when the horizontal distance between the particles becomes
4a
.
3
If T is the tension in each string at this instant, we would have
T cos T cos F
F
or T
2 cos
414
The horizontal force on each particle in T sin . Hence the horizontal acceleration, of each particle, is
T sin
.
m
The particles are approaching each other (The particle, on the left of the origin, experiences a horizontal
force, directed towards right due to the tensino in the ‘right side’ part of the string and vice-versa). Hence
2 T sin
their relative (horizontal) acceleration is .
m
2a
Relative (horizontal) acceleration of the two masses when the distance between them becomes , is
3
2 T sin 2 F F
. sin tan
m m 2 cos m
F 2a 3
. 1
m 2 2
2 2a
a
3
0.4 5 F
m
(1) (Incorrect)
M
415
1
2h F 0 kh 2
2
(2) (Incorrect)
M
1
2h F 0 Mg kh 2
2
(3) (Correct)
M
1
h F 0 Mg kh 2
2
(4) (Incorrect)
M
F net F z Mg
F 0 kz Mg
dv
M F 0 kz Mg
dt
(v = instantaneous velocity)
dv dv dz dv
But . v
dt dz dt dz
dv F 0 kz Mg
v
dz M
or v dv
F 0 kz Mg dz
M
If v is the instantaneous speed of the mass M when it is at a height h above the ground, we have
416
v h
F 0 kz Mg
v dv
0 0 M
dz
2 kh 2
v2
M
h
F 0 Mg 2
1
2
1
or v 2h F 0 M g kh 2
M
Option (3) is correct.
3gH
(2) (Incorrect)
4
4gH
(3) (Correct)
3
417
gH
(4) (Incorrect)
2
Mg g
a
3M 3
H H
When the mass M rises through a height , the mass 2M falls down through a distance .
2 2
H
The downward velocity of mass 2M, when it has moved downward through a distance , is, given by
2
g H gH
v2 o2 2
3 2 3
gH
v
3
At this instant the string is cut. The mass, 2m, therefore, falls subsequently as a freely falling mass with an
H
acceleration g. It is, at this instant, at a height above the ground. Hence the velocity, V, with which it
2
would hit the ground, is given by
H
V2 v2 2 g
2
gH
or V2 gH
3
4gH
or V
3
418
Unit–3 : Laws of Motion
Average Second Law
70. A trolley, having an open rear end, has a small box at mass m, put on it at a distance from
that open rear end. The coefficient of friction between the box and the trolley is . If the
trolley (initially at rest on a horizontal floor), were to be given a constant acceleration a, the
distance, it would travel before the box falls off it, would equal
(1)
a g (Incorrect)
a
a
(2) (Incorrect)
a g
a
(3) (Correct)
a g
(4)
a g (Incorrect)
a
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
When trolley accelerates from left to right, with an acceleration a, the box has a force (= ma), acting on it
from right to left. The free body diagram, showing the forces acting on the box, is as shown. The net force,
on the box, directed from right to left, is (ma – N) = (ma – mg) = m(a – g).
m a g
Hence the net acceleratino of the box, directed from right to left, is i.e. a g .
m
The box needs to move a distance (from right to left) before it falls off. If it takes a time t, for this
purpose, we would have
1
0 a g t 2
2
1
2
2
t
a g
The distance, s, moved by the trolley, in this time, is
419
1 1 2
s 0 at 2 a
2 2 a g
a
a g
Option (3) is correct.
m 3 m 2 m1 g
(1) (Incorrect)
m1 m 2 m3
m3 m 2 sin m1 g
(2) (Correct)
m1 m 2 m3
m3 m 2 cos m1 g
(3) (Incorrect)
m1 m 2 m3
m3 m 2 sin m1 g
(4) (Incorrect)
m1 m 2 m3
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Let (i) T1 be the tension in the string between masses m1 and m2 and (ii) T2 the tension in the string between
masses m2 and m3.
The free body diagrams of the three masses (which would all have an acceleration, say a, of the same
magnitude) are as shown.
420
Their corresponding equations of motion are
T1 m1g m1a
T2 T1 m 2 g sin m 2 a
Adding, we get
m3 m2 sin m1 g m1 m2 m3 a
a
m3 m 2 sin m1 g
m1 m 2 m3
Option (2) is correct.
m1 m 2
(1) M (Correct)
cot 1
421
m1 m 2
(2) M (Incorrect)
tan 1
m1 m 2 sin
(3) M (Incorrect)
cot 1
m1 m 2 sin
(4) M (Incorrect)
tan 1
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let ‘a’ be the common acceleration of the mass M and the
(staying intact) ‘combination’ of the inclined plane and the mass
m2. The mass m2, by itself, can slide down the inclined plane
with an acceleration g sin . It would not slip over the inclined
plane if the component of the horizontal acceleration, a, of the
‘combination’, equals g sin . We thus need to have
To find ‘a’ we look at the free body diagrams of (i) mass M and (ii) the ‘combination’ of masses m1 and m2.
We then have,
Mg – T = Ma
and T = (m1 + m2)a
Mg M m1 m 2 a
M
a g
M m1 m 2
Putting this value of ‘a’, in the above equation (1), we get
M
g cos g sin
M m1 m 2
M cot M m1 m 2
422
M
m1 m 2
cot 1
Option (1) is correct.
m 2g T 0 .....(1)
423
Adding (1) & (3)
m 22
m1g 1
m12
m 2
1 m 22
m1g
m1
g m
2
1 m 22
Mg m12 m22
or M m 2
1 m22
74. A given box gets crushed when a mass of M kg is kept on its top. If this box were to be kept
in an elevator, with a mass m on its top (m < M), the box would get crushed if the elevator
were to start
M
(1) ascending with an acceleration g (Incorrect)
m
m
(2) descending with an acceleration g (Incorrect)
M
424
M
(3) ascending with an acceleration 1 g (Correct)
m
m
(4) descending with an acceleration 1 g (Incorrect)
M
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
For the box to get crushed, the apparent weight, of the mass m, should be come equal to the normal weight
of mass M (= Mg).
The apparent weight needs to increase. Hence the elevator must start ascending with an acceleration ‘a’,
such that
m a g Mg
a
M m g
m
M
1 g
m
Option (3) is correct.
425
Solution:
The three forces, keeping the bob, in equilibrium, in the accelerated car are, as shown. We then have, by
Lami’s theorem.
ma mg T
sin
sin sin
2 2
g sin
a g tan
cos
1
and T mg mg sec
cos
Option (2) is correct.
426
(1) A (Correct)
(2) B (Incorrect)
(3) C (Incorrect)
(4) D (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
There is no force acting on the object as long as the train is moving with a uniform velocity. The object, in
this inertial frame of reference, does not move, relative to the train, from (t = 0) to (t = 100 s).
When the brakes are applied, the train experiences a backward force that produces a uniform retardation.
The object would, therefore, experience a forward force that would give it a forward acceleration (=a).
The displacement, of the object, relative to the train, from (t = 100 s) to (t = 110 s) would then be
represented by
1
s ut at 2
2
(Where t would now take the values from 0 to 10).
The graph, showing the displacement of the object, relative to the train, from (t = 0 s) to (t = 110 s), would,
therefore, have the form shown in graph A.
Option (1) is correct.
427
4M1 2M 2 2M1 M 2
(1) g and g (Correct)
4M1 M 2 4M1 M 2
2M1 M 2 4M1 2M 2
(2) g and g (Incorrect)
4M1 M 2 4M1 M 2
M1 2M 2 2M1 4M 2
(3) g and g (Incorrect)
4M1 M 2 4M1 M 2
4M1 2M 2 2M1 M 2
(4) g and g (Incorrect)
4M1 2M 2 4M1 2M 2
a
T1 M 2 g M 2 .....(1)
2
a
Also 2T 2 M 2 g M 2 .....(3)
2
a
2M1 M 2 g M 2 4M1
2
428
2 2M1 M 2 4M1 2M 2
a g g
4M1 M 2 4M1 M 2
4M1 2M 2
g and that of mass M2 is
4M1 M 2
2M1 M 2 g
4M1 M 2
Option (1) is correct.
78. A block, of mass M, is kept on a smooth inclined plane, of incline ‘1 in ’. When the
inclined plane is given a horizontal acceleration a, it is observed that the block says
stationary relative to the ‘incline’. The acceleration, a, equals
g
(1) (Incorrect)
2 1
g
(2) (Correct)
2 1
1
(3) g (Incorrect)
(4) g
2 1 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
For the given incline, we have
1
sin
429
2 1
cos
a cos g sin
or a g tan
1
g
2 1
Option (2) is correct.
(1) h 2 2R h R 0 (Correct)
(2) h 2 2R h R 0 (Incorrect)
(4) h 2 2R h R 0 (Incorrect)
430
N mg cos
and F = force of limiting friction
N mg sin
tan
In OAB, OAB
2
2
OB R h
tan
2 AB R2 R h
2
cot
R h
or
2hR h
2
2hR h 2
We have
Rh
2hR h 2 R h
or 2R h h 2 R 0
or h 2 2R h R 0
431
1
2
2s
(1) F sin cos Mg (Incorrect)
M
1
2
2s
(2) F sin cos Mg (Incorrect)
M
1
2
2s
(3) F cos sin Mg (Correct)
M
1
2
2s
(4) F cos sin Mg (Incorrect)
M
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
The free body diagram, for the forces acting on the block, is as shown.
We then have N Mg Fsin
and f = force of friction
N Mg Fsin
The net force, accelerating the block, along the horizontal surface, is
FNet F cos f
Fcos Mg Fsin
F
Acceleration, along the horizontal, , is given by
m
F cos sin
a g
M
432
If v is the speed of the block, after moving a distance s, we have
v 2 o 2 2a s
2s
v2 F cos sin Mg
M
1
2
2s
v F cos sin Mg
M
Option (3) is correct.
433
UNIT–4 : WORK, ENERGY AND POWER
Learning Objectives
After going through unit, you would be able to understand, appreciate and apply the following concepts:
Scientific definition of work.
Expression for work done by
(i) a constant
(ii) a variable force
Area under F vs x graph as work done by a variable force.
The concept of energy and different forms of energy.
Kinetic energy, expression for K.E and its relation with linear momentum.
Work – energy theorem and its applications.
Definition of power. Relation beteen work and power.
Power as scalar product of F and v.
Potential energy – Conservative and non-conservative forces.
Potential energy due to
(i) gravitational force
(ii) spring force
Statement and use of law of conservation of energy for
(i) conservative
(ii) non-coonservative forces
Collision – Definition.
Perfectly elastic and inelastic collisions.
Definition and use of “coefficnet of restitution”.
One demensional perfectly elastic collisions.
Qualitative ideas of a two dimensional collision.
434
435
WORK, ENERGY AND POWER
Work
Work is said to be done when a force is applied on a body and the body undergoes a finite displacement.
For a finitework 0 to be done on a body; the following two conditions must be satisfied:
Fcos S
436
(ii) Negative Work: For 900 1800 i.e. when the angle between F and S is obtuse; the work done
by the force is negative. In other words work is done against the applied force.
(iii) Zero Work: Work done can be zero if
(a) No force is applied on the body i.e. F = 0.
(b) F 0 but the force is unable to produce any displacement i.e. S 0 .
(c) Both force and displacement have finite, non-zero values but F S i.e. the angle between the
directions of force and displacement is 900.
Example–1 :
What is the sign of work done in each of the following cases? Justify
your answer:
(a) Work done by the force of gravitation on a freely falling body.
(b) Work done by the force of gravitation when a body is lifted upwards.
(c) Work done by the electrostatic force when a positive charge is moved closer
to another positive charge.
(d) Work done by the electrostatic force of nuclus on an electron revolving around
it.
(e) Work done by the gas enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a piston
when the gas is allowed to expand.
Solution :
(a) Positive because; force of gravity and the displacement are in same
direction i.e. vertically downwards.
Remember :
Positive work done by a force on a system increases the energy of the system by imparting energy to the
system E E f E i 0 .
Negative work takes away energy from the system. Hence the final energy of the system is less than its
initial energy E E f E i 0 .
Zero work niether increases nor decreases the energy of the system E 0 or E f E i .
(b) Negative because Fgravity is vertically downwards and the displacement is upwards. So 1800
W FS cos1800 FS
437
(c) Negative. The direction of F and S are opposite to one another as shown in Fig. (a)
(d) Zero. The infintesimally small displacement dS is always perpendicular to instantaneous direction
force as shown in Fig. (b)
(e) Positive because force applied by the gas on the cylinder and the displacement are in same direction.
Example–2 :
A braking force of 2000 N applied on a car stops it in 7.5 m. How much work is done by the force on
(i) the car (ii) the road?
Solution :
(i) We have, F = 2000 N
S = 7.5 M
438
Example–4 :
A 60 kg man carrying a 30 kg brick load moves 20 m up an incline of 1 in 10. What is the work done by
the man? (g = 9.8 m/s2)
Solution :
Total mass of man and bricks = 60 + 30 = 90 kg
Let F be force applied by the man along the plane as shown in Fig.
1
90 9.8 88.2 N
10
W = The work done = F × s
= 88.2 × 20
= 1764 J
Example–5 :
We have, F 7 i 2 j 3 k N
S 2i 8 j n k m
7 i 2 j 3k . 2 i 8 j n k
439
S 2 i 2 j 10 k m
2 2 2
and S 2 8 10
4 64 100 168
2 42 m
Example–6 :
A 2 kg block is suspended by a light thread in an elevator. The elevator
accelerates upwards at a uniform rate of 2 m/s2. What is work done by the
tension in the thread in 4 s and the fourth second. [Use g = 10 ms–2]
Solution :
For the block using free body diagram; shwon in Fig. we have
T – mg = ma
T = m(g + a)
= 2 (10 + 2) = 24N
S = The distance travelles in 4s
1
ut at 2
2
1 2
0 2 4 16 m
2
a
Sn u 2n 1
2
2
S4 0 7 7m
2
440
Example–7 :
We have F i 2 j 3 k N
W F .S
i 2 j 3 k . 2 k
6J
The following facts about work be noted carefully.
1. Work done by a force depends on the frame of reference. Let a man pull a box inside a moving bus
through a distance S; work done with the bus as reference frame is F.S. However the work done by
the force with respect to an observer on ground will be W ' F . S S ' where S ' is the displacement
of the bus with respect to the observer on ground.
2. Work done by force of friction may be zero, positive or negative. If the force applied on a body is
unable to move the body, the work done by the frictional force is zero.
If the force applied on a body exceeds the limiting friction and the body moves, the work done by the
friction is negative.
Consider a trolley with rough surface accelerating along horizontal; the force of friction between a
block in the trolley and the trolley does positive work an the trolley.
441
The area above the displacement axis is taken as positive and below it as
negative.
Net work done for a displacement from the origin O to S1 (Fig. b) is given by
W = W1 – W2.
Conservative Force
Consider a body moving from point A to B in space under an applied force. A force is conservation if the
work done by the force is independent of the path followed in moving from A to B. The work however
depends on the initial and the final positions; A and B only. The work in such cases in also called the line
B B
integral of the force of the field W F. d Path1 F. d Path 2 . Fig shows particle moving from A
A A
F . ds 0
Gravitational and electrostatic fields are examples of conservative fields and the corresponding forces are
called conservative forces. The energy is stored in the system when work in done against conservative
force.
Non-conservative Force
A force is said to be non-conservative if work done to move a body between two points A and B depends
on the path followed. Frictional force is an example of non-conservative force. Note that the work done
against friction gets dissipated as heat energy and is not stored in the system. This work cannot be recovered.
Example–8 :
The force F applied on a body vs displacement produced in it is shown in the Fig. Calculate the work done
442
for a displacement from 0 m to 6 m.
Solution :
Work done = Area under F vs S graph
= Ar (OABC) + Ar (CDE)
1 1
= (AB + OC) ( lar distance between AB and OC) – (CE) DE
2 2
1 1
2 5 4 – 1 4
2 2
= 14 – 2 = 12 J
Please note that the net work done is algebraic sum of the areas of different parts. For the part of the graph
below displacement axis; the work is to be taken as negative.
Example–9 :
An elastic spring with spring constant k has one of its ends (A) fixed
to a rigid support. The other end B is gradually pulled to produce an
elongation ‘a’. Calculate the work done by the applied force.
Solution :
When the spring is relaxed; the force F is zero. As the extension increases; the force required (kx) to
produce extension x also increases. So the force is a variable force. The work done has to calculated by
integration.
For an instataneous extension x; the force F = kx
Work done to produce a further extension dx i.e., x to x + dx is dW = Fdx = kxdx
443
Work done for an increase in length from 0 to ‘a’ is given by
a
W dW k xdx
0
a
x2 1 2
k ka
2 0
2
3m 3
x3 x2
W dW 2 x 3x 4 dx 2 3 4 x
2
x0 3 2 0
27 27 33
18 12 30 J 16.5 J
2 2 2
Example–11 :
t3
The position x of a body moving along X–axis, varies with time as x ; where x is in m and t in second.
3
Calculate the work done by the body in first 4 s. The mass of the body is 2 kg.
Solution :
1 3
Given x t
3
dx 2
The instantaneous velocity, v t
dt
444
dv d 2
The instantaneous acceleration, a t 2t
dt dt
The instantaneous force F on the particle, from Newton’s 2nd law is
F = ma = 2 (2t) = 4t
dx
W Fdx F .dt Fvdt
dt
4
4t t dt
2
t 0
4 4
3 t4
4t dt 4.
t 0 4 0
4
4 0 256 J
Example–12 :
A ‘lawn–roller” has a moveable handle of length 50 cm. It is pulled along a horizontal surface by some
external applied force F = 102 N in two different ways as shown in Fig. (a) and (b). What is ratio of work
done by the applied force in the two cases?
Solution :
Work done in case I;
40
W1 F cos .S 102 N 10 m 103 J
50
Work done in case II;
445
30 1000 3
W2 F cos .S 102 10 600 J
50 5
W1 1000
5:3
W2 600
Example–13 :
A m kg object in lying on the surface of earth. Calculate the work done to move the objected vertically
upwards through a distance equal to the radius of the earth, R. M = the mass of earth.
Solution :
Let the mass m be at A on the surface of the earth. As the mass is moved upwards; the total distance R
involved being large; the acceleration due to gravity does not remain constant. So the force is variable.
Hence the work done is calculated by integration.
When the body is at distance ‘x’ from the centre of the earth, i.e. at point L, we have
GmM
Fgra
x2
Work done to move the body from a distance x to a distance x + dx or through dx is given by
GmM
dW Fdx dx
x2
Work done to move the body from A to B is
2R
W dW Gm M x2dx
R
2R
GmM x 2 1
R
2R
1
GmM
xR
1 1
GmM
2R R
GmM
2R
446
GmM
W
2R
Negative sign indicates that work is done against the gravitational force of earth.
Example–14 :
A spring with spring constant 40 Nm–1 is compressed through 2cm. How much additional work has to be
done to compress is further through 2 cm?
Solution :
We have k = 40 Nm–1
2
Initially x1 2cm m
100
Work done for compressioni through 2cm
1
or W1 k x12
2
1 2 2
40 8 103 J
2 100 100
Work done for a compression from 0 cm to 4 cm is
1
W2 k x22
2
1 4 4
40 32 103 J
2 100 100
Work for a compression from 2 cm to 4 cm
W2 W1 32 8 103
= .024 J
447
mutual force is not necessarily same. So W12 W21 0 .
However in some cases, the work done by the action–reaction pair is zero.
Energy
It is defined as the ability of a body to do work. It is a scalar. Its SI Unit is same as that of work (J). Energy
can exist many different forms like, kinetic energy, potential energy, spring energy, chemical energy, electrical
energy, wind energy, nuclear energy etc. The smaller units of energy used are:
1 eV = 1.6×10–19 J
1 keV = 1.6×10–16 J (= 103 eV)
1 MeV = 1.6×10–13 J (= 106 eV)
Kinetic Energy
It is the energy possessed by a body by virtue of its motion. For a body of mass m moving with velocity v,
1
K.E. is given by K mv 2
2
Linear momentum p and kinetic energy k are related as
1 1 1
K mv 2 . m 2 v 2
2 2 m
mv
p2
2m 2m
p2
So, k or p 2mK
2m
Note :
1. For two bodies having equal momenta; the lighter body has larger value of KE.
p2 1
From K . If p is same; K
2m m
2. For the two bodies having equal kinetic energy; the heavier body will have larger momentum. As
p 2mK
448
Potential Energy
The energy stored in a body or a system by virtue of its position or configuration is called potential energy.
For a body moving from position A to position B; under a conservative force; by definition.
B
U A – U B WAB F . ds
A
Let UA and UB denote the potential energy at A and B respectively. The above equation defines difference
in potential energy.
For potential energy at A; if B is taken as a standard reference point;
A
U A Ustd F . ds
B
The potential energy UA at a point A is not uniquely defined. Its value depends on standard reference point
chosen. However difference in potential is uniquely defined i.e. it does not depend on the standard reference
point chosen.
1
kx 2
2
1
U U 0 kx 2
2
449
U vs x graph is as shown in Fig. (a). Commonly; U0 is chosen as zero i.e. when spring is in its natural state,
potential energy is zero. Then
1 2
U kx
2
Under these conditions U vs x graph is shown in Fig. (b).
450
(8) The total mechanical energy (KE + PE) may be zero, negative or positive.
(9) An electron in its orbit around an atom has negative energy. Similarly a satellite in its orbit around
earth has negative energy.
(10) Negative mechanical energy signifies that the electron is bound to the nucleus and work will have to
be done to make it free from the nucleus / atom.
Like wise, work has to be done to take a satellite out of the gravitational field of the planet ( to ).
d
Force F and PE ‘U’ are related as F x U x
dx
The PE of a body cannot exceed the total energy of the body. KE may however be greater than total
energy.
Work–Energy Theorem
According to work energy theorem; work done by a body is equivalent to change in kinetic energy of the
body (for same value of potential energy).
Work W = Change in kinetic energy
1 1
mv 2 mu 2
2 2
Work done on a body results in an increase in kinetic energy of the body by an amount which equals the
work done.
Work done by a body is equal to the decrease in kinetic energy of the body by an equal amount.
During transformation of energy from one form (say PE to KE) to another; the total energy of an isolated
system always remains conserved.
Mass–Energy Equivalence
Mass is also a form of energy. According to Einstein’s relation; a mass ‘m’ may be destroyed and completely
are related as E = mc2 where ‘c’ is the speed of light in vacuum. (c = 3×108 m/s).
In certain nuclear reactions, energy is also converted to mass according to the above equation.
So mass or energy can be obtained at the cost of the other (energy or mass).
In light of mass-energy equivalence, instead of talking separately about (i) law of conservation of mass and
(ii) law of conservation of energy, we talk about “law of conservation of mass-energy.”
It can be shown that 1 atomic-mass unit, if completely converted into energy; is nearly equivalent to
931MeV of energy.
451
Example–15 :
The potential energy function of a particle in one dimension as a
function of position ‘x’ is shown in Fig. The total energy ‘E’ of the
particle is also marked in the diagram. For the system shown, the
particle cannot exist in the region for which the value of x is
b
(1)
2
b
(2)
2
a a
(3) x
2 2
b a
(4) x
2 2
Solution :
A careful obsrevation of the graph shows the relative values of E, the total energy and the potential energy
of the particle.
b a a b
In the regions x and x ; the PE of the particle exceeds the total energy ‘E’.
2 2 2 2
Hence the particle cannot exist in these two regions. For all other regions; the PE is less than E and hence
the particle can exist.
Hence option (4) above is correct.
Example–16 :
The potential energy function V(x) of a particle in simple harmonic
motion is given by
1
V x kx 2
8
where k is the force constant for the oscillator with appropriate dimension.
For k = 2 Nm–1; show that for values of x 1m , the particle must return towards the origin if the total
energy of the particle is 1 J.
452
Solution :
The total energy of a particle is equal to the sum of its PE and KE.
E PE KE
1 2 1
kx mv 2
2 2
Where x and v denote instantaneous displacement and instantaneous speed respectively.
1 2
Given; P.E. v x kx
8
We know, PE is maximum when KE is zero.
PE max E when K = 0
1 2
kxmax
2
PE max 2 2E
xmax
k k
2 1
1m or –1m
2
Hence the particle must turn back at x = +1 and x = –1 m.
Example–17 :
A cloud burst occurs 500m above the surface of earth and the resulting rainfall causes 8 cm rainfall over an
area of 1 sq. km. How much work is done by the gravitational force during the rainfall. Given
water 1000 kg / m 3
8
1000 1000
100
8 10 4 m 3
453
103 kg / m3
8 104 103
8 107 kg
W.D. by the gravitationaal force
= Decrease in gravitational potential energy
= m gh = 8×107×10×250
Example–18 :
It is well known that a raindrop falls under the influence of the downward gravitational force and an
opposing resistive/viscous force. The later is known to be proportional to the speed of the drop, but is
otherwise undetermined. Consider a drop of mass 1.00 g falling from a height of 1.00. The drop hits the
ground with a speed of 50.0 ms–1. What is the work done by the unknown resistive force?
Solution :
Given m = 1g = 10–3 kg,
h = 1 km = 1000 m
v = 50 ms–1
Ee= The total initial energy of rain drop
= mgh + 0
= 10–3×10×103 = 10 J
Ef = The total final energy of rain drop (i.e. when rain drop is just about to hit ground).
1
mv 2 0
2
1 2
103 50 1.25 J
2
Let W be work done on the rain drop by resistive force. Then
= Ee + Ef = W
= 10 + 1.25 = W
or W = –8.75 J
454
Example–19 :
An automobile is moving at 54 km/hr when it reaches the foot of a 300 upward inclined road. The engine
of the automobile is switched off and it is allowed to go up the incline having 0.2 as the coefficient of
friction. What distance does it cover or the incline beore coming to rest?
Solution :
The initial KE of the automobile is partially used to work against friction and is partly converted to potential
energy. We have
Initial KE = PE gained + work done against friction.
We have,
5
u 54 km / hr 54 15 m / s
18
mg cos mg sin
mg sin cos
Let ' ' be the distance moved by the automobile up the plane before coming to rest; Then
1
mu 2 mg sin cos
2
u2
or
2g sin cos
15 15
2 10 sin 30 0.2 cos 30
15 15
2 10 0.5 0.1732
455
225
m
13.464
= 16.7 m
Example–20 :
The velocity of a 5 kg object changes from 3 i 4 j m/s to 2 j 6 k m/s. What is the change in KE of the
body?
Solution :
We have, m = 5 kg
u 3 i 4 j m / s
u 42x 42y 5m / s
v 2 j 6k m / s
2 2
v 2 6
40 m / s
1 1
Change in KE = mv2 mu 2
2 2
1 2
m 5
2
40
2
1
5 15 37.5 J
2
Example–21 :
Calculate the kinetic energy accquired by a system of two masses
of 5 kg and 4 kg shown in (i) Fig. (a) (ii) Fig. (b) is 4 s. Take g =
10 ms–2 and the pulleys as well as the surfaces to be frictionless
and ideal. The system is let go from rest in both cases.
456
Solution :
Case (i)
Mass, the FBD is as shown. The equation of motion of the two masses is:
For 4 kg mass : mg – T = ma .....(1)
For 5 kg mass T = Ma .....(2)
From (1) and (2) we have
mg = (m + M) a
m
or a g
mM
4 10 40
m / s2
9 9
40
After 4s; v u at 0 4
9
160
m/s
9
1
KE of system = m M v2
2
1 160 160
9
2 9 9
12800
J
9
Case (ii)
The 5 kg mass will move downwards and 4 kg upwards. Let T be the tension in the string. Using free body
diagram (FBD) we get
457
Mg – T = Ma1 .....(1)
and T – mg = ma1 .....(2)
(1) + (2) gives
(M – m) g = (M + m) a1
54 10 2
or a1 g m / s
5 4 9
Velocity after 4 s = at u 0
40
m/s
9
1
KE of system at t = 4 s = m M v2
2
1 40 40 800
9 J
2 9 9 9
Example–22 :
A shot fired with a velocity V1 on a mud wall is able to pierce 4 cm thickwall. The same shot fired at V2
pierces 9 cm thickness of an identical wall. Compare V1 and V2 assuming the resistance offered by the
walls to remain same.
Solution :
Let F be the resistive force offered to the shots.
Work done against the force = Initial K.E.
1
F.S1 mV12
2
1
F.S2 mV22
2
V12 S1 4
V22 S2 9
V1
2:3
V2
458
Example–23 :
A seconds pendulum (length 1m) is designed using an ideal string and a bob
of mass 200 gm and suspended from a rigid support. The bob is pulled up till
the angular displacement of the bob with the vertical becomes 300. The bob is
now released. Calculate its KE at the lowest point. (Use g = 10 ms–2).
Solution :
Given m = 200, gm = 0.2 kg
OA = OB = 1m
AOB 300
With BC OA ; we have
OC
cos 300
OB
3
OC OB cos 300 m [OB = 1 m]
2
= 0.866 m
Vertical height through which the bob is raised = h (1 – 0.866) m
= 0.134 m
Potential energy gained by the bob from A to B
= mgh = 0.2 × 10 × 0.134
= 0.268 J
This PE is converted to KE as the bob goes back to A.
KE at the lowest point = PE at B
= 0.268 J
Example–24 :
A block of mass m = 1kg moving on a horizontal surface with speed 2 ms–1 enters a rough patch ranging
from x = 0.10 m to x = 2.01 m. The retarding force Fr on the block in this range is innversly proportional
to x.
k
With Fr for 0.1 x 2.01m
x
459
= 0 for x < 0.1 m and x > 2.01 m
where k = 0.5 J. What is the final KE and speed v of the block as it crosses the patch?
Solution :
We have m = 1 kg, u = 2 ms–1; k = 0.5 J
1 1 2
Initial KE mu 2 1 2 2 J
2 2
k
Frictional force over x = 0.1 m to 2.01 m range is Fr
x
As the force is variable; work against friction can be calculated by integration.
2.01m x 2.01m
k
We have, W Fr dx dx
x 0.1m x 0.1m x
x 2.01m
0.5 log e x x 0.1m
2.01
0.5 log e
0.1
1
Also, K final mv 2 0.5 J
2
2 0.5
v2 1ms1
1
Example–25 :
In a ballistics demonstration, a police officer fires a bullet of mass 50.0 g with speed 200 ms–1 on soft
460
plywood of thickness 2.00 cm. The bullet emerges only with 10% of its initial kinetic energy. What is the
emergent speed of the bullet?
Solution :
50 1
We have m = 50.0 g = kg kg
1000 20
u = 200 ms–1
1 1 1
Initial KE = mu 2 200 200 1000 J
2 2 20
10
Final KE = 10% of initial KE = 1000
100
= 100 J
1
mv 2 100
2
2 100
v 4000
1
20
= 63.2 m/s
200 63.2
It is important to note that a 90% decreases in KE reduces the speed by 100 % or 68%.
200
Example–26 :
A block of mass M is moving with a certain velocity on a
horizontal surface. It approaches the free end of a spring shown
in the figure with a velocity u. The other end of the spring
(assumed to be ideal) with force constant k is fixed to a rigid,
vertical wall.
(i) Calculate the maximum compression produced in the spring if the horizontal surface is smooth.
(ii) Let the horizontal surface shown above be increasingly rough towards the spring and the coefficient
of friction between the block and the surface varies as ax where a is a constant with appropriate
dimensions and x is the instantaneous compression in the spring. What will be the maximum
compression produced in the spring in this case?
461
Solution :
Case (i)
When the surface is smooth; the entire KE of the block is stored in the spring as elastic PE. If x0 is the
maximum compression produced in the spring; we have
1 2 1
kx0 mu 2
2 2
m
x0 .u
k
Case (ii)
When the surface is rough; work has to be done to overcome friction
and to cause a compression in the spring.
For a compression ‘x’ in the spring, we have ax .
Force of friction for a compression x is
Wfr Ffr dx a Mg x dx
0 0
x1
x2 1
a Mg a Mg x12
2 0
2
1 2
Energy stored in the spring k x1
2
From law of conservation of energy;
1 1 1
Mu 2 k x12 a Mg x12
2 2 2
or Mu 2 k x12 a Mg x12
k a Mg x12
462
M
x1 u
k aMg
Example–27 :
To simulate car accidents, the auto manufacturers study the collisions of moving cars with mounted springs
of different spring constants. Consider a typical simulation with a car of mass 1000 kg moving with a speed
of 18.0 km/h on a road with coefficient of friction 0.5 and colliding with a horizontally mounted spring of
spring constant 6.25 × 103 Nm–1. What is the maximum compression of the spring? What will to the
maximum compression on a smooth road?
Solution :
As the car collides with the spring, it does work against the force of friction and for compression in the
spring. Let x0 be the maximum compression produced in the spring.
1 2
Work done for compression = k x0
2
1 1
mu 2 k x02 mg x0
2 2
or k x02 2 mg x0 mu 2 0
2mg 4 2 m 2 g 2 4mku 2
2
x0
2k
6 2
0.5 1000 10 0.25 10 100 1000 6.25 103 5
x0 [u = 18 km/hr = 5 m/s]
6.25 103
= 1.35 m
463
On a smooth road,
1 1
mv 2 ux02
2 2
mv 2
or x0
k
1000 25
6250
=2m
Example–28 :
In nuclear power plant, nuclear fusion reacions are used to produce electric energy. In one such mega
project; the capacity of the plant is 10000 MW. Assuming the entire energy of the mass lost to be converted
into electrical energy, calculate the amount of mass converted to energy per day in the plant.
Solution :
We have, power P = 10000 MW
= 1010 W
Energy generated per second = 1010 W
1 day = 24 × 60 × 60 s
Total energy produced per day = 24 × 60 × 60 × 1010 J
E = 36 × 24 × 1012 J
Let m be the mass converted into energy each day.
We have, mc2 = E
E 36 24 1012
m
or c2 2
3 108
36 24
104 kg
9
464
Example–29 :
Calculate the increase in mass of 1000 kg of water heated from 200C to 100C.
(Given Sp. heat of water = 4200 J kg–1 0C–1)
Solution :
We have,
Mw = 1000 kg
i 200 C; f 100 0 C
336 106
m
8 2
3 10
37.3 1010 kg
= 3.73×10–9 kg
Example–30 :
Estimate the amount of energy released in the nuclear fusion reaction.
1 H 2 1 H 2 2 He3 0 n1
Given, m 1 H 2 2.0141u
m 2 He3 3.0160 u
m 0 n1 1.0087 u
465
Solution :
3.0160 1.0087 u
= 4.0247 u
= 3.2602 MeV
Example–31 :
A motor boat is moving steadily at 18 km hr–1. If the water resistance to motion of the boat is 5000 N,
calculate the power of the engine.
Solution :
Give Fres = 5000 N
5
v 18 km hr 1 18 5 ms 1
18
= 5000 × 5 = 25000 W
= 25 kW
Example–32 :
A train weighing 1000 metric ton is moving up an inclined plane rising 1 in 200 at a uniform speed of 54 km
hr–1. The frictional resistance is 0.4 kg per metric ton. What is the power of the engine? [Use g = 10 ms–2]
Solution :
We have m = 1000 metric ton = 106 kg
Frictional resistance = 0.4 kg / metric ton.
Total frictional force Ffr = 1000 × 0.4 = 400 kg wt
466
= 400 × gN = 4000 N
Gravitational force down the plane = mg sin
= 106 × 10 × N
200
= 5 ×104 N = 50000 N
Net opposing force = Ffr + mg sin
5
V = 54 km hr–1 = 54 × = 15 ms–1
18
The power of the engine = P = F.v. = 54000 × 25 W
= 810 kW
Example–33 :
An object acted upon by a force F 2i 3j N is constrained to move along x direction with position
2
vector x given by x 2t 3t 5 i m . Calculate the power delivered by the force at t = 2s.
Solution :
We have F 2 i 3 j N
x 2t 2 3t 5 i
dx
v 4t 3 i ,m / s
dt
Instantaneous power P F. v
2 i 3 j 11 i
= 22 J/s = 22 W
467
Example–34 :
A particle of mass 10 kg is moving along a circular path of a constant radius of 5 m such that its centripetal
acceleration ac varies with time as ac = 25 rt2 m/s2. Calculate the power delivered to the particle at t = 5s.
Solution :
We have ac = 25 rt2 m/s2; r = 5 m
v2
Also, a c
r
v2
25 rt 2
r
or v2 = 25r2 t2
v = 5 rt
dv
The tangential acceleration = a T 5r 25 m / s 2
dt
The tangential force = FT = aT = 10 × 25 = 250 N
Power is delivered only by tangential force;
P Ft .v 250 5rt
dp d dm
We have F mv v
dt dt dt
d
v. [Volume × density of wind]
dt
468
d
v Ax
dt
Where A is area of close section of blades. Therefore
dx
F vA Av 2
dt
Power P v3
Collision
Two particles / bodies are said to have undergone a collision if as a result of their interaction, there is a
change in the momenta of the bodies. A collision need not always be caused by an actual physical contact
between the bodies e.g. two protons may collide without actually coming in contact with one another.
Elastic Collision: A collision is said to be elastic if there is no loss of KE during the collision.
Inelastic Collision: A collision is said to be inelastic if there is a loss of KE during collision.
Perfectly Inelastic Collision: It is a collision which leads to a total loss of KE and the bodies stick
together after the collision.
Head on Collision: It is a collision in which the colliding bodies move along the same straight line before
and after the collision.
Oblique Collision: It is a collision in which the bodies do not move along a straight path before and after
collision.
One-dimensional Elastic Collision: Consider two bodies A and B with masses m1 and m2 moving with
velocities u1 and u2 along same line in same direction. Let u1 > u2.
Suppose the bodies have velocities v1 and v2 after an elastic head-on collision.
Applying principle of conservation of momentum.
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2 .....(1)
For an elastic collision, kinetic energy is conserved.
1 1 1 1
m1u12 m 2 u 22 m1 v12 m 2 v 22 .....(2)
2 2 2 2
Solving the above equations (1) and (2); we get
469
u1 u 2 v 2 v1
m1 m 2 2m 2
Further, v1 m m u1 m m u 2
1 2 1 2
2m1 m 2 m1
and v2 u1 u2
m1 m 2 m1 m 2
Special Cases
(i) B initially at rest i.e. u2 = 0
m1 m 2
We get v1 m m u1
1 2
2m 2
and v 2 m m u1
1 2
(ii) For m1 = m2 = m
We get v1 = u2
and v2 = u1
i.e. the bodies exchange their velocities and momenta.
(iii) m1 << m2 and u2 = 0
We get v1 = –u1 and v2 = 0
(iv) m1 >> m2 and u2 = 0
We get v1 = u1 and v2 = 2u1
v1 v 2
We have e = u u
1 2
470
Remember :
(a) e = 0 for a perfectly inelastic collsion.
(b) e = 1 for a perfectly elastic collision.
(c) In general 0 < e < 1
v v
(d) When a ball strikes a floor with a velocity ‘u’ and rebounds with a velocity ‘v’, we have e
u u
Additional Information
1. For a perfectly elastic collision, linear momentum, total energy and kinetic energy are conserved. For
a perfectly inelastic collision, linear momentum and total energy are conserved. Only KE is not
conserved.
2. For a body dropped from a height ‘h1’; hitting ground with velocity ‘u’; rebounding with velocity v
and rising to a height ‘h2’, we have
v h2
e
u h1
Where hn denotes the height to which the body rises after n rebounds from the ground.
3. The elastic, magnetic and gravitational forces are conservative forces. Friction and viscosity are non-
conservative forces.
4. KE is alwys positive. PE may be positive or negative or zero. Repulsive forces imply positive potential
energy; attractive force imply negative potential energy. Total mechanical energy (KE + PE) may be
positive, negative or zero.
1 2
5. A gun firing n bullets each with K.E. ‘E’ in one second delivers a power P nE n. mv .
2
6. The power dissipated by centripetal force in circular motion is always zero. Only tangential component
of force dissipates power.
KE
7. Stopping distance covered Total opposing force
471
KE
[When only friction acts on a horizontal surface]
mg
x1 KE 1
We have x (Ratio of stopping distances) = KE
2 2
t1 m1v1 p1 p2
and t (Ratio of stopping times) = m v p K
1 2 2 2 2m
10. For two bodies with equal KE; the heavier mass has larger momentum.
11. The graphical relations between KE (EK) and linear momentum ‘p’ are as under.
d2 U dU
P.E. =U = MINIMUM; 2 = Positive and
0
dx dx
(b) In unstable equilibrium;
dU d2 U
= 0; U = Maximum; 2 = Negative
dx dx
472
(c) In neutral equilibrium
dU d2 U
= 0; = 0 and U = constant.
dx dx 2
14. If an elastic spring with spring constant k is cut into n parts of equal length; the spring constant of each
part is nk.
15. For a spring with constant k, length cut into two parts with 1 2 , we have
k 1 2 k 1 2
k1 and k 2
1 2
1 1 1
16. For springs in series k k k
1 2
u
v1 =
2
m1 m 2
As v1 m m u1 ; we get
1 2
u mx
u
2 m x
or m + x = 2m – 2x
m
x
3
473
Example–37 :
Two bodies A and B have masses m and 4 m. A collides head on elastically with B (at rest). Calculate the
percentage of KE of A transferred to B.
Solution :
We have m1 = m; m2 = 4 m
u1 = u (say) u2 = 0
2m1
As v2 u;
m
1 m 2
2m 2
We get v 2 u u
5m 5
1 2
KE of B after collision 2 m 2 v 2
Initial KE of A 1
m1v12
2
2
2
4m u
5
mu 2
16
25
16
100 64%
25
Example–38 :
1
A body at rest emits a particle of mass th of its original mass with a certain velocity. Calculate the ratio
4
of their (i) momenta (ii) KE after emission of the particle.
Solution :
Initial momentum = 0
Final momentum = 0
474
or p1 p2 0
p1 p2
p1
1
p2
p22
KE of emitted particle 2 m/4
p12
3:1
KE of residual part m
2 m
4
Example–39 :
A sphere of mass m moving with a velocity u hits another stationary sphere of identical mass. If e is the
coefficient of restitution, what is the ratio of the KE of the spheres after collision?
Solution :
We have, m1 = m2 = m
u1 = u; u2 = 0
From principle of conservation of linear momentum, we have
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
mu + 0 = mv1 + mv2 = m (v1+ v2)
v1 v 2 u .....(1)
v 2 v1 v 2 v1 v 2 v1
Also u u u 0 u e
2 1
v 2 v1 ue .....(2)
v1 1 e
From (1) and (2) v 1 e
2
1 2
K1 2 mv1 1 e
2
K 2 1 mv2 1 e
2
2
475
Example–40 :
In the figure shown; a ball B of mass m is suspended from a rigid
support A1 by means of a massless string. Another ball A of identical
mass ‘m’ travelling horizontally towards B hits it elastically head on.
At the moment ‘A’ hits ‘B’; the string breaks on its own and the balls A
and B fall on ground XY. Calculate the distance between the points at
which the balls hit the ground. [Use g = 9.8 ms–2]
Solution :
We have m1 = m; m2 = m
u1 = 10 m/s; u2 = 0
m m2
v1 1 u1 0
m1 m 2
2m1 2m
v2 u1 10 10 m / s
m1 m 2 2m
Hence the ball A comes to rest and falls vertically downward just below B.
1 2
Time taken by A to fall down is given by h gt
2
2 4.9
or t2 t 1s
9.8
Horizontal distance covered by B in 1 s = v2 × t
= 10 m
Hence the required distance = 10 m
476
PROBLEMS FOR PRACTICE
1. A block of mass 10 kg is pressed against a vertical wall by a normal force of 300N, the coefficient
of friction being 0.5. Calculate the work done to displace the block through 5m (i) horizontally (ii) up
the wall (iii) down the wall. [Use g = 10 ms–2]
Ans: (i) 375 N, (ii) 1250 N, (iii) 250 N
2. A block slides down an inclined plane of slope with a uniform velocity and reaches the foot of the
incline. The block is then projected up the plane with an initial speed ‘u’. How far up the incline will
the block move before coming to rest? Will it slide down again?
u2
Ans: ; No
4g sin
3. A 500 g knife penetrates 5 cm into wood as it falls through a height of 5 m. How much will it
penetrate if it is thrown horizontally at 15 m/s? [Use g = 10 ms–2]
Ans: 11. 25 cm
4. A 20 g bullet travelling horizontally at 100 ms–1 embeds itself in the centre of a wooden block of mass
1 kg and suspended by means of a 1m long ideal string. Calculate the maximum inclination attained
by the string with the vertical.
Ans: 370
5. A flat truck is loaded with rates having coefficient of friction 0.25 with the truck. Calculate the
shortest distance over which the truck can be stopped without letting the rates slide if the truck in
initially moving at 30 km hr–1.
Ans: 14.16 m
6. A body of mass ‘m’ slides down a length of an inclined plane with angle of inclination with the
horizontal. Calculate its speed at the bottom of the incline. How far further will it slide on an identical
horizontal surface before coming to a stop?
Ans: 2g sin cos , sin cos
7. Calculate the power developed by a grinding machine whose wheel has a radius of 0.20 m and is
making 150 rpm to sharpen a tool pressed with 20 kg f. Given = 0.3 between the tool and the
wheel.
Ans: 185 W
8. The figure below shows the vertical section of a frictionless surface. A 2 kg block is released from
position P. Compute its velocity at Q, R and S.
477
Ans: 12.12 ms–1; 9.9 ms–1; 14 ms–1
9. A block of mass 2 kg is dropped from a height of 40 cm on a spring whose spring constant is 1960
Nm–1. Calculate the maximum compression in the spring.
Ans: 10 cm
10. A bullet of mass 0.01 kg moving at 500 m/s strikes a 2 kg block suspended by a 5m long string. The
c.g. of the block rises by 10 cm. What is the speed with which the bullet emerges from the block?
Ans: 220 m/s
11. A ball is thrown vertically downward from a height of 10 m with a velocity v0. It collides with the
ground lossing 50% of its energy is collision and rebounds to the same height.
Find the initial velocity v0 and the height to which the ball would rise after the collision if the ball were
thrown upwards with same velocity.
Ans: 14 m/s; 10 m
12. A flexible but inextensible chain of length is placed on a smooth table with an intial length ‘a’
hanging down the table. Calculate the velocity with which the chain will leave the table if released
from root.
g 2 2
Ans:
a
13. A uniform chain of length and ' ' and mass m overhands a horizontal table with three fourth of the
length on the table. If is the coefficient of friction between the chain and the table, calculate the
work done by the force of friction during the period it slips off the table.
Ans: 9 mg
32
14. A pendulum bob of mass 10–2 kg is raised to a height of 5 cm and released. At the bottom of the
swing, it picks up a mass of 10–3 kg. To what height will the combined mass rise?
Ans: 4.545 × 10–2 m
478
15. The figure shows five identical springs with spring constant k arranged and supporting loads m in
each of the cases. Calculate the ratio of the elongations 1 ; 2 ; 3 produced in the three cases.
Ans: 2 : 4 : 1
16. The displacement x of a 2 kg object varies with time ‘t’ as x = 2t2 + t + 5. Calcualte the power
development at t = 2s.
Ans: 72 W
17. At high attitude, a body explodes at rest into two equal fragments with one fragment receiving a
velocity of 10 m/s. Calculate the time taken by the two radius vectors connecting the point of explosion
to the fragments to make 900 angle between than. What is the ratio of their KE at this instant?
Ans: 2s; 1 : 2
18. A massless strong of length L is suspended from a rigid support in a vertical plane. A bob of mass m
is attached to the free and of string. The bob is given a horizontal speed v 0 3.58L in its equilibrium
position. Calculate the maximum height and the speed of bob in its vertical circular path.
19. A ball is dropped from a height H. The ball undergoes two successive 50% of H. What is coefficient
of restitution between ball and floor?
1
Ans: 0.5 4
20. Two blocks A and B of the on a smooth horizontal table. The mass of block A and B is 2 kg and 5
kg respectively. Initially A is moving with a speed u1 = 10 m/s as shown in Fig. Block B has spring of
spring constant 11.2 N/cm attached to it and is moving with a speed u2 = 3ms–1. Block A colloides,
perfectly elastically with B.
479
21. Two particles A and B of mass 20 g and 40 g are projected simultaneously from ground in vertical
plane with same speed of 49 ms–1 as shown collosion. After collosion a retraces its path. How long
after collision particle B hits ground?
480
481
QUESTION BANK
482
Key Learning Points
1. Work done (W) by a constant force F in producing a displacement S in a body is given by
W F . S FScos where is angle between F and S.
2. The work done by a variable force is given by W = area under force vs displacement graph
F . S Fds cos
3. Work is a scalar. It is positive if is acute and negative if in obtuse. Work done is zero if .
2
SI unit of work is joule (J) or Nm.
4. Work done on a body by a given force over a given displacement is independent of the time taken to
produce the displacement.
5. Gravitational , electrostatic and magnetic forces are conservative forces.Work done by such forces
to move a body between two points is independent of the path followed between the points.
6. For a spring with initial deformation x1 to a final deformation x2; the work done in given by
1
W k x22 x12
2
7. The energy stored in a spring with spring constant k; compressed or elongated through ‘x’ from its
original length; the energy stored in given by
1 2
U kx
2
8. The power of an agent is defined as the rate of doing work.
dw F.dS
Mathematically P
dt dt
= F.v gives the instantaneous power
Total work W
Average power P
Total time t
9. Power is a scalar quantity. Its SI unit is watt ( = 1 Js–1). The practical unit of power is horse power.
Where 1 HP = 746 W.
10. Energy of a body is measure of its capacity to do work. It is a scalar with units and dimensions same
as that of work. Some practical units of energy in common use are:
483
1 calorie = 4.2 J
1 kw hr = 3.6 × 106 J
1 eV = 1.6 × 10–19 J
11. Energy can exist in nature in many forms. Machanical, electrical, wind, hydel, chemical, thermal,
sound, light, nuclear, solar etc. are some examples. The energy can change from one form to another.
12. According to the principle of conservation of energy; the total energy of an isolated system always
remains conserved. The energy may however change from one form to another form.
13. The energy present in a body by virtue of its motion is called kinetic energy. It may be translational or
rotational energy. We have
1
Translational KE mv 2
2
where m is mass and v the velocity of the body.
1 2
Rotational KE I
2
where I is the moment of inertia of the body and the angular velocity of the body about the given
axis of rotation.
14. The energy stored in a body by virtue of its position w.r.t. earth is called gravitational potential energy
and is given by mgh.
m is mass of the body, g acceleration due to gravity and ‘h’ the height above a certain reference level.
15. The total P.E. and K.E. of a body is termed as mechanical energy.
16. The K.E. of a body in always positive. The PE and total mechanical energy of a body may be
positive, negative or zero.
17. Repulsive forces generate positive energy and attractive forces generate negative energy. A negative
value of mechanical energy indicates that the body is in bound state.
18. According to work-energy theorem, work done by a body is equal to a decrease in its K.E. The
work done on a body equals an increase in energy.
19. Mass and energy are interconvertible and are related as E = mc2 (Einstein mass–energy relation).
where m is mass and c the speed of the light in vacuum = 3×108 m/s.
20. When the interaction between two bodies results in a change in their momenta; the bodies are said to
have undergone a collision. The collision may be elastic or inelastic.
21. In a perfectly elastic collision; the KE of the system remains conserved.
484
22. In an inelastic collision, there is a loss of K.E. In a perfectly inelastic collision; the colliding bodies
stick together after collision and move as a single object.
23. The principle of momentum conservation is always obeyed irrespective of the nature of collision.
24. In a head on collision, the initial and the final velocities of the bodies are along same line.
25. For such elastic collision; we can apply following equations.
m1u1 m 2 u 2 m1v1 m 2 v 2
1 1 1 1
m1u12 m 2 u 22 m1v12 m 2 v 22
2 2 2 2
The final velocities after collision are given by
m m2 2m 2
v1 1 u1 u2
m1 m 2 m1 m 2
2m 2 m 2 m1
and v2 u1 u2
m1 m 2 m1 m 2
26. The ratio of relative velocity afer separation to the relative velocity of approach before collision is
called coefficient of restitution. We have
v 2 v1
e
u1 u 2
0 e 1
485
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Average Conservation of Energy
1. A block of mass M is placed on smooth inclined plane of inclination
. An ideal spring has one end fixed to a rigid support at A. The
Mg
spring constant, k, of the string is . The block is not attached
a
to the spring. The block is pushed up the plane through a distance
‘a’ along the plane from the uncompressed position of the spring
and released. The speed of the block when it just gets datached
from the spring is
(1) ga (Incorrect)
1 1
Mv 2 ka 2 Mg a sin
2 2
1 Mg 2
a Mg a sin
2 a
or v 2 ga 2ga sin
ga 1 2sin
v ga 1 2sin
486
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Easy Kinetic Energy
2. A bullet of mass m leaves the barrel of a gun of mass M with a velocity v. The gun is known
to recoil with a velocity V. If k and K respectively denote the kinetic energies of bullet and
the gun respectively; then
2
m
(1) K k (Incorrect)
M
m
(2) K k (Incorrect)
M
m
(3) K k (Correct)
M
M
(4) K k (Incorrect)
m
p2
k
2m
p2
and K
2M
K m
k M
m
or K k
M
487
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Average Work, Energy Theorem
3. A particle slides along a track with elevated ends and a flat central part of length ' ' . The
curved paths are frictionless and the flat part BC has a coefficient of kinetic friction k .
The particle is released from a point A at a height ‘h’ above the flat part BC of the track. It
moves along BC (or CB); a distance n coming to rest. Value of n is
h2
(1) k (Incorrect)
2
h
(2) k (Correct)
k
(3) (Incorrect)
h
h
(4) k (Incorrect)
k mg.S k mg n
By work-energy theorem;
Work done = Change in energy
488
k mg n mgh
h
n
k
Let m be the mass of the sphere and its density. Then density of water is 2 . Kinetic energy of ball as
it hits the water surface = mgh
= 19.6 mg joule
Net upward force on sphere when it is inside water = upthrust – weight of the ball
m
2g mg
= mg
Let the sphere go to a depth d inside water; when it is momentarily at rest. We have,
Work done = Change in K.E.
mg d mg 19.6
or d 19.6 m
489
or u 2 9.8 19.6 19.6 19.6
= 19.6 m/s downwards
Inside water, acceleration = 9.8 m/s2 upwards
L et t 1 be time taken by sphere to come to rest inside water.
Using u + at = v, we get
19.6 – 9.81 = 0 or t1 = 2s
Again time of ascent = Time of descent
= 2s
t = The time spend inside water = 2s + 2s
= 4s
Option (2)
Wext 0 J
1 1
Total initial K.E. of the system = mu 2 mu 2
2 2
490
1 1
20 25 20 25
2 2
= 500 J
Final K.E. of the system = 0 (The blocks came to rest)
By work energy thorem; work done by internal forces, Wint equals change in K.E.
Wint = Final K.E. – Initial K.E.
= 0 J – (500 J) = –500 J
The negative sign of work in due to the fact that the internal forces of action and reaction oppose the
motion of masses.
mg
1
(2) (Incorrect)
2
h2
2
(3) mg h (Incorrect)
(4) mg h (Correct)
491
U = gain in gravitational P.E. = mgh
To calculate work done against friction we can assume that block moves an incline of inclination as
shown in Fig. The work done
W1 f AB mg cos AB
h
2 2
mg
h
2 2
mg
W u W1
mg h
20
(1) m / s; 4m (Incorrect)
3
5
(2) 2 m / s; 2m (Correct)
3
(3) 20 m / s; 2 2m (Incorrect)
3
(4) 20 m / s ; m (Incorrect)
2
492
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
As the hanging block falls; the potential energy (Mgh) changes to K.E. of the blocks and the potential
energy of the spring. The distance ‘h’ through which the block falls is equal to the extension in the spring.
From law of conservation of energy, we have
1 1
Mgh m M v 2 kx 2
2 2
Given M = 10 kg; h = 1m; k = 100 Nm–1; x = h = 1m
1 1 2
10 10 1 5 10 v 2 100 1
2 2
100 20
v2
15 3
5
or v2 m/s
3
Let H be the maximum distance of fall of block.
In this position both masses are at rest. The 100% gravitational P.E. lost by M is converted in potential
energy of spring.
1
kH 2 MgH
2
2Mg
or H
k
2 10 10
2m
100
493
(2) 7.5 J; 5 W (Incorrect)
25
(3) J; 7.5W (Incorrect)
6
25
(4) J; 5W (Incorrect)
6
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
We have F = 5 N, m = 15 kg, u = 0
F 5 1
a m / s2
m 15 3
a
S3 = Displacement in third second = u 2n 1
2
1 5
3rd 0 5 m
6 6
Work done in the third second = F.S3
5 25
5 J
6 6
v = Instantaneous velocity at the end of 3rd second = u + at
1
0 3 1m / s
3
494
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
As the force exerted on the vehicle is constant; the vehicle will move with a constant acceleration. Let ‘a’
be the acceleration produced.
Velocity of the vehicle at time ‘t’ = v = at.
We have u = 0
Initial K.E. = 0
1
KE at time t = K = mv 2
2
1
m a 2t 2
2
From work-energy theorem
Work done = Change in KE of particle by applied force
1
W m a2t2
2
The power; P, developed by the motor is
W 1
P m a2t
t 2
495
We observe
1
ma at
2
1
F.at
2
The P vs ‘t’ graph is a straight line passing through the origin.
1
(1) mu 2 cos 2 tan 2 (Incorrect)
2 2
1
(2) mu 2 cos 2 tan 2 (Correct)
2 2
1
(3) mu 2 tan 2 (Incorrect)
2 2
1
(4) mu 2 sec 2 tan 2 (Incorrect)
2 2
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
At the highest point, A, in the trajectory; only horizontal component
of velocity u will be present i.e. u cos . At P, the instantaneous
velocity v, makes an angle with the horizontal.
2
Horizontal component of v = v cos
2
496
As horizontal component of velocity remains constant, we have,
v cos u cos
2
u cos
v
cos
2
1 1 2
mv 2 m u cos
2 2
1 2 2
1
mu cos 1
2
cos 2
2
1
mu 2 cos 2 sec 2 1
2 2
1
mu 2 cos 2 tan 2
2 2
Option (2)
Mm
(1) g (Incorrect)
2
497
(2) M m g (Incorrect)
mg
(3) Mg (Incorrect)
2
m
(4) g M (Correct)
2
mg
x .....(2)
k
The force will be minimum for M when it has no kinetic energy. Applying work energy theorem to M, we
get
Work done = Change in kinetic energy
x
F Mg kx dx 0
0
1
Fx Mgx kx 2 0
2
1
or F Mg kx
2
1 mg
Mg k
2 k
1
Mg mg
2
1
g M m
2
498
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Difficult Transformation of Energy (Work Energy Theorem)
12. Two cylindercal vessels of equal area of cross-section ‘A’ contain a liquid of density upto
heights h1 and h2. The vessels are interconnected by a pipe fitted with a value tap. The tap
in opened to connect the two vessel and allow flow of liquid so that the level in the two
vessels becomes equal. The work done by the force of gravity during the process is
proportional to
(1) (h1–h2) (Incorrect)
(2) (h1–h2)2 (Correct)
(3) (h1+h2) (Incorrect)
(4) (h1–h2)3 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Initial level of water in A = h1
Initial level of water in B = h2
h1 h 2
Final level of water in A and B =
2
Let h1 > h2;
h 1 h 2 h1 h 2
Fall in water level in A h1
2 2
h1 h 2 h h2
Rise in water level in B h2 1
2 2
h1 h 2
Mass of water transferred = m = A
2
h1 h 2 h1 h 2
Work done = Change in gravitational P.E. = A g
2 2
2
hl h2
Option (2)
499
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Average Conservation Forces and Energy
13. A bullet of a certain material at a temperature θ0C is fired from a horizontal surface with a
velocity ‘u’ at an angle with the horizontal. The bullet moves in its trajectory and returns
to the same horizontal level to strike a huge ice block at 00C. Assuming that the entire
energy of the bullet is used in melting depends the mass ‘m’ of ice melted
(1) Both on and (Incorrect)
x4 x2
V x = – (in Joules)
4 4
The total mechanical energy of the particle is 2J. The maximum speed of particle (in ms–1)
is
1
(1) (Incorrect)
2
(2) 2 (Incorrect)
3
(3) (Correct)
2
500
(4) 2 (Incorrect)
x4 x 2
Given potential energy V Joule
4 2
dV
For maximum or minimum; 0
dx
or x 3 x 0 or x x 2 1 0 x 0, – 1 or 1
d 2V
2
3x 2 1
dx
d2V
At x = 0; 2 1 0 which implies maximum v(x)
dx
d 2V
At x 1; 2 0 . Hence PE is minimum for x 1
dx 2
1 1 1
Vmin J
4 2 2
From law of conservation of energy.
1 1 1 9
K max 2 J K max 2 J
4 2 4 4
1 9 3
mv 2max or Vmax m/s (Given m = 1 kg)
2 4 2
501
to the initial velocity of the body. The kinetic energy of part B will be
(1) K (Incorrect)
(2) 4K (Incorrect)
K
(3) (Incorrect)
2
9
(4) K (Correct)
2
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Let m be the mass of the body and K its initial kinetic energy. We have
1
K mu 2 .....(1)
2
The velocity of one part = –u.
Let x be speed of second part along +ve x–axis.
Applying momentum conservation principle.
m m
mu u x x 3u
2 2
1m
K.E.of B x 2
2 2
1m 1 9
3u mu 2
2
2 2 2 2
9
K
2
502
immediately jumps back to A with same speed v relative to the surface. The ratio of the
final kinetic energy of car A (with cat) to that of B after the cat jumps out is
2m
(1) (Incorrect)
mM
2
m
(2) (Correct)
mM
M
(3) (Incorrect)
mM
M
(4) (Incorrect)
mM
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Momentum imparted to B by the cat jumping on it = mu
Momentum imparted to B as the cat jumps out = mu
Total momentum of B = 2 mu
p 2B 4m 2 u 2 2m 2 u 2
KE of B =
2M 2M M
Similarly,
Momentum imparted to A = 2mu
Total mass of A and cat = m + M
4m 2 u 2 2m 2 u 2
KE of A = 2 m M
mM
KA M
KB m M
Option (2)
503
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Average Power
17. A constant power P is applied to a particle of mass ‘m’ to increase its speed from v1 to v2.
Assuming the surfaces to be frictionless; the distance travelled by the particle is given by
3P 2
(1)
m
v 2 v12 (Incorrect)
3P 2
(2)
2m
v 2 v12 (Incorrect)
m 2
(3)
3P
v 2 v12 (Incorrect)
m 3
(4)
3P
v 2 v13 (Correct)
P
a
mv
dv P vdv P
or
dt mv vdt mv
vdv P
or
ds mv
P
v 2 dv dS
m
v2 s
2 P
Integrating v dv m dS
v1 0
1 3 P
3
v 2 v13 S
m
504
m 3
or S
3P
v2 v13
which is option (4).
1
mv 2 P.t
2
2P
or v2 t t
m
505
1 1
v t 2
or v kt 2
2 2P
Where k and k is a constant.
m
Displacement dS in time interval t to t + dt is
1
dS v dt kt 2 dt
3
t 2
S dS vdt k
3
2
3
or St 2
3
S t2 S
Hence 1 2 or t
v t v
S
The graph v/s t should be a straight line through origin which is option (2).
v
dm
Mass of water flowing out per sec. = Av
dt
506
To get n times water in same time
v ' nv
dm
The force exerted by motor = v .
dt
n 2 F nv 3
n
F v
P ' n 3P
507
Solution:
Case (1): The work done by the man is converted to KE of the stone.
1
W mv12
2
Case (2): In applying the same force as in case (1), the work done gets converted partly into K.E. of the
stone and partly into his own K.E.
1 1 1
mv12 mv 22 MV 2 .....(1)
2 2 2
V = speed of man; v2 = speed of stone.
From law of conservation of linear momentum.
mU 2 MV
M
v2 V .....(2)
m
2
2 m
2
From (1) mv mv M .v 2
1 2
M
m M m
v12 v 22 1 v 22
M M
M M2
v2 v1 v1
Mm M M m
m m M2 m2
and V v 2 v1 v1
M M M M m M M m
v1 Mm
vr v2 v M m v1
M M m M
vr v1
508
Also Power = Force × velocity
490
T 245 N
2
F = T = 245 N
To move block up through 5 cm; work done is W = mgh
509
5
50 9.8 24.5 J
100
For an upward velocity of 1 m/s of the block; the string at A must be pulled at 2 m/s because each side of
the chord at P2 must move up by 1m in one see.
Power at A = F.v
= 245 × 2 = 490 W
1 e
(1) (Incorrect)
1 e
1 e
(2) (Correct)
1 e
1 e2
(3) (Incorrect)
1 e2
(4) e (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
By definition of coefficient of restitution, we have
vB vA
e or vB vA eu .....(1)
u 0
mv A mv B mu v A v B u .....(2)
510
u
v B 1 e
2
u
v A 1 e
2
vA 1 e
vB 1 e
M
(1) (Correct)
mM
m
(2) (Incorrect)
Mm
M2
(3) (Incorrect)
mM
Mm
(4) (Incorrect)
mM
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
1 2 p2
K = Initial KE = mv
2 2m
Using principle of momentum conservation; the velocity of the composite block is given by
mv m M V
mv
or V
mM
511
1 p2
K’ = Final K.E. = 2 m M V 2 m M
2
[ The momentum remains the same]
p2 p2 p2 M
E KE lost
2m 2 m M 2 m m M
p2 M
K 2 m m M M
2
K p mM
2m
512
Take velocity u (initial) of A as +x direction.
u
Let v1 and v2 be velocity of A and B after collision as shown in Fig.
3
Applying principle of momentum conservation; Along x–direction, we have
u
vx
2
u
Along y–direction m 2m v 2y 0
3
u
or v2y
2 3
u 2 u 2 4u 2 u 2
v 22 v 22 y v 22 x
12 4 12 3
1 u2
KE of B 2 2m
3 2 :1
2
KE of A 1 u
m
2 3
513
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
For elastic collision between A and B;
m1 = m; u1 = u; m2 = 2m; u2 = 0
The velocity v2 of mass B after collisions is
m2 m m1 2m 2
v2 u1 2 u2 u u.
m1 m 2 m1 m 2 3m 3
For inelastic collision between B and C. Let V be the speed of combination of B and C after collision.
Using principle of conservation of linear momentum.
2
m 2m V 2m u
3
4
V u
9
2
1 4
m u
KC final 2 9
16 : 81
KA initial 1 2
mu
2
Option (3)
(1) 1 (Incorrect)
(2) 2 (Incorrect)
514
(3) 3 (Correct)
(4) 4 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
As the two particles have equal mass; after every elastic collision, the
particles interchange their velocities. As initially; particle 2 has a speed
double that of particle 1; the first collision will be at B. Distance travelled
by B is double of that travelled by 1. At B they again exchange their speeds.
So the 2nd collision will be at C and the 3rd collision will be again at ‘A’.
n=3
So option (3) is correct.
515
Total initial momentum of the system along X–axis before collision = mu + 0 = mu
Total final momentum of the system along X–axis after collision = m1 v1 cos 1 m 2 v 2 cos 2
1 1 1
mu 2 mv12 mv 22
2 2 2
or u 2 v12 v 22 .....(3)
516
2v1v 2 cos 1 2 0
or cos 1 2 0 1 2 900
517
1
V r for r 2R
r
and V(r) = 0 for r = 2R
These condition are satisfied only in graph (b)
3 1
(1) v; tan 1 (Incorrect)
2 2
v
(3) ; 450 (Incorrect)
2
3
(4) v; tan1 2 (Correct)
2
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Let v’ and denote the velocity after reflection and the agnle of reflection as shown in Fig.
0 v v
Before reflection v x v cos 45 and v y v sin 450
2 2
' v
As there is no force along horizontal; v x v x
2
The surface exerts a force along the vertical.
v'y
e
vy
518
1 v v
v 'y ev y .
2 2 2
' 2 ' 2 v2 v2
Velocity after impact = v ' v x v y
2 4
3
v' v
2
v
'
v
Also tan 2 2
x
'
v vy
2
or tan 1 2
Option (4)
(1) 2g (Correct)
2
(2) g 2 3 (Incorrect)
1
2
(3) g 2 3 (Incorrect)
(4) g (Incorrect)
519
Solution:
Fig. shows the initial position A and final position P of mass.
At P; the centripetal force is only due to component of mg along PO. i.e. mg cos .
Let v be speed of the mass m at P.
mv2
Then mg cos
or v 2 g cos .....(1)
By energy conservation principle;
Total initial energy = Total energy at P.
1 1
mv 20 mv 2 mg 1 cos .....(2)
2 2
1 1
mv02 mg cos mg 1 cos [Use (1)]
2 2
v 20 g 2 3cos .....(3)
For the projectile to pass through O; t second after it was at P. We have form horizontal component of
motion.
1
cos v sin t gt 2 .....(5)
2
From (4) and (5), we get
2
sin 1 sin
cos v sin g
v cos 2 v cos
1
cos Substituting value of cos in eqn (3), we have
3
1
2
v g 2 3
520
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Difficult Motion in a Vertical Circle
31. A bullet of mass M is fired at 50 m/s at an angle with the horizontal. At the highest point
10
of its trajectory, it collides head-on with a bob of mass 3 M suspended by a m long
3
massless string and gets embedded in the bob. After the collision; the string moves through
an angle of 1200 in its vertical plane. The value of angle is nearly
(1) 300 (Correct)
(2) 450 (Incorrect)
(3) 600 (Incorrect)
(4) tan–1 (10) (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Velocity of the bullet at the highest point = u cos
= 50 cos
Let v be the velocity accquired by bob when bullet gets embedded in to it. From the law of conservation
of linear momentum, we get
M 50cos M 3M v
50
v cos .....(1)
4
In Fig.; A is position of bob + bullet. The mass becomes 4M when bullet
has got embedded. The bob moves in a vertical circle. B is position of
bob + bullet when string has turned by 1200. Let vB of velocity of bob +
bullet in position B.
From law of conservation of energy;
if vB is velocity at B; we have
v 2B v 2A 2g cos 60 0 .....(2)
521
4Mv 2B
4Mg cos 600
10 60
M, v A cos
3 4
10 1 50
v2B g cos 60 10 m/s .....(3)
3 2 3
From eqns (2) and (3) we have
v 2A v 2B 2g cos 600
50 10 10 1
2 10 [a = –10 m/s2]
3 3 3 2
50 3 10
20
3 2 3
50 350
100 .....(4)
3 3
Equating (1) and (4) we have,
2
50 350
cos
4 3
350 16 5600
cos 2
3 2500 7500
56
cos 2
75
56
cos .7466
75
0.86
300
522
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Average Motion in Vertical Circle
32. A small block of mass m slides along a frictionless loop-to-loop track as shown. If the block
starts from rest at P; the froce exerted by the track on the block at Q is
(1) 8 mg (Correct)
(2) 6 mg (Incorrect)
(3) 4 mg (Incorrect)
(4) 2 mg (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Height above XY at P = 5 R
Height above XY at Q = R
Height of P above Q = 4R
Let v be the velocity of the block at Q, we have gain in K.E. = Loss in gravitational P.E.
1
mv 2 mg 4R [KE gained = PE lost]
2
v 2 8gR .....(1)
mv 2 m 8gR
NN 8mg
R R
523
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Average Motion in a Vertical Circle
33. A spherical ball of mass ‘m’ is kept at the highest point in the
space between two concentric spheres A and B as shown. The
radius of sphere ‘A’ is R and the ball between the spheres has
a diameter very slightly less than ‘d’. All the surfaces are
frictionless. At the highest point, the ball rests on the inner
sphere A. The ball is given a gentle push towards right. The
instantaneous position vector of the ball makes as angle
with the upper vertical OA. The angle at which the ball leaves
contact with the sphere ‘A’ is
2
(1) cos 1 (Correct)
3
3
(2) cos 1 (Incorrect)
4
2
(3) tan 1 (Incorrect)
3
3
(4) tan 1 (Incorrect)
2
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let ‘h’ denote the vertical distance covered by the ball from the highest point to position P where HOP
d
We have h R 1 cos
2
d
v 2 2gh 2g R 1 cos .....(1)
2
Let NA denote the normal reaction of A on the ball away from the centre
at point P. We have,
524
mv 2
mg cos N A
d
R
2
m d
2g R 1 cos [Using (1)]
d 2
R
2
2mg 1 cos
mg 3cos 2
2
or cos
3
2
cos 1
3
Option (1)
525
(4) 2m R a sin g cos (Incorrect)
dv
a
dt
Equation of motion is
dv
m ma cos mg sin
dt
Multiplying by v, we get
dv d d d
mv ma R cos mg R sin Use v R dt
dt dt dt
m
Divide the equation by , we get
dt
v dv aR cos d gR sin d
Integrating both sides
v2
aR sin gR cos K .....(1)
2
Where K is constant of integration
At 0; v 0
K gR
526
v2
aR sin gR cos gR [From (1)]
2
2R a sin g cos g
1
or KE mv 2 mR a sin g cos g
2
(1) r (Incorrect)
(2) 2r (Incorrect)
r
(3) (Correct)
2
(4) r2 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Let v be the velocity of the ball at E; the upper most point of the loop.
Then KE at E = PE lost over a height h
1
or mv 2 mgh or mv 2 2mgh .....(1)
2
527
The forces acting on m; at E are as shown in Fig.2. R is the reaction force which m exerts on loop.
For dynamic equilibrium.
mv 2
mg R [R = Normal reaction]
r
2mgh
or mg R [Using (1)]
r Fig.2
For ‘h’ to be minimum; the normal reaction R at top of the track should be zero. Therefore
2mg h min
mg
r
r
or h min
2
Option (3)
528
Solution:
We have F 2 x j newton
Total work done in moving the particle along the closed path is
2 2 2 2
W F.dx 2 x j . dx i 2 x j .dx j 2 x j .dx i 2 x j .dx j
ABCDA 0 0 0 0
2 0
x2 x2
02 02
2 0 2 2
4 4
0 2 2
2 2
=4+4=8J
As the work done by the force along a closed path is non-zero; the force in non-conservative.
Option (4)
k
(1) g (Correct)
m
m
(2) g (Incorrect)
k
529
1 m
(3) g (Incorrect)
2 k
m
(4) g (Incorrect)
k
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let x be the instantaneous elongation in length of spring (equal to vertical distance moved down by mass
m) and v instantaneous speed accquired by m. The loss in gravitational potential energy is converted into
(i) Kinetic energy of mass m and
(ii) Energy stored in the spring
Therefore,
1 2 1
mg x kx mv 2 .....(1)
2 2
or mv 2 2mgx kx 2
Differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
dv
m.2v 2mg 2k x
dx
dv
v is maximum when 0
dx
mg
or mg kx or x .....(2)
k
From eqns (1) and (2) we have,
2
mg 1 mg 1 2
mg k mvmax
k 2 k 2
1 m2g2 1 2
mvmax
2 k 2
m
or v max g
k
530
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Average Conservation of Energy
38. A massless spring gets compressed by 20 cm due to a 20 N force
applied to it. The spring is placed at the bottom of 300 incline with
one end attached to a rigid vertical support as shown in figure.
A 10 kg mass at rest, is released from the top of the incline. The
mass is momentarily at rest after compressing the spring through
two meters. The distance through which the mass slides before
coming to rest is
(1) 4m (Correct)
(2) 8m (Incorrect)
(3) 2m (Incorrect)
(4) 16 m (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let the mass be released a distance above B on the incline. C is position of mass when its is again
momentarily at rest.
1
or W mg 2
2
F
The spring constant of the spring = k
x
20N
100 Nm 1
20
m
100
1 2
U = The potential energy stored in the spring = k 2
2
531
1 2
100 2 200 J
2
From law of conservation of energy; U = W
1
mg 2 200 J
2
200 2
2
mg
200 2
4m
10 10
k 2 2
(1) a 2a x (Correct)
m
k 2 2
(2) a a x (Incorrect)
m
m 2 2
(3) a a x (Incorrect)
k
k
(4) a (Incorrect)
m
532
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
When the block is released, the spring pushes the block towards right. The potential energy of the spring
is converted to kinetic energy till it loses contact with the spring.
1 2
Initial PE in the spring = ka
2
At a distance x from the wall; compression is reduced to (2a – x) for values of x less than the natural length
2a of the spring. Let ‘v’ be the speed of the block at this instant.
By conservation of energy, we get
PE initial PE final KE
1 2 1 2 1
or ka k 2a x mv 2
2 2 2
2
mv 2 k a 2 2a x
k 2 2
v a 2a x
m
d2 U x
(1) 0 (Incorrect)
dx 2
dU x
(2) 0 (Incorrect)
dx
(3) U(x) = E (Correct)
(4) U(x) = 0 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
533
Solution:
We have total energy = E
Also Total energy E = KE + PE
When PE = E
KE = zero
and have v = 0
Option (3) is correct.
2
(1) (Incorrect)
2g
M 2 kb 2
(2) (Incorrect)
2Mgb
M 2 kb 2
(3) (Incorrect)
Mgb
M 2 kb 2
(4) (Correct)
2Mgb
534
against friction.
1 1
Mu 2 kb 2 Mg b
2 2
1 1
Mgb Mu 2 kb 2
2 2
Mu 2 kb 2
or
2Mgb
1
(1) (Incorrect)
4
(2) 4 (Correct)
(3) 2 (Incorrect)
1
(4) (Incorrect)
2
535
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
When mass M is moved a distance ‘a’ towards wall 1; spring S1 gets compressed by ‘a’. However spring
S2 has no change in its length because mass M2 is free to move. The energy U1 of system is due to
compression of spring S1 only.
1
U1 k1 a 2 .....(1)
2
On being released, block B moves towards equilibrium position, overshoots the position and compresses
a
S2 by before coming to rest. Now mass M1 detatches itself from wall and there is no change in length of
2
S1. The energy of system, U2, is now due to compression of spring S2 only.
2
1 a
Therefore U 2 k 2 .....(2)
2 2
k2
4
k1
1
(1) m (Incorrect)
100
2
(2) m (Correct)
100
4
(3) m (Incorrect)
100
536
1
(4) m (Incorrect)
200
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
For mass M suspended from the free lower end of the spring; if ‘h’ denotes the maximum extension; then
the P.E. lost by the mass is stored as energy in the spring.
1 2
kh mgh
2
2mg
or h
k
2 0.110 2
m.
10 100
mg 3mg
(1) ; v 2g (Incorrect)
k k
2mg
(2) ; v 2g (Incorrect)
k
3mg 3mg
(3) ; v 2g (Correct)
k 2k
3mg
(4) ; v 2g (Incorrect)
k
Correct answer: (3)
537
Solution:
The bob is let go from rest in position A.
For vertical motion of the bob, let v be speed of bob in position B and , the instantaneous length of
string.
v 2 2g
or v 2g
mv 2 m 2g
mg mg
= 3 mg
k 3 mg
3 mg
and
k
By energy conservation PE lost = KE of the bob + PE in string
1 1 2
mg mv 2 k
2 2
2
mv2 2 mg k
3mg 2
2 mg k
k
2
3mg 3mg
2 mg
k k
6 mg 2 9 mg 2
v2 2g
k k
3mg 2
2g
k
538
3mg
2g
2k
3mg
v 2g
2k
Option (3)
1
(3) (Incorrect)
n
1
(4) (Correct)
n2
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
M
The linear mass density of the chain is
L
The chain is pulled without acceleration. The length hanging will continously change. Let y be the length
hanging at an instant of time.
The force required to pull the chain up the table F Mass g y g gy
539
Total work done to pull the entire
0 0
y2
chain = W = gy
dy g
L
n
2 L
n
L2
g 0 2
2n
1
W
n2
Option (4)
12
(1) g (Correct)
5
v v' v
v'
2 2
540
Using energy conservation principle; Gain in gravitational P.E. = Loss in Kinetic energy
2
1 1 v
mg mg mv 2 m
2 2 2 2
3 v2 v2 5 2
or g v
2 2 8 8
3 8 12
or v g g
2 5 5
Option (1)
541
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
dU
We have F
dx
dU Fdx or U x F dx
or U x kx ax 3 dx
0
kx 2 ax 4
2 4
2k
U(x) = 0 for x = 0 and x
a
2k
U(x) is negative for x
a
542
1
2
8h 3 x
(1) (Correct)
8 h x
1
2
3h 8 x
(2) (Incorrect)
3 h x
h
(3) 6 (Incorrect)
x
x
(4) (Incorrect)
6h
1
mv12 mg h mg x .....(1)
2
mg h x
Similarly at F;
1 x x
mv 22 mgh mg mg
2 2 2 4 2
mg x 1
mgh 1
4 2
543
3x
mg h .....(2)
8
v 22 8h 3x
v12 8 h x
1
2
v 2 8h 3x
v1 8 h x
544
(1) (1) (Incorrect)
(2) (2) (Incorrect)
(3) (3) (Incorrect)
(4) (4) (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
dU
For a conservative force F
dx
x
x2
U x U O Fdx k x dx k
0 2
1 2
Given U O ka
2
1 2 1 2 1
Therefore, U x ka kx k a 2 x 2
2 2 2
1
(2)
2
aL2 bL3 (Incorrect)
1 2 1 3
(3) aL bL (Correct)
2 3
545
1 2 bL3
(4) aL (Incorrect)
2 3
L
ax b x 2 d x
0
L L
ax 2 bx 2
=
2 0
3 0
aL2 bL3
2 3
MN 2
(1) (Incorrect)
4
N2
(2) (Incorrect)
4M
M2
(3) (Correct)
4N
546
NM2
(4) (Incorrect)
4
Solution:
M N
We have U
r 6 r12
dU d M N
F 6 12
dr dr r r
6 M 12 N
13
r7 r
In equilibrium; F = 0
12 N 6 M 2N
7 or r6
r13 r M
M N M2 M2 M2
U r
2N 4N 2 2N 4N 4N
M M2
547
Solution:
The force applied is variable. The work done can be calculated as area under F vs S graph as shown in
Fig. The variation from 10 m to 20 m is linear decrease from 100 N to 50 N represented by BC.
Work done = Area under F vs S graph
= Area OABCD
= Ar (OABE) + Ar Trap (BCDE)
1
= 100 × 10 + (100 + 50) × 10
2
= 1000 + 750
= 1750 J
Option (3)
W1
(4) W2 (Incorrect)
2
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
We have F q v B
F v
Work done by the force = W F . s
548
F . v dt
Fv dt cos 90 0
W1 W2 0
Option (3)
We have F k yi x j
For (i) S1 a i o j oi o j a i
= ka 2
(ii) S2 a i a j a i o j a j
549
F2 k yi a j [ n = a parallel to y direction]
W2 F2 .S2
k y i a j. a j
= –ka2
Total work = W1 + W2 = –2 ka2
Option (1)
x y
55. The work done on a particle of mass m by a force k 3 i 3 j (k being a
x2 y2 2
x 2
y
2 2
constant of appropriate dimensions), when the particle is taken from apoint (a, 0) to a point
(0, a) along a circular path of radius ‘a’ about the origin in the x–y plane is
2k
(1) (Incorrect)
a
k
(2) (Incorrect)
a
k
(3) (Incorrect)
2a
(4) 0 (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
In the figure;
r xi y j
550
k
F 3 x i y j
x 2 y2 2
k
3 r
x 2
y 2
2
F is along r or the force is radial and the particle is moved along the circular path.
F S
Work done = zero
Option (4)
56. A force, Fx kF x , varies with the distance, x, in the manner shown in the graph. The
work done by this force, in moving a particle, of mass m, from the point (7, 0, 0) to the point
(17, 0, 0), would be
17
(3) 5760 k .n 7 Joule (Incorrect)
5760
(4) 119 k Joule (Correct)
551
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
We observe that Fx = k × 576 for x = 1
576 576
Fx k 144 k. k. 2 for x 2
4 2
576 576
Fx k 64 k. k. 2 for x 3
9 3
576 576
Fx k 36 k. k. 2 for x 4
10 4
576 k
It follows that Fx
x2
x2
1
576 k
x
1 1 1 1
576 576 k
x1 x2 7 17
576 k 5760 k
10 Joule
119 119
1
57. If the gravitational force, between two masses, were to vary as , , the work done in
r3
taking an object of mass m from the surface of the earth, to a height h (h is of the order of
R), above the surface of the earth (radius of earth = R), would then be
552
GMm h h 2R
(1) (Correct)
2 R 2 R h 2
GMm R h 2R
(2) (Incorrect)
2 R 2 R h 2
R h 2R
(3) GMm 2 2 (Incorrect)
R R h
h h 2R
(4) GMm 2 2 (Incorrect)
R R h
GMm
F x 3
R x
The work done, in moving the object (against the gravitational force) from the surface of the earth to a
height h above the surface, is
xh x h
3
W F x dx GMm R x dx
x 0 x 0
2 x h
R x
GMm
2
x 0
GMm h h 2R
2
2 R 2 R h
553
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Difficult Work done by a Variable Force
58. An object, of mass M rests on an inclined plane (of length
L), inclined at an angle to be horizontal. The coefficient
of friction (x), between the object and the inclined plane,
varies in direct proportion μ x = μ 0 x to the distance
(x) of the object from the bottom of the plane. The work
done by an external force F = F(x), in just taking the object
(i.e., without imparting it any velocity) from the bottom of
the plane, to its top, would be
mg L
(2) 2 sin 0 cos L (Correct)
2
mg L
(3) 2 cos 0 sin L (Incorrect)
2
The external force F(x), has to be infinitesimally greater than mg sin 0 x mg cos . Hence the work
done in taking the object from the bottom of the plane, to its top, is
x L
W F x dx
x 0
xL
W mg sin 0 mg cos x dx
x 0
L
L x2
= mg sin x 0 0 mg cos
2 0
554
mgL
2 sin 0 mg cos L
2
[Note: A quick way of finding the correct option, in the problem, can be as follows: The gain in P.E. of the
object, when it moves up the plane, equals Mgh = Mg L sin . The work done, by the force, (when the
object is moved up without imparting it any velocity) would equal this gain in P.E. if the plane were a
smooth surface. We should, therefore, get W = MgL sin when 0 0 . It is early to check that only
option (2) satisfies this requirement].
1
(1) kL L (k = constant of proportionality) (Incorrect)
2
3
(2) kL L (k = constant of proportionality) (Incorrect)
4
2
(3) kL L (k = constant of proportionality) (Correct)
3
1
(4) kL L (k = constant of proportionality) (Incorrect)
6
555
xL
MkL3
Total work done = W F x dx 3
x 0
This work increases only the K.E. of the object. Hence if v is the speed of the object, at the position
x = L, we have
1 2 MkL3
Mv
2 3
2
v kL L
3
Where x is the distance, measured from the initial position of the object. An external
(horizontal) force F (= F(x)), acting on the object, imparts it a constant acceleration, a. The
speed, V, of the object, after moving through a distance L, is given by
gL2
(2) V L 1 0 (Incorrect)
2
gL2
(4) V L 1 0 (Incorrect)
2
We have, F x 0 xMg Ma
556
The work done, by the force F(x), in moving a distance dx, is F(x) dx. The total work done, in moving a
distance, L, is then
x L
0 gL2
W 0
x 0
M a g x d x M
L
2
ML
1 0gL
2
This equals the increase in K.E. of the object. Hence the velocity v, after covering a distance L, is given by
1 ML
Mv 2 1 0gL
2 2
v L 1 0gL
(1)
Mg F
N
L2 h 2
and W = Fh (Incorrect)
L
Mg F h L
(2) N and W = F L2 h 2 (Incorrect)
L
Mg L2 h 2 Fh
(3) N and W =
F L2 h 2 (Correct)
L
557
Mgh F L2 h 2
F L h
N and W = 2 2
(4) (Incorrect)
L
N mg cos Fsin
Also, it is the component F cos , of the force F, that does work in moving the object through a distance
L. The work done is, therefore
W Fcos .L
h
We are given that sin .
L
h2 h 1
Hence N mg 1 2 F mg L2 h 2 Fh
L L L
h 2
and
L
W F 1 2 L F L2 h 2
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Easy Work done by Constant Forces
62. A st r aight hor izontal tr ack, lying along t he x–axis, has a length 3 . The first segment of the
track, of length 2 , is perfectly smooth, while the second segment, of length , has a
coefficient of friction, , with respect to a given object of mass M.
This object, initially at rest, at the ‘starting point’ of the track, is acted upon by a force, Fx,
which adjusts its value so that it maintains the object’s (along the axis) acceleration at a
constant value, a (= 2 m/s2), over the whole length (= 3 ) of the straight track. The work
done, by this force, over the two segments of the track, would be (nearly) equal if equals
(1) 0.05 (Incorrect)
(2) 0.10 (Incorrect)
558
(3) 0.15 (Incorrect)
(4) 0.20 (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
The force, needed over the first segment = Ma.
F' Mg Ma
F' Ma Mg
F' M a g
a 2
0.2
g 10
1
(1) M a 2 1 2 g (Incorrect)
2
(2) M 2a 1 2 g (Incorrect)
559
1
(3) M 2a 1 2 g (Correct)
2
x 1 x
2 1
Where = constant rate of increase of .
Fx x Mg Ma or Fx M a xg
Work done = Fx dx
0
2
Ma M1g Mg
2
1
Ma Mg 2
2
1
M 2a 1 2 g
2
560
(1) 32 : 1 (Correct)
(2) 16 : 1 (Incorrect)
(3) 8:1 (Incorrect)
(4) 4:1 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
We have S (t) = kt4
d
vt S t 4kt 3
dt
d
a t v t 12kt 2
dt
The force, F (t), is, therefore, given by
F (t) = ma (t) = 12 kmt2
The instantaneous power, P(t), is given by
P (t) = [F (t)] [v (t)]
P t 48k 2 m t 5
5 5
P 16 48k 2 m 16 16
5
P 8 48k 2 m 8 8
= 25 = 32
The required ratio is (32 : 1)
561
the plane. The work done, by the force F, is
S
(1) mg F 2 h 2 mgh (Incorrect)
S
(2) 2 h 2 F mg mgh (Incorrect)
S
(3) mg F h mg 2 h 2 (Correct)
S
(4) mg 2 h 2 1 Fh (Incorrect)
h
For the inclined plane, sin
The various forces acting on the object, are as shown. We have
N mg cos Fsin
Since the force F just moves the object up the plane, we have Fsin as just infinitesimally greater than
W Fcos S
h 2 h 2 h
mg F S
S
mgh mg 2 h 2 Fh
562
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Difficult Work done by a Variable Force
66. An inclined plane, of inclination ‘h’ in ' ' , has a length 2L. An object of mass M is initially
at rest on the mid-point of this plane. The coefficient of friction, between the object and the
inclined plane, increase uniformly from a value 1 , at the bottom of the plane, to a value
2 , at the top of the plane.
A force, F, acting on the object, (along the plane) just moves it up the plane to the top of the
plane. The work done, by the force, is then
mgL 2 h
(1) h 2 1 3 2 (Incorrect)
4
mgL 2 h 2
(2) h 1 3 2 (Correct)
4
mgL 2 h 2
(3) h 31 2 (Incorrect)
4
mgL 2 h
(4) h 2 31 2 (Incorrect)
4
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
For the inclined plane, we have
h
sin
2 h 2
and cos
Further N = mg cos
mg sin cos
563
mg
h . 2 h 2
1
2
2L
1
L 1 2 .L
2L
2
1
2
1 1 2
AV 2
2 2
3 3 2
1 2 1
4 4 4
mg
h
2 h 2 AV .L
mgL 1
h 1 32 2 h 2
4
[Note: The same result is obtained by integrating (F(x) dx) from x= L to x = 2L. Here we would take
mg
x 1 2 1 x and F x = h 2 h 2 x
2L
564
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Average Power of Source
67. A source, supplying energy has a constant power. When this source, exerts force on a
particle of mass m, and moves it along a straight path, the ‘acceleration – time’ graph for
its motion, would be the graph labelled as graph
(1) A (Correct)
(2) B (Incorrect)
(3) C (Incorrect)
(4) D (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let us assume that the displacement, s, of the particle, varies as tn. Hence
s kt n
ds
v nkt n 1
dt
dv
and a n n 1 kt n 2
dt
565
Force, F, acting on the particle, equals n (n–1) mktn–2
Power (= force × velocity) = n2 (n–1) mk2 t(n–2)+(n–1)
Since power is constant, we have,
3
2n 3 0 or n
2
3 1
a n n 1 kt n 2 kt 2
4
It is graph (A) only that can correspond to this dependence of ‘a’ on ‘t’.
566
(1) A (Incorrect)
(2) B (Incorrect)
(3) C (Incorrect)
(4) D (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Let us assume that the displacement, s, of the particle, varies as tn. We then have
s = ktn
ds
v knt n 1
dt
dv
and acceleration = kn n 1 t n 2
dt
Force mkn n 1 t n 2
2n 3 1 or n 2
v 2kt 2 1 2kt
567
dependence, of the maximum (length) change, L , on Y, (the Young’s modulus for the
material of the cube) would be represented by the graph laballed as graph.
(1) A (Incorrect)
(2) B (Incorrect)
(3) C (Correct)
(4) D (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Maximum compression takes place when the final K.E. of the system is zero; the initial K.E. has been
‘completely’ used to provide P.E. to the compressed cubes. The force (F), needed to change the lenghts
by an amount L , can be written as.
Y
FA F L F
L L L2 L LL
F YL L kL
568
k YL
Now initial K.E. of the system
1
2 MV 2 a constant
2
= EK (say)
For maximum compression, this K.E.gets completely converted into the P.E. of the two ‘compressed’
cubes. As L denotes the ‘maximum compression’ we have
1 2
Final P.E. of the system = 2 k L E k
2
2
k L E k
Ek Ek
or L k YL
k YL
1
Constant.
Y
Thus L Y 1 2
It is the graph, labelled as graph C, that shows this kind of dependence of L on Y. Hence option (3) is
the correct choice.
569
nRT x
(1) P= n 1 (Incorrect)
t x0
nRT x
(2) P= n 1 (Correct)
t x0
nRT
(3) P= A x (Incorrect)
t
nRT x
(4) P= n (Incorrect)
t x0
Solution:
PV = n RT = a constant
The force, F, on the piston, at any instant, is PA where A = area of cross section of the piston. If the piston
gets displaced by an amount dx, the work done is
V0' V0'
dV V'
Hence, W
PdV nRT nRT n V0
V0 V0
V 0
V0' A x0 x
nRTn nRTn
V0 Ax0
x
nRTn 1
x0
W nRT x
Power = t t n 1 x
0
570
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Difficult Elastic Collisions (in one-dimension)
71. Three spheres (1), (2), (3) of masses M1 (= 20
m), M2 and M3 (= 5 m), all lie at rest on a straigth
line. Sphere (1) starts moving with a (given) speed
v towards right, collides elastically with sphere
(2) which, in turn then collides elastically with
sphere (3). For a given value of v (and for the given values of masses M 1 and M2), the
maximum speed acquired by sphere (3), would be
16
(1) v (Correct)
9
18
(2) v (Incorrect)
11
20
(3) v (Incorrect)
13
22
(4) v (Incorrect)
15
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
For an alastic collision between spheres (1) or (2), the speed acquired by sphere (2) is given by
2M1
v2 v
M1 M 2
For this value of speed of sphere (2), the speed, acquired by sphere (3), after sphere (2) collides elastically
with it, is
2M 2 4M1M 2
v3 v2 v
M 2 M3 M1 M 2 M 2 M3
dv3
All other factors, except M2 are constants. Hence, for maximum value of v3, we need to have dM 0
2
571
dv3 M1 M 2 M 2 M 3 1 M 2 M1 M 2 1 M 2 M 3 1
Now dM 4M1 2 2
2 M1 M 2 M 2 M3
4M1 M 3 M1 M 22
2 2
M1 M 2 M 2 M3
dv3
0 if M M M 2
dM 2 1 3 2
M 2 M1M 3
20 m 5 m 10 m
4 20 m 10 m
Hence, v3 max 20 m 10 m 10 m 5 m v
200 16
4 v v
450 9
1
(1) (Incorrect)
6
3
(2) (Correct)
8
5
(3) (Incorrect)
12
572
7
(4) (Incorrect)
16
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Let v1 and v2 be the speeds of the two balls after the collision. Since momentum is conserved, we have
m.4u = m.v1 + m.v2 or v1 + v2 = 4u
v 2 v1
0.5 or v 2 v1 2u
4u 0
1 2 1 2 1
Total K.E. after collision = m u m 3u m 10u 2
2 2 2
1 2 1
Also total K.E. before collision = m 4u m 16u 2
2 2
1
m 6u 2 3
Loss in K.E.of thesystem
2
Original K.E.of thesystem 1 m 16u 2 8
2
573
masses m2 and m3 are moving with the same veloicty, say, v. The velocity v, and the spring
constant, k, of the spring, are then given respectively by
u 1 u 20
(1) v ms , k 2
N/m (Incorrect)
2 30 x0
u 1 1 u 02
(2) v ms , k 2
N/m (Incorrect)
3 80 x0
u 1 u 02
(3) v ms 1 , k 2
N/m (Incorrect)
2 80 x0
u 1 u 20
(4) v ms 1 , k 2
N/m (Correct)
3 30 x0
Solution:
The masses m1 and m2 being equal, their velocities, after m1 collides elastically with m2, are zero and u,
respectively.
A little later, when m2 and m3 have the same veloicty, v, and the spring has been compressed by an amount
x0, we have, by the laws of conservation of momentum and energy.
u
m 2 u m 2 v m 3 v; v
3
3 2
1 1 u 1 u 1
and m 2 u 2 m 2 m3 kx02
2 2 3 2 3 2
2 u 2 2u 2 2
or u k x0 m2
9 9
m2 2 2 2 50 103 u2 1 u2
k . u
x02 3 3 x02 30 x02
574
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Average Conservative + Non-conservative Forces
74. A particle is constrained to move in the y-z plane under the
action of a force.
F yz j k
The particle, initially at the origin, is moved from O to L, via
three paths (i) OKL, (ii) OML and (iii) OL. By calculating
the work done along the three paths, we can say that the
force F is a
W F.ds F. dy j dz k
yz dy yz dz
2
O 2z 0 2z dz z 2 4 J
0
575
2
O 2y dy 2y 0 y 2 4 J
0
2 2
2 16
W3 2y dy y3
2
J
0 3 0 3
V
(1) (Incorrect)
100
V
(2) (Incorrect)
200
(3) V (Correct)
300
(4) V (Incorrect)
400
576
Solution:
Let the dart emerge with a speed v1 after its passage through the first plate. Since this plate has acquired a
velocity v, we have
0.02m V 0.02m v1 mv
The dart, now moving with a speed v1, gets embedded in the second plate and their combined mass, again
moves with a speed v. By the law of conservation of momentum, we now get
0.02m V 5mv mv 6 mv
0.02m V
v V
60 300
577
(1) K (Incorrect)
(2) L (Incorrect)
(3) M (Correct)
(4) N (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
At point A, the total energy of the ball
1
mv 2 mgh
2
At point B, since the velocity of the ball becomes (momentally) zero, its total energy is just its potential
energy, i.e. mgR.
1
mv 2 mgh mgR
2
v 2 2g R h
2g h 2gR
The graph of v2, against h, is a straight line of slope (–2g) and having an intercept 2gR on the v2 axis.
This corresponds to graph M.
Hence option (3) is the correct choice.
1 m12 m 22 2
v1 v 2
2
(1) (Incorrect)
2 m1m 2
1 m1m 2 2
v1 v 2
2
(2) (Correct)
2 m1 m 2
578
1 1 2 2
m1 v1 m 2 v 2
2 2
(3) (Incorrect)
2 m1 m 2
1 1 2 2
m 2 v1 m1 v 2
2 2
(4) (Incorrect)
2 m1 m 2
2
m1 m 2 v 2 m12 v12 m 22 v 22
m12 v12 m 22 v 22
v2 2
m1 m 2
Loss in K.E.
1 2 1 2
1
m1v1 m 2 v 2 m1 m 2
m12 v12 m 22 v 22
2
2 2 2 m1 m 2
1 m1 m 2 m1v1 m 2 v 2 m1 v1 m 2 v 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
2
2 m1 m2
1 m1m 2
v12 v 22
2 m1 m 2
579
coefficient of friction, between the cart and the road, is , the work done, by the force F, in
moving the cart through a distance L, would equal.
ML cos
(1) a 0 L 2g (Correct)
2 cos sin
ML cos
(2) 2a L g (Incorrect)
cos sin 0
ML cos
(3) 2a L g (Incorrect)
cos sin 0
ML cos
(4) a L 2g (Incorrect)
cos sin 0
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
The free body diagram for the cart is as shown. When the cart has moved a distance, x, the acceleration
produced in it, equals a0x. Hence we have
Fcos M a 0 x + N
and N Mg – Fsin
M a 0 x g
F F x
cos sin
M a 0 x g
dW cos dx
cos sin
M cos L2
W a 0 gL
cos sin 2
ML cos
a 0 L 2g
2 cos sin
580
Unit–4 : Work, Energy and Power
Average Inelastic Collision
79. Two balls, of masses m1 and m2, are suspended side by side
from strings of equal lengths. The ball m1 is pulled to the left
to a height ‘h’ and ‘let go’. When it strikes the second ball, it
gets stuck to it and the ‘combination’ now rises to the right
h m2
through a height . The ratio m , of the masses of the
n 1
two balls, equals
(1) n 1 (Correct)
(2) n (Incorrect)
(3) n 1 (Incorrect)
(4) n (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
The velocity, of the ball m1, just before it strikes the ball m2 (initially at
rest) is 2gh .
m 1
2gh m 2 0 m1 m 2 v
Where v is the velocity of the ‘combination’ just after the ‘collision’. Hence
m1 2gh
v
m1 m 2
h
The K.E. of the ‘combination’, just after the collision, makes it rise to a height . We, therefore, have
n
1 h
m1 m 2 v 2 m1 m 2 g
2 n
581
2gh
v2
n
2
m1 2gh
2gh
m1 m 2 n
m1 1
m1 m 2 n
m1 m 2
or n
m1
m2
m1
n 1
582
The surface being smooth, the final (i.e. after ‘reflection’) horizontal component, of the velocity of the ball,
would still be v cos 450. The vertical component, however, would be (e v sin 450). The vertical component,
however, would be (e v sin 450). If therefore, the final velocity (v) of the ball makes an angle with the
horizontal, we have
1 1
tan e tan 450 1
3 3
300
The angle of ‘reflection’ is, therefore, (900–300) = 600. Hence the diference, between the angle of ‘reflection’
and the angle of incidence, is (600–450) = +150.
The final velocity, V is given by
Change in velocity
V v vsin450 e 1 j
1 1
v 1 j
2 3
v
6
1 3 j
2.732
v j 1.13v j
6
11.3m/s j
583
UNIT–5 : ROTATIONAL MOTION
Learning Objectives
After going through unit, you would be able to understand, appreciate and apply the following concepts:
Translational and rotational motion of a rigid body.
Concept of C.M. Its usefulness.
Location of C.M. of a system of particles or a body of regular shape.
Equation of motion of C.M. and its use in study of translational motion.
Rotational motion of a rigid body about a fixed axis.
Angular momentum of a point mass and a rigid body.
Torque – the cause of rotational motion.
Relation between torque and angular momentum. Conservation of angular momentum.
Rotational Inertia – moment of inertia.
Expression for M.I. Use of theorems of parallel and perpendicular axis.
Concept of radius of gyration.
Equations of rotational motion and their use in problem solving.
Simultaneous rotational and tranlation motion. Use of conservation principles.
584
585
ROTATIONAL MOTION
Rigid body
The particles constituting the body are so arranged that there is no change either in shape or size when
external forces are applied.
Translational Motion
Use is made of Newton’s laws of motion. Newton’s 2nd law stated as
F ma
is strictly valid for a ‘point mass’. For a finite sized rigid body; we consider rigid body as made up of a large
number of point masses. There are external forces as well as internal forces on any point mass considered.
We can write down equation of motion of every point mass constituting the body. Equation of motion of jth
mass is
d 2rj
mj Fjext fij
dt 2 i j
i 1to N
We have a very large number of “differential equations”. Simultaneous solution of all equations is almost
impossible. There is a need to simplify the problem. The ‘overall’ motion is studied easily using the concept
of the center of mass of the system. We consider:
(1) The entire mass of the body to be concentrated at the center of mass.
(2) All external forces are imagined to act simultaneously at the center of mass.
(3) The equation of motion, describing translation motion is
d2R Total
M Fext
dt 2
586
R is the instantaneous position of the center of mass of the system.
(4) The total linear momentum P of the system
P p j m j v j MV
m r
j1
j j
R n
.....(1)
m
j1
j
Fig. 1
For a continuous distribution of mass; summation in Eqn. (1) is replaced by integration.
R
r dV
.....(2)
dV
Main draw back of C.M. concept is:
1. No information regarding detail of motion of individual particles making system can be obtained.
2. No information regarding relative motion of the particle of the system can be obtained.
587
Example–1 :
Show that center of mass of two particles A and B of mass m1 and m2 a distance r apart divides
the line AB into two parts in the inverse ratio of masses.
Solution :
Fig. 2 shows masses m1 and m2 distance AB = r, apart. Choose line AB as x–axis and A as origin of co-
ordinates. Co-ordinates of A and B are (0) and (r) respectively. Let C be the center of mass of the two
particle system. Then
Fig. 2
m1 0 m 2 r m 2r
AC X
m1 m 2 m1 m 2
m1r
BC r X
m1 m2
AC m 2 1 1
or AC : BC : : :
BC m1 m1 m 2
Example–2 :
R i j 2k
What is rB ?
Solution :
We know,
m rA 2m rB
R
m 2m
588
2rB 3i 3j 6k 3i 2j k
5j 7k
or rB
2
Example–3 :
Fig. 3
Fig. 3 shows three blocks A, B and C of same material of surface mass density . Locate C.M.
of the arrrangement.
Solution :
Let m1, m2 and m3 be masses of A, B and C respectively. Obviously.
2
m1 3 9 2 ; m 2 2 4 8 2 ; m 3 3 3 2
Let O1 and O2 and O3 be the mid point of A, B and C. These points are C.M. of each block. The system
shown is equivalent to point masses m1, m2, m3 placed at O1, O2 and O3 as shown in Fig. 4. Co-ordinaters
of O1, O2 and O3 are
Fig. 4
589
3 3
O1 ; , O 2 5; , O3 8.5;
2 2 2
79
X
20 2
20
23
Y
20 2
20
Example–4 :
A uniform circular disc of radius R; has a circular part of radius r center O1 cut-out and a square
of side a center O2 placed on it as shown in Fig. 5 (a). Mass per unit area of circular disc and
square is 1 and 2 respectively. What is location of C.M. of the arrangement?
Fig. 5 (a)
Fig. 5 (b)
Solution :
590
m1 = mass of circular disc cut-out = r 2 1
m2 = mass of square = a 2 2
The arrangement is equivalent to mass m, –m1 and + m2 placed at O, O1 and O2 respetively. (X, Y) are
co-ordinates of C.M.
m 0 m1 b m2 0 r 2b
X
m m1 m2 2 2 2 2
R r a
1
m 0 m1 x0 m2 c a 2c
Y
m m1 m2 1 2 2 2
R r a
2
Example–5 :
A bomb of mass M at rest; some how on its own explodes into three fragments having masses in
ratio of 1:2:3 flying off in direction making an angle of 250, 400 and 550 with horizontal. Locate
the position of C.M of fragments?
Solution :
Initially C.M. of bomb is at rest at its center. The bomb explodes on its own i.e. there is no external force.
The equation of motion of C.M. of fragments is
d2 R
m1 m2 m2 0
dt 2
or MA 0
dv dv
Since M 0; A 0. Since 0; v v 0 Initial speed of center of mass = 0
dt dt
The center of mass remains at the center of the bomb, i.e. in its original position.
Example–6 :
A ball of mass M is at rest at a height H above ground in a vertical plane in gravity of earth. After
dropping through a height H 4 ; it on its own, breaks up into n fragments moving in different
directions in the plane of motion. What is path of C.M. of fragments?
591
Solution :
Let vertical downward direction be the direction of z–axis and initial position of ball as origin of
co-ordinates. Let z be the instantaneous position co-ordinate of C.M of ball, before explosion. The equation
of motion of C.M is
d2z d2z
M Mg or g .....(1)
dt dt 2
The center of mass moves along z–axis with uniform acceleration g.
When ball breaks up, on its own; there is no other external force. The equation of motion of C.M. of
fragments is
n d2z m d2z
m j 2 m jg or g
j1 dt n dt 2
This is same as Eqn. (1). Hence C.M of fragment continues moving along z–axis with uniform
acceleration = g
Fig. 6
Fig. 6 shows a rigid body rotating about a fixed axis zoz´ with a constant angular speed . Consider rigid
body as made up of point masses m1, m2 ....... mj ....... mn as shown in Fig. 6. As rigid body rotates each
point moves along a circle.The radius of circle equals the perpendicular distance rj of the jth mass from axis
zoz´. The value of rj changes as j takes values 1, 2 ..... n. However every point mass completes one circle
in same time T. T equals time taken by the rigid body to complete one full circle (or one revolution).
Therefore angular speed of each point mass making the body is same. However the linear speed of each
point mass in rigid body is different.
592
vj = The linear speed of jth mass = r j .
Fig. 7
For a particle moving in a circle of radius r; the instantaneous position P, of the particle is given by its
angular position . XOP is the angle between the line OP and a conveniently chosen reference line
say XOX´. The instantaneous angular speed.
d
Lt .....(1)
t 0 t dt
The linear speed, v of particle P is
arc PQ r
v Lt Lt
t 0
t t 0 t
r Lt r .....(2)
t 0 t
The angular velocity has to be assigned a direction in addition to its magnitude as defined by Eqn. (1).
The direction of is always (i) perpendicular to the plane in which particle moves (ii) sense of is given
by the right hand screw rule i.e. place a right handed screw perpendicular to the plane of circle. Rotate
screw in direction of motion of particle. The direction in which screw advances is direction of . Therefore
d
ω n n
dt
593
n is a unit vector in the direction of outward normal to the plane of motion. The relation between linear
velocity v and angular velocity is shown in Fig. 7 (c). v is in the direction of tangent to circle at the
instantaneous position P of the particle. Obviously
v r
Note: If is constant; the angular speed is also constant and the motion takes
place is a fixed plane. changes if either magnitude of changes but plane
of motion remains same or if magnitude of remains same but plane of motion
changes as shown in Fig. 7 (d).
v is an axial vector i.e. there is no lateral inversion in v when mirror image of
system is considered with mirror placed at position of axis of relation.
Angular Momentum
In linear motion (translational motion) the quantity of motion is measured in terms of the linear momentum
of a particle. The linear momentum p m v . The quantity of rotational motion of a particle is measured in
terms of angular momentum or moment of momentum .
Fig. 8
p OA p r sin
= angle between r and p. The direction of is always perpendicular to the plane containing p and r. Its
sense of given y the right-hand screw rule. In terms of vectors
594
r p
For a rigid body the angular momentum L about any point O is the vector sum
of the angular momentum of various point masses constituting the body. Let r j
be the position vector of the jth piont mass mj. is the angular speed of the
body. The linear velocity v j of jth mass is v j rj . Therefore
Fig. 9
L rj p j m jrj rj
It can be shown that for a rigid body rotating about a fixed axis; the angular momentum can be written as
L I
where I is the moment of inertia of the rigid body about the axis of rotation. Note expression for L is exactly
similar to p = mv for linear motion.
sin 0 or 0 or
The torque of force is zero if line of action of force is parallel Fig. 10
595
or antiparallel to r. We can also conclude that 0 , if line of action of force passes through point O, about
which torque of force is to be calculate.
Torque is a vector quantity. Its direction is always
(1) Perpendicular to the plane containing r and F
(2) The sense of is given by the right-hand screw rule i.e. ‘place’ a rigid-handed screw perpendicular
to the plane containing r and F. Rotate screw so that r goes and coincides with F. The direction in
which screw advances is direction of . In Fig. 10 is perpendicular to plane of page and has an
“anticlockwise direction”. It is represented as . In terms of vectors.
rF
Just as an unbalanced force is the cause of translational motion; an unbalanced torque is the cause of
rotational motion. For a large number of forces F j ; j = 1, 2, .... n; acting at points having position vectors
r j ; the net torque about origin of co-ordinates is
n
rj Fj
j 1
There can be a torque on a system with zero net force (Fig. 11a). There can be a zero torque with a net
force (Fig. 11b). In a system shown in (Fig. 11c) neither F nor is zero.
Fig. 11
596
dp
v mv r F [ F . Newton’s 2nd law of motion]
dt
Since v v 0; we have
dL
dt
dL
0 or L = constant
dt
This is the law of conservation of angular momentum. i.e. if there is no net external torque on a system, the
total angular momentum of system is a constant. The law of conservation of angular momentum is a very
convenient tool for solving problems in rotational dynamics.
Example–7 :
A particle of mass m is initially at point having position vector r0 . The particle moves with a
uniform velocity v 0 . What is the instantaneous angular momentum of particle about origin of co-
ordinates?
Solution :
The instantaneous position vector r is
r r0 v 0 t
p mv 0
The instantaneous angular momentum L about origin of co-ordinates is
L r p
r0 v0 t mv 0
r0 m v 0 v0 v0 0
597
Example–8 :
A particle of mass 100 g is moving along a straight line in X–Y plane with a constant speed of
2ms–1. The equation of straight line is
x
y 3
3
x and y are in meter. What is angular momentum of particle about origin of co-ordinates?
Solution :
Fig. 12 shows straight line along which particle moves.
The line makes an angle of 300 with x–axis.
p = linear momentum of particle
= mv = 0.1 × 2 = 0.2 kgms–1
m 2 sin 2
Fig. 13
598
Example–10 :
Fig. 14 shows two particles P and Q moving as shown. The net
angular momentum of P and Q about point O is 4 mva. What is y?
Solution :
LP = Angular momentum of P about 0
= 2mv0 .a; clockwise
LQ = Angular momentum of Q about 0
= 8 mv0.y; anticlockwise
Fig. 14
L = The net angular momentum = LQ – LP
= 2mv0 [4y–a]; anticlockwise
= 4mv0a (Given)
3a
4y a 2a or y
4
Example–11 :
A sphere of mass M, radius R is placed on a rough inclined
plane of inclincation as shown in Fig. 15. A string is
attached to sphere as shown. The sphere is kept in
equilibrium by pulling string with a constant force F. What
is tension in string?
Solution : Fig. 15
Fig. 16 shows free-body diagram of sphere. Since sphere is in equilibrium there is neither a motion of
translation nor rotation. For translation equilibrium
Mg sin f T .....(i)
For rotational equilibrium; the net torque about O iszero.
Therefore
TR = f.R
or T=f .....(ii)
From Eqns. (i) and (ii) we have
Fig. 16 Mg sin
T
2
599
Rotational Inertia – Moment of Inertia
A rotating body possesses “rotational inertia” i.e. a body at rest does not
start rotating on its own and a body rotating does not stop rotating on its
own. This property is similar to the linear inertia. The linear inertia is
determined by the mass of a body (m). The rotational inertia however
depends not only on the mass but the axis of rotation also. Fig. 17 shows a
rigid body rotating about zoz´ as axis with a constant angular speed . mj
is the jth mass (point) of the rigid body at a perpendicular distance rj from
axis of rotation. As rigid body rotates mj moves in a circle of radius rj. The
K.E. of jth mass
1 1 2
kj m j v 2j m j rj Fig. 17
2 2
1 1
2
m jrj2 . 2 I2
2
I m jrj2
For a body having continuous distribution of mass
I dv r 2
where dv is an infintesinally small volume element at a perpendicular distance r from the axis of rotation.
Though M.I and mass are similar quantities; M.I depends on (i) axis of rotation and (ii) distribution of mass
whereas linear intertia or mass does not depend on the direction of motion. Mass is a scalar quantity,
whereas in general M.I is much more complex quantity known as a TENSOR. However for a fixed axis of
rotation M.I behaves like a scalar quantity. We will restrict ourselves only to rotational motion about a fixed
axis.
The theorem of (1) parallel and (2) perpendicular axes are very convient tools to calculate M.I about
different axes.
M.I is also defined numerically in a manner exactly similar to defination of mass in linear motion. We know,
for linear motion
F
m
a
Similarly for rotational motion;
I
600
Theorem of Parallel Axes
Fig. 18 shows a rigid body of mass M. Point G is the C.G. of rigid body.
ZOZ´ is the axis about which body rotates. The M.I of body about ZOZ´
axis is I. Let Z1GZ1 be an axes parallel to ZOZ´ passing through C.G .
The M.I. of body about Z1GZ1' as axes is Ig.
601
Moment of Inertia vs. Mass
The mass of a body is a constant. It does not depend on direction of motion. M.I of a rigid body is not a
constant it depends on
(i) axis of rotation
(ii) distribution of mass
Radius of Gyration
Radius of gyration k about an axis is perpendicular distance from the axis where the entire mass of body is
imagined to be concentrated so so that M.I of this point mass is same as the actual M.I of the rigid body.
Expressed mathematically
n
I Mk 2 m jrj2
j1
n
2
I
m r
j1
j j
k n
M
m
j1
j
602
3. Hollow sphere M = mass i) Any diameter 2
MR 2
OR 3
5
(spherical shell) R = radius ii) Any tangent MR 2
3
2
4. Solid sphere M = mass i) Any diameter MR 2
5
7
R = radius ii) Any tangent MR 2
5
MR 2
5. Solid Cylinder M = mass i) Own axis
2
R 2 L2
R = radius ii) Through midpoint O and M
4 12
L = length perpendicular to length of
cylinder
ML2
6. Thin Rod M = mass i) Midpoint O and perpen-
12
(One-dimensional) L = length dicular to length of rod
ML2
ii) One end and to length
3
ML2
iii) Midpoint O making an sin 2
12
angle with length
MB2
7. Rectangular M = mass i) Midpoint O and parallel
12
Lamina L = length to length
ML2
B = breadth ii) Midpoint O and parallel
12
to breadth
L2 B2
iii) Midpoint O and perpen- m
12
dicular to plane of lamina
603
L2 B2
8. Parallel lopeid M= mass i) Midpoint O and parallel M
12
L = length to height
B2 H 2
B = breadth ii) Midpoint O and parallel M
12
H = height to length
L2 H 2
iii) Midpoint O and parallel M
12
to breadth
Example–12 :
Eight identical point mass each of mass, m; are placed at the
corners of a mass-less cube of side a as shown in Fig. 20. I1
and I2 denote M.I of system about axis 1 and axis 2 as shown
I1
in Fig. 20. What is I ?
2
Solution :
For axis–1
Fig. 20
I A = IB = 0
IC = ID = IE = IH = ma2
2
IG = IF = m 2a
2
I1 4ma 2 2m 2a 8ma 2 .....(i)
For axis–2
Through midpoint of side AB and CD
2
a
I A = IB = IC = ID = m
2
2
2 a 5
The perpendicular distance of points E, F, G and H from axis = a a
2 2
604
Hence,
2 5 2
I2 4 m a
2
4 m a
2
= 6ma2 .....(ii)
I1 4
I2 3
Example–13 :
A uniform ring of mass M, radius R has a moment of inertia I about axis through its center and
I
perpendicular to its plane. A uniform disc of same mass as ring has M.I of about a tangent in
2
its own plane as axis. The radius of disc is
R 2
(a) (b) R
2 5
2 3
(c) R (d) R
5 2
Solution :
I = M.I of ring about given axis = MR2
Let r be radius of disc. The M.I, of disc, I1, about a tangent in its own plane is
Mr 2 5Mr 2
I1 Mr 2 [Theorem of parallel axis]
4 4
I
Given I1 . Therefore
2
MR 2 5 2
Mr
2 4
2
or r R
5
605
Example–14 :
Fig. 21
A thin rod AB = 2L has a mass of 2M. It lies along X–axis. Its moment of inertia about YOY´ as
axis [refer to Fig. 21(a)] is I1. The rod is bent at its midpoint O as shown in Fig. 21(b). The M.I
I1
about same axis I2. What is ?
I2
Solution :
1 2 2
I1 2M 2L ML2 .....(i)
12 3
In Fig. 21(b); the axis YY’ is perpendicular to part OB and passes through its end O
1 2 ML2
I' M L
3 3
The part OA; makes an angle 600 with axis YOY´ passing through end O. Its M.I,
1 ML2
I" ML2 sin 2 60
3 4
I2 = M.I of arrangement of both rods about given axis.
ML2 ML2 7
I ' I '' ML2 .....(ii)
3 4 12
2
ML2
I1 3 8
I 2 7 ML2 21
4
606
Example–15 :
Three thin rods OA, OB and OC has same length L. The linear density
of t he t hr ee r ods is 1 , 2 and 3 respectively. Ix, Iy, Iz M.I of the
system about x, y and z–axis. What is Ix : Iy : Iz?
Solution :
Ix = M.I of system about x–axis
Fig. 22
IOA IOB IOC
1 1
0 2 L L2 3 L L2
3 3
2 3 L3
3
Similarly,
1 3 2 3
Iy 3 L and Iz 1 L
3 3
I x : I y : Iz : : 2 3 : 3 1 : 1 2
Example–16 :
Three identical thin rods AB; AC and BC each of mass M length L are
joined together to form an equilateral triangle. I1 is M.I of system about
side AB as axis. I2 M.I of system about axis through end A and
I1
perpendicular to plane of triangle. I is
2
1 Fig. 23(a)
(1) 1 (2)
3
2 3
(3) (4)
3 2
Solution :
I1 IAB I AC IBC
607
1 2 2 ML2
IAB 0; IAC IBC ML sin 60
3 4
ML2
I1 ......(1)
2
Similarly,
1 1
I2 ML2 ML2 I BC
3 3 Fig. 23(b)
From right angled ABD in fig. 23(b); we have
AD 3
cos 30 AD L
AB 2
2
1 3
IBC ML2 M L [Clf theorem of || axis]
12 2
5
ML2 .....(ii)
6
2 5 3
I 2 = ML2 + ML2 = ML2
3 6 2
I1 1
I2 3
Example–17 :
Five identical spheres each of mass M, radius R are rigidly joined to
one another as shown in Fig. 24. The M.I of system about zz´ as axis;
(shown in Fig. 24) is
(1) 25 MR2 (2) 35 MR2
(3) 45 MR2 (4) 55 MR2
Solution :
IA, IB, IC, ID, IE denote M.I of, spheres A, B, C, D and E respectively about
zz´ as axis. zz´ as tangent to sphere B and D. Therefore, Fig. 24
2
IB I D MR 2 MR 2
5
608
Using theorem of parallel axis
2 2
IA MR 2 M 3R
5
2 2
and IC IE MR 2 M 4R
5
2 2 2
I MR 2 9MR 2 2 MR 2 MR 2 2 MR 2 16MR 2
5 5 5
= 45 MR2
I
d 2
or I
dt 2
I = M.I of body about axis of rotation.
= Net torque of forces about axis of rotation.
= Angular acceleration.
For a body having “uniformly accelerated” rotational motion the kinematical equations discribing motion
are:
t 0 t
1
0 t t 2
2
2 2
t 0 2
where 0 and t denote initial (i.e. t = 0) and instantaneous (i.e. t = t) angular speed of body.. is
the uniform angular acceleration and is angle described in time t = t.
609
Simultaneous Motion of Rotation and Translation
A rotating body can have simultaneously motion of rotation and translation. For example:
1. A car moving on a road. As a whole car has a translational motion and wheels of car have a rotational
motion.
2. A mass attached to a pulley via a massless, inextensible string. When let go mass has translational
motion and pulley rotational motion.
3. A sphere or cylinder rolling down a rough inclined plane.
The motion can be analysed in terms of
1. Translational motion of center of mass of rigid body. The equation of translational motion is
d2R
M 2 MA F
dt
d 2
I I
dt 2
where is net torque of forces about axis of rotation.
3. For a body rolling down without slipping;
A = Linear accceleration of C.M. = R
g sin
A = Linear acceleration of C.M. = 1 I
2
MR
V = Linear speed of C.M., at bottom of inclined plane of vertical height H; starting from rest at the top of
2gH
inclined plane = I
1 2
MR
610
The problem can also be analysed using law of conservation of energy. For a body of circular mass section
rolling down, a rough inclined plane, without slipping.
Loss is gravitational potential energy = Gain in translation and rotational kinetic energy.
Example–18 :
A block of square cross-section of side a has height h. It is placed on a rough inclined plane of
inclincation . is coefficient of friction between block and inclnied plane. Show that
a
1. Block will topple over without slipping if .
h
a
2. Block will slide before it topples over if .
h
Solution :
In Fig. 25 ABCD is block. AB = a; AD = h. The free body diagram is
as shown. Obviously
f N mg cos
a
i.e. tan
h
Therefore block does not slide before toppling if
a
tan
h
a
.....(1)
h
The block will slide down before toppling if
mg sin > f t
611
mg sin mg cos
or tan
Inother words block slides before toppling if
a
h
Example–19 :
A uniform circular disc of mass M, radius R is free to rotate about its own axis. It experiences a
torque ; given by
where and are constants. is angular displacement of disc. Obtain an expression for
angular speed, ; in terms of .
Solution :
The M.I of disc about its own axis
MR 2
I
2
The instantaneous angular acceleration; , is
2
.....(i)
I MR 2
d d d d
.....(ii)
dt d dt d
2
d d
MR 2
Integrate,
2
0 d MR 2 d
0
612
2 2 2
or 2
2 MR 2
1
2
2
2
2 2
MR
Example–20 :
A cylinder of mass M, radius R, length L is suspended in a vertical
plane from a rigid support by two strings AB and CD of fixed
length as shown in Fig. 26. There is another string wound
uniformly. The free and E of this string is pulled vertically down
with a constant force F. The cylinder is free to rotate about its
own axis. What is length of string unwound in time t?
Solution :
Since strings AB and CD are of a fixed length; the cylinder can only
rotate about its own axis i.e. it has pure rotational motion. The torque, Fig. 26
; of external applied force.
FR
The angular acceleration; , is
FR 2F
2
I MR MR
2
The motion of cylinder is uniformly accelerated. Let be angle discribed in time t. Obviously
1 Ft 2
t2
2 MR
Example–21 :
A cylinder of mass M, radius R; length L is rotating about its own axis with an angular speed 1 .
It gathers dust, at rest; uniformly from all sides at a constant rate till its radius is doubled. The
613
M
mass of dust collected is . What is final angular speed of the arrangement?
4
Solution :
Regarding cylinder and dust as a system; there is no external force and therefore no external torque, the
angular momentum is conserved.
L 1 = The initial angular momentum
1
MR 2 1 .....(i)
2
Let I2 be the M.I of cylinder + dust collected about axis of rotation. Then
MR 2 1 M 2 * 9
I2 2R R 2 MR 2
2 2 4 8
9
I2 2 MR 2 2 .....(ii)
8
MR 2 1 9MR 2 2
L1 L 2 or
2 8
4
2 1
9
Example–22 :
A thin rod OA of mass M; length L is pivoted at end O in a vertical position.
The rod is free to rotate about a horizontal axis through end O. At t = 0; the
end A is given an initial speed v0 as shown in Fig. 27 and let go. What is
angular speed of rod when it has turned through an angle of 60°?
Fig. 27
R 22 R 12
* Foot Note : M.I of an angular cylinder of inner radius R1 and outer radius R2 about its own axis is I M
2
614
Solution :
In Fig. 28; OB is instantaneous position of rod when it has rotated through
angle . The rod is moving in a vertical plane in gravity of earth, there is a
loss in gravitational potential energy. C is C.G of rod intially. C1 is
instantaneous position of C.G as shown in Fig. 28.
h = The vertical distance by which C.G goes down = CC2 = OC–OC2
L
1 cos
2
Fig. 28
MgL
The loss in gravitational P.E = Mgh 1 cos .....(i)
2
Let be the instantaneous angular speed of rod.
I 2
The gain in rotational K.E = 20
2
2
1 ML2 2 v 0
.....(ii)
2 3 L
MgL ML2 2 v 20
1 cos 2
2 6 L
3g2 v20
1 cos 2 .....(iii)
L L
2 3g v 20 2v 20 3gL
2L L2 2L2
1 2v 2 3gL
2
or 0
L 2
615
Example–23 :
Fig. 29 shows a pulley P; fixed on top of an inclined plane. A
massless, inextensible string is wrapped around the pulley. The
free end of string is attached to a block of mass 200 g as shown.
0.1 is coefficient of friction between inclined plane and block.
M.I of pulley about its own axis is 0.8 kgm2 and its radius is 40
cm. The system is let go from rest. The mass m descends a
distance of 1m along the inclined plane. What is linear speed of
m? There is no slipping of string on pulley. g = 10 ms–2.
Fig. 29
Solution :
When m descends down by a distance of 1m along the plane; the vertical distance, h, is
h = 1 × cos 530 = 0.6 m
The loss in gravitational P.E of m = mgh
= 0.2 × 10 × 0.6 = 1.2 J .....(i)
The work done against force of friction between block and inclined plane mg cos 37 0 1
1 1
The gain in K.E = 0.2 v 2 0.8 2
2 2
v = linear speed of mass M; = angular speed of pulley. Since there is no slipping v = R . Therefore
2
2 v
The gain in K.E = 0.1v 0.4 = 2.6 v2
0.4
From law conservation of energy
1.04
v 0.63ms1
2.6
616
PROBLEMS FOR PRACTICE
1. PQRS is a square plate of side a. Surface mass density . Locate its center of
mass. What is change in position of C.M if
(a) square 1 and 3 are cut out
(b) all four squares are cut out
[Ans: (a) & (b) No change] Fig. 30
R R
2. A uniform circular disc of radius R has a circular part of radius having its center at a distance
6 2
from that of disc; cut out. Locate C.M of remaining part of disc.
R
[Ans: ]
70
3. Fig. 31 shows two balls A and B of mass 1 kg and 2 kg respectively moving with same speed of
2ms–1 as shown in fig. 31. What is velocity of C.M of A and B?
2 2 2
[Ans: 3 i j ]
3 3 Fig. 31
4. Two particles A and B have masses in ratio of 1: 3. The particle A is pushed towards C.M of A and
B by a distance of 5 cm. By what distance B be moved so that C.M does not change?
[Ans: 17 cm]
5. OAB is an equilateral triangle of side . Mass m, 2m and 3m are placed
at the three corners as shown in Fig. 32. Taking O as origin; OB as x–
axis and y–axis through O perpendicular to OB locate co-ordinates of
C.M of the arrangment.
2
[Ans: x ; y ]
3 4 3 Fig. 32
6. A uniform wooden log has mass M; length L. It is at rest on a smooth horizontal surface. A ball of
mass M is at rest at one end of log. Some how on its own the ball starts moving towards the
n
opposite end with a constant speed v. What is distance moved by wooden log when ball reaches the
other end?
L
[Ans: n 1 ]
617
7. Two particles of mass 0.5 kg and 1 kg are located at origin and a point having co-ordinate +4m on
x–axis. The two masses move towards one another under their mutual force of attraction where the
two masses collide one another.
[Ans: 2.67 m from initial position of 0.5 kg mass]
8. A particle of mass 200g is projected in a vertical plane in gravity of earth with an initial speed of 2ms–1,
in a direction so as to have maximum horizontal range. What is its angular momentum about point of
projection when it is at the heighest point on its parabolic path?
[Ans: 2.83×10–2 kgm2s–1]
9. A particle of mass 1 kg moves along a straight line x = y–2 with a speed of 2ms–1. Calculate its
angular momentum about origin of co-oridinates.
[Ans: 2 2 kgm 2s 1 ]
10. Regard earth as a sphere of radius R = 6400 km and mass = M = 6×1024 kg. What is angular
momentum of earth around its own axis?
[Ans: 7.12 × 1033 kgm2s–1]
11. A particle of mass m moves into a circular orbit of radius R around a fixed mass M under their
gravitational force. Calculate angular momentum of m around center of its circular path.
1
[Ans: GM 2 mR ]
2
12. An electron moves in a circular oribit of principle quantum number n in a hydrogen atom. What is
torque of electrostatic force on electron due to proton about the center of its orbit?
[Ans: zero]
13. A pulley of mass M, radius R is suspended from a rigid support as shown in
Fig. 33. It is free to rotate about a horizontal axis through its center O. A massless
string passes around the pulley. The two ends of string are pulled with force F1 and
F2 (F1 > F2) as shown. What is (i) the torque and (ii) angular acceleration; of the
pulley?
2 F1 F2
[Ans: (i) (F1–F2) R, anticlockwise (ii) ]
MR Fig. 33
14. A fly wheel of M.I 0.4 kgm2 is rotating about its own axis with a speed of 600 rpm. It is brought to
rest by applying a constant torque in 10s. What is torque applied? What is change in angular
momentum at t = 5s?
618
15. Th engine of an aeroplane has power of 2000 H.P. What is torque developed by the engine. When
rotor has acequired an angular speed of 40 rps?
[Ans: 5973 N–m]
16. A rotor has a radius of 4m. It can with stand a maximum acceleration 10 times g (= acceleration due
to gravity of earth). What is maximum number of revolutions per second the rotor can make without
breaking?
5
[Ans: ]
2
17. A door of length 2.5m, breadth 1.25m has a mass of 10 kg. It is free to rotate about its length as axis
in a vertical plane. A bullet of mass 50 g moving horizontally with a speed of 200 ms–1 hits the door
at its midpoint and get emmbeded in the door. Calculate the loss of kinetic energy.
[Ans: 996.3 J]
18. A thin rod of mass 400 g is 1m long. It is held in a vertical position at rest; with one end pivoted to
ground. It is given a fluck so that it starts moving a vertical plane. What is linear speed of free end of
rod as it just hits ground? g = 10ms–2
[Ans: 5.48 ms–1]
R
19. A uniform circular disc of radius R has a part of radius cut out. The mass of remaining annular
2
disc is M. Calculate M.I about an axis through center of mass and perpendicular to plane of disc.
37 Ma 2
[Ans: ]
72
20. A cylinder of mass 5 kg diameter 60 cm is at rest and free to rotate about its own axis. It is given
angular impluses, each of magnitude 3 kg m2s–1 at a regular interval of 4s. What is angular speed of
cylinder 30s after first impluse?
[Ans: 106.6 rad s–1]
21. A cylinder of mass M, radius R is held at rest in a horizontal position by suspending the cylinder from
a rigid support by two massless, inextensible strings wrapped around it. The system is let go at t = 0.
(i) What is the instantaneous angular speed of cylinder?
(ii) What is tension in each string?
2g 1
[Ans: t; Mg ]
3R 6
619
22. A body of mass M, has radius of gyration k about its own axis. It rolls down a rough inclined plane
of inclincation from rest without slipping. What is force of friction acting on body?
Mg sin
2
[Ans: 1 R2 ]
k
23. A disc; hollow sphere and solid sphere have same mass and radius. The three are released together
from top of inclined plane. k is coefficient of friction between inclined plane and each body. The
disc and hollow sphere slip down the inclined plane. The solid sphere rolls down without slipping. t1,
t2 and t3 is time taken by the three to reach the bottom of inclined plane. Given k = 0.5, .
4
What is t1, t2 and t3?
1 1
4 2 2 14 2 2
[Ans: t1 t 2 , t 3 ]
g g
24. A uniform cylinder of mass M, radius R is released from rest from top of a rough inclined plane of
inclincation . It rolls down the inclined without slipping. What is K.E of cylinder at bottom of
inclined plane?
11
[Ans: Mg sin ]
12
25.
Fig. 34
In Fig. 34 AB is a smooth curved track in a vertical plane. A particle of mass m is released from rest
at A. It gets off track at B and moves on a smooth horizontal surface. B then hits a thin vertical rod
at rest at its end Q and sticks to rod. The rod is free to rotate about a horizontal axis through end P.
What is maximum angular deflection of rod? Mass of rod = 2 m.
1 3m
[Ans: cos 1 ]
10L
620
621
QUESTION BANK
622
Key Learning Points
1. A rigid body does not change its shape or size when external force (s) act on it.
2. It can have
(a) translational motion
(b) rotational motion about a fixed axis
(c) both translational and rotational motion simultaneously.
3. To describe only translational motion in space; we use the concept of center of mass. The center of
mass is a point where the entire mass of the body is imagined to be concentrated.
For a collection of point masses m1, m2, ....... mj ........ mn having position vectors ; r1, r2 ,.....rj ,......rn ;
m r
j1
j j
R n
m
j1
j
R
dv r
dv
where dm = dv is an elementary mass on body around a point having position r .
4. The equation of translational motion of C.M is
d2R Total
M 2
MA Fext
dt
Total
Fext is resultant of all external forces on body if there were acting at center of mass.
5. For a rigid body having a pure rotational motion about a fixed axis; every point mass making body
moves in circular path. The radius rj of circular path of jth particle is its perpendicular distance from
axis of rotation. rj is different for different point masses making body. The angular speed, j , of
every point is same. The linear speed, vj, of jth masses is
v j rj
623
6. The quantity of rotational motion of a particle of mass m, having velocity v when its instantaneous
position vector r, is known as its angular momentum or moment of momentum . By definition
r p
= magnitude of p distance of line of action of p from point O about which angular momentum
is calculated.
7. For a large collection of point masses;
L = Total angular momentum of system.
n n
j rj p j
j1 j1
For a rigid body rotating about a fixed axis, it can be shown, that
L I
I = Moment of inertia of rigid body about axis of rotation.
= angular speed of rigid body..
8. The torque; ; of a force about a point O is r F . r is the position vector of point, P where force
acts w.r.t point O.
9. Torque is also known as moment of force. It is cause of rotational motion.
10. The equation of rotational motion is
dL
dt
For a body rotating about a fixed axis it reduces to
I
= angular acceleration of rigid body.
I = M.I of rigid body about axis of rotation.
11. The law of conservation of angular momentum states that if there is no net external torque, the
angular momentum is a constant.
12. The rotational inertia of a body is known as moment of inertia (I). For a point mass, m, moving in a
circle of radius r, the moment of inertia I = rm2. For a discrete collection of point masses;
n
I m jrj2
j1
624
rj is perpendicular distance of jth mass from axis of rotation.
For a body, having a continuous distribution of mass;
I dm r 2 dv r 2
t 0 t
1
0 t t 2
2
2 2
t 0 2
625
18. For a body having simultaneous rotational and translational motion; the motion is described in terms
of
(a) The translational motion of C.M of body. The equation of translational motion is
MA = F
A = Linear acceleration of C.M, F = Resultant of all forces as it they were acting on C.M.
(b) The rotational motion is described in terms of rotation about an axis through C.M. The equation
of rotational motions is
I
= angular acceleration of rigid body. I = M.I of rigid body about axis through C.M. is net
external torque.
(c) For body rolling down without slipping;
v R and A R
19. For a body rolling without slipping kinetic energy has two parts:
(a) Translation K.E. (KT) of C.M. It is
1
KT MV2
2
V = velocity of C.M of body.
1 2
(b) Rotational K.E (KR) = I
2
For body rolling down with slipping V R
20. For a body of circular cross-section rolling down a rough inclined plane of inclincation , without
slipping; the linear acceleration, a of C.M is
g sin
a
I
1 2
MR
21. The law of conservation of energy is a convenient tool to describe motion of a body rolling down
without slipping.
626
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Average Centre of Mass
1. Particle A of mass 2m and B of mass 4m are placed at x = –a and x = +2a respectively on
x–axis. What % of mass of B be transerred to A so that the centre of mass of the system
shifts to origin of co-ordinates?
(1) 25% (Incorrect)
(2) 50% (Correct)
(3) 75% (Incorrect)
(4) 100% (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Fig. 1
Let m1 be mass moved from B to A as shown in Fig. 1(b). The co-ordinates of C.M is at origin of
co-ordinates i.e. X = 0
0
2m m1 a 4m m1 2a
6m
or (2m + m1) = 2 (4m – m1)
m1 2m
m1
100 = Percentage of mass of B transferred = 50%
4m
r1 i 2j k;
r 4i j 2k;
2
r ?
3
627
in such a manner that center of mass of system is at R i j. r3 is
or 4 i j 5 2 x i 1 2y j 1 2z k
Equating coefficient of i, j and k we have
4 = 5 + 2x .....(i)
4 = 1 + 2y .....(ii)
0 = 1 + 2z .....(iii)
1 3 1
Therefore x ; y ; z . Obviously
2 2 2
r3 i 3j k
2
3. ABC is an equilateral triangle of side . O is centeroid of triangle. Mass m each are placed
at A, B and C. A mass of 2m is placed at O choosing O as origin of co-ordinates and x, y–
axis as shown in Fig. 2; the co-ordinates of C.M of the arrangement are:
628
Fig. 2
3
(1) 0; (Incorrect)
2
3
(2) ; (Incorrect)
2 2
(3) ; 0 (Incorrect)
2
(4) 0; (Correct)
5 3
For the system shown co-ordinates of A ; ; B ; C 0; and 0 0,0 . Let X
2 2 3 2 2 3 3
and Y be the co-ordinates of C.M. Then
m m m 0 ; 2m 0
2 2
X 0
5m
m m 2m
Y
2 3 2 3 3
5m 5 3
629
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Average Centre of Mass
4. OAB is an equilaterial triangle of side . C, D and E are midpoints of the three sides.
Points mass are placed on these points as shown in Fig. 3. The co-ordinates of C.M of
system are
(1) , (Incorrect)
2 2
3
(2) , (Incorrect)
2 2
(3) 2, (Correct)
2 3
3
(4) , (Incorrect)
2 2
3
0 0, 0 ; A , 0 . B ,
2 2
3 3 3
C ; 0 ; D ' ; E ,
2 4 4 4 4
9m
2 9m 2
630
3 3 3
m 0 m 0 m 2m 0 2m 2m
2 4 4
Y
9m
3 3m
2 9m 2 3
R
(1) (Incorrect)
3
R
(2) (Incorrect)
2
2R
(3) (Correct)
3
3R
(4) (Incorrect)
8
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Fig. 4
Fig. 4 shows a uniform circular disc of radius R. Consider the disc as made up of coincentric semi-circular
rings. The radius of rings varies from 0 to R. By symmetry the center of mass lies on y–axis. Consider an
elementary ring of radius r thickness dr as shown in Fig. 4.
dm = Mass of elementary ring considered
631
rdr ; mass / area constant
rdm
0
Y = Cordinate of C.M R
dm
0
R
3
2 R
r dr 2R
= 0R 32
R 3
0 rdr 2
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Difficult Centre of Mass
R
6. From a uniform circular disc of radius R a part of radius is cut–out with center at 01 as
4
shown in Fig. 5. The center of mass of the remaining part of disc is at:
R R
(1) X ; Y (Incorrect)
20 20
R R
(2) X ; Y (Incorrect)
20 2 20 2
R R
(3) X ; Y (Correct)
20 2 20 2
R R
(4) X ; Y (Incorrect)
20 2 20 2
Correct answer: (3)
632
Solution:
m
Let m be mass of complete disc of radius R.The mass m1 of the part removed is . To obtain C.M of
16
m
remaining disc we consider mass m to be plaed at O and 16 at O1 as shown in Fig. 6. Distance
3R 3 R 1 3R 1
OO1 . The co-ordinates of O1 are ;
4 4 2 4 2
The co-ordinates (X, Y) of C.M are:
m 3R
m 0
X 16 4 2 R
m
m 20 2
16
Fig. 6
R
Similarly Y
20 2
Fig. 7
633
r2a r2b
(1) x ; y (Incorrect)
R 2 r2 R 2 r2
r2a 2r 2 b
(2) x 2 2 ; y (Correct)
R r R 2 r2
r 2a 2r 2 b
(3) x 2 2 ; y 2 2 (Incorrect)
R r R r
r 2a r2b
(4) x 2 2 ; y 2 2 (Incorrect)
R r R r
O2 = r 2 2 2r 2
m 0 m1 a m 2 0
X
m m1 m 2
m1a r 2a
m m1 m
2
R 2
r 2
2r 2
r 2a
2 2
R r
634
Similarly,
m 0 m1 0 m 2 b
Y
m m1 m 2
2r 2 .b 2r 2 b
R 2 r 2 2r 2 R 2 r 2
0 L x
635
(1) zero (Incorrect)
L
(2) (Incorrect)
3
L
(3) (Incorrect)
4
L
(4) (Incorrect)
6
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
L
For uniform rod OA, the center of mass X0 . For non-uniform rod, the position X, of C.M is
2
L L
xdx
0
0 L x xdx
0
X L
L
dx 0 L x dx
0 0
L3 L3
2 3 3
L 2 L
2 L2 6 L2 3
L
2
L L L
The change in position of C.M
2 3 6
2a
(2) v0 (Incorrect)
636
a
(3) 2v0 (Incorrect)
3a
(4) 2v0 (Correct)
m 0 2m 3a
X0 2a
m 2m
m 0 2mv0 2v
0
m 2m 3
When B starts moving towards A; there is no external force. The speed of center of mass remains same at
all times. The instantaneous positon, X of C.M is
2v
X X0 v0 t 2a 0 t
3
Let X = a at t = t1. Then
2v
a 2a 0 t1
3
3a
t1
2v0
637
Fig. 10
1 F 2 1 F 2
(1) S t ; S1 t (Incorrect)
2 m1 2 m2
1 F 2 1 F 2
(2) S t ; S1 t (Incorrect)
2 m1 m 2 2 m1
1 Ft 2 1 F 2
(3) S ; S1 D t (Correct)
2 m1 m 2 2 m2
1 Ft 2 1 F 2
(4) S ; S1 D t (Incorrect)
2 m2 2 m2
F
a2
m2
m1a1 m2a 2 F
ac constant
m1 m2 m1 m2
S = Distance travelled by C.M in time t
1 1 Ft 2
ac t2
2 2 m1 m 2
638
= D + distance travelled by m2 in time t
1 2 1 Ft 2
D a 2t D
2 2 m2
4m L mv0 t
X 0.8L 0.2v0 t
4m m
639
X vs t graph is a straight line. Also X (t = 0) = 0.8L
2L
Let P reach end A of rod at t = t1 = v . Then
0
L 1 2
(1) at (Incorrect)
2 2
M 2m L 1 ma 2
(2) t (Correct)
2M m 2 M m
L Ma 2
(3) 2 2 M m t (Incorrect)
ML ma 2
(4) M m 2 M m t (Incorrect)
L
The mass M of rod is considered as concentrated at its midpoint O1; x1 . Let P be the instantaneous
2
position of particle on rod. The instantaneous position
co-ordinate of P
1
x 2 L at 2
2
X = The instantaneous position co-ordinate of C.M Fig. 12
640
L
M
m x1 m x2 2 m L 1 at 2
Mm M m M m 2
M 2m ma 2
L t
2M m 2M m
641
0.2 10 0.5 1
v0 ms
0.5
= 4.2 ms–1
Solution:
m1u1 m2u2
V0 constant .....(i)
m1 m2
Let v1c and v2c be velocity of A and B in C.M frame of reference. Then
Pc = zero
642
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Average Centre of Mass
16. Two point masses m1 and m2 are at rest a distance 2D apart. At t = 0; the two start moving
towards one another, under their mutual force of interaction. What is distance travelled by
the center of mass when separation between particle is reduced to D?
(1) zero (Correct)
(2) D/2 (Incorrect)
(3) Less than D/2 (Incorrect)
(4) More than D/2 but less than D (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Fig. 12 shows position of masses m1 and m2 at t = 0.
X0 = Initial co-ordinate of C.M
m1 0 m 2 2D 2m 2 D
m1 m 2 m1 m 2 Fig. 12
V0 = The initial velocity of C.M
m1 0 m 2 0
0
m1 m 2
d2X
m1 m2 0
dt
Note there is no external force. Masses move towards one another due to their mutual force of interaction,
which is an internal force. Therefore
d 2 X dV
0
dt 2 dt
V V0 0
The center of mass is initially at rest and it remains at rest throughout. Therefore distance travelled by
center of mass is zero.
643
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Easy Angular Momentum
17. A particle of mass m, moves with a velocity v v0 j, v0 is costant along a straight line
parallel to Y–axis as shown in Fig. 13. P is the instantaneous position of particle. r and
are as shown in Fig. 13. The instantaneous angular momentum L0 of P about origin O; is
Since there is no external force i.e. Fext 0 ; there is no external torque, therefore L is constant.
644
(1) m (Incorrect)
m 2
(2) (Incorrect)
m 3
(3) (Correct)
2
(4) m (Incorrect)
2 2
or R
R
The magnitude of linear momentum of particle = m . The magnitude of angular momentum; ; about O is
2 m3
p R m
Fig. 14
Two particle P and Q of mass m and 2m are moving in the plane of page as shown in Fig. 14
The angular momentum of the two particle system about point O is
645
(1) mv0a; clockwise (Incorrect)
(2) 4mv0b; anticlockwise (Incorrect)
(3) mv0 (a+2b); clockwise (Incorrect)
(4) mv0 [4b – a] anticlockwise (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
L = Total angular momentum of the two particle system about point O = LP + LQ
LP = Angular momentum of P about O = mv0a; clockwise
LQ = Angular momentum of Q about O = 4mv0b; anticlockwise
L LQ L P
= mv0 [4b–a]
The direction of L is anticlockwise
v v
(2) ; (Incorrect)
R R
646
2v v
(3) ; (Incorrect)
R R
2v v
(4) ; (Incorrect)
R 2R
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
For “disc-mass system”; there is no external force, therefore no external torque. The angular momentum of
system is conserved.
Li = LDISC + Lmass = 0 + mvR
Lf = I0
1
I = IDISC + Imass = 2m R 2 mR 2 2mR 2
2
v
mvR 2mR 2 0 or 0
2R
The mass m moves on disc, somehow on its own i.e. there is no external force. Angular momentum is again
conserved.
I' I DISC mR 2
2mR 2 v
' 2 0
20
mR R
647
mv02 sin 2
(2) (Incorrect)
g
v20 sin 2
where OP = R = = horizontal range of P.. Fig. 16
g
(1) 1 2 (Incorrect)
648
(2) 1 2 (Incorrect)
(3) 1 0 (Incorrect)
(4) 1 (Correct)
m1m 2 2 2
(1) .n (Incorrect)
m1 m 2
mm
(2) 2 1 2 2 .n (Correct)
m1 m 2
m1m 2 2 n 2
(3) . 2 (Incorrect)
m1 m 2 2
Fig. 17
649
The moment of inertia (J) of the system about axis through C.M (O) and perpendicular to AB is
I m1 x12 m1 x22
m 2 m1
x1 ; x2
m1 m 2 m1 m 2
2 2
m 2 m
I m1 m2
m1 m 2 m1 m 2
m1m 2 2
m1 m 2
L I
mm
2 1 2 2 n
m1 m 2
(2) T r 2 (Incorrect)
(3) T r 3 (Correct)
650
Solution:
Let be the instantaneous angular speed of stone when instantaneous radius of circle is r. The angular
momentum , of stone about center of circle.
mr 2 constant .....(i)
The instantaneous tension T in string provides necessary centeipetal force. Therefore,
T mr 2
2
mr 2 [Clf = n (i)]
mr
2
Since and m are constant, therefore
mr 3
T r 3
Fig. 18
A thin uniform rod AB of mass 2m has length 2L. The rod is pivoted at midpoint O on a
smooth horizontal surface. A particle P of mass m moving with speed v0 as shown in Fig. 18;
hits rod at point C and sticks to it. The rod-mass system rotates with an angular speed .
Then
2
(1) v0 L (Incorrect)
3
11
(2) v0 L (Correct)
6
651
7
(3) v0 L (Incorrect)
12
5
(4) v0 L (Incorrect)
12
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Consider “rod-particle system”. Since there is no external force angular momentum of system is conserved.
Li = Initial angular momentum of system about O = mv0 (L/2)
Lf = Final angular momentum of system about O = I .
I = M.I of rod particle system about axis through midpoint O and perpendicular to length of rod
2
1 2
2m 2 m
12 2
2 2 m 2 11 2
m m
3 4 12
From law of conservation of angular momentum
mv0 L 11 2
Li = Lf or m
2 12
11
v0
6
v
(1) (Incorrect)
R
652
v
(2) (Correct)
2R
2v
(3) (Incorrect)
R
3 v
(4) (Incorrect)
2R
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Consider disc-particle system; there is no external force and therefore no external torque. The angular
momentum of system about O is conserved.
Li = The total initial angular momentum = mvR
Lf = The total final angular momentum = (Idisc + Iparticle)
1
2m R 2 mR 2 2mR 2
2
Now, Li = Lf ; therefore
mvR 2mR 2
v
2R
Fig. 20
653
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
As bead slides along chord PQ there is no external force and therefore no external torque. The angular
momentum of system remains constant. However the M.I (I) of the system varies as bead moves. The M.I
decreases becomes minimum when bead is at middle of chord PQ and then increases. M.I with bead at
end P and Q is same. Therefore first increases accquires a maximum value when I is minimum and then
starts decreasing. Final value of 0 when bead reaches end Q. The variation of I is non-linear as
shown in (4).
Fig. 21
654
(1) Angular speed and total energy (Incorrect)
(2) Angular momentum and moment of inertia (Incorrect)
(3) Total energy (i.e. sum of kinetic and potential energy) and total angular momentum (Correct)
(4) Kinetic energy and angular momentum (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
As beads slide down sides PQ and PR there is no external force (sides of PQR are smooth) and
therefore no external torque. The total angular momentum of system is, therefore, conserved.
As beads slide down the beads lose gravitational potential, but their is a gain in K.E. The total energy is,
therefore, conserved.
29. A charged particle having charge q; mass m is under the action of an electric field E E 0 i .
At some instant of time its position co-ordinates are (a, b). What is the magnitude of torque
of force on particle due to electric field about origin of co-ordinates at this moment of time?
(1) zero (Incorrect)
(2) qE0.a (Incorrect)
(3) qE0.b (Correct)
(4) qE0a.b (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
r ai bj
The instantaneous torque r F
ai bj qE 0 i
qE 0 b k
655
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Average Torque
30. In a hypothetical region of space gravitational force is
F
k r
5
r 2
where k is a constant. In this region a planet of mass m moves around another body of
mass M. The torque of gravitational force on m due to M; about position of M is (r is
position vector of m with respct to M)
(1) zero (Correct)
k
(2) 3 (Incorrect)
r2
(3) kr (Incorrect)
k
(4) (Incorrect)
r
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Since the gravitational force is still a radial force i.e. is directed along the line joining m and M; torque of
gravitational force on m due to M, about position of M, is zero. The perpendicular distance of line of action
of F from poistion of M is zero.
(2) F0 b j (Incorrect)
(3) F0 a 2b k (Correct)
656
(4) F0 2a b k (Incorrect)
r F1 F2
2F0 b j i F0a i j
F0 a 2b k
32. A force F1 0.5j newton acts at a point having position co-ordinate r1 3i meter. Another
force F2 0.6i acts at a point having position vector r2 4j meter. The net torque of the
two forces about origin of co-ordinates is
(1) zero (Incorrect)
2 3.9 N m; k
658
Fig. 23
(1) zero (Incorrect)
(2) a uniform torque (Incorrect)
(3) a non-uniform torque of constant magnitude (Incorrect)
(4) a non-uniform torque of constant direction (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Due to flick imparted to rod the rod rotates in a vertical plane (X-Y plane) about axis through end O. Let
be the instantaneous angle rod makes with vertical as shown in Fig. 24. Then
L L
sin i cos j
2 2
The instantaneous torque about O due to weight of rod is
rF
L L
= sin i cos j mg j Fig. 24
2 2
mgL
sin k
2
The magnitude of torque changes with time t because varies with time. However direction of is same
at all times.
659
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Average Torque
35. A cylinder of mass M is placed on a smooth inclined plane of inclincation as shown in
Fig. 25. A massless rope is passing around cylinder. One end of rope is fixed as shown. The
other end of rope is pulled upwards with a force F with rope kept vertical. The cylinder is in
equilibrium if
Fig. 25
(1) F = Mg sin (Incorrect)
Mg sin
(3) F (Correct)
1 sin
Mg cos
(4) F (Incorrect)
1 sin
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
The forces acting on cylinder are shown in Fig. 26. Taking moment of
forces about point A at equilibrium.
Mg (AB) = F. CD
= F (CO + OD)
or Mg r sin = F (r + r sin )
where OA = r = The radius of cylinder. Therefore
M g s in Fig. 26
F
1 sin
660
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Average Moment of Inertia
36. A uniform ring of mass M radius R has two identical beads P and Q each of mass m; free to
move along it. Initially beads are in position P and Q. The M.I of “ring-bead” system about
axis through center O and perpendicular to plane of ring is I. The beads are moved to
position P’ and Q’ as shown in Fig. 27. The M.I of system is now I’. Then
MR 2 mR 2 mR 2
M 2m R 2
When beads move to position P´ and Q´ their perpendicular distance from axis of rotation remain same.
Hence I´ = I
661
Fig. 28
1
I ring I P I Q 2m R 2 mR 2
2
IP and IQ is zero because beads are lying on the axis of rotation. Their perpendicular distance from axis of
rotation is zero.
I´ = The final M.I of ring bead system
1 2 2
2m R 2 m R sin m R sin
2
mR 2 mR 2 sin 2 sin 2
662
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Average Moment of Inertia
38. A uniform wire of length 2L, mass per unit length is bent into a circular loop of 2 turns.
The M.I of the loop about any tangent in its own plane is
3L3
(1) (Correct)
4 2
L3
(2) (Incorrect)
2
2L3
(3) (Incorrect)
2
L2
(4) (Incorrect)
2 2
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
M = Total mass of circular loop = Mass of wire = 2L
Let r be radius of each turn of circular loop formed. Then
L
2 2r 2L or r
2
The M.I of one turn about any tangent in its own plane.
1M M
r2 r2
2 2 2
2
3Mr 2 3M L 3ML2
4 4 2 16 2
663
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Difficult Moment of Inertia
39. Three thin rods each of mass m; length are joined to form a hollow equilateral triangle
ABC. The M.I of the system about an axis through centeroid O of triangle and perpendicular
to its plane is same as M.I of ring of mass M radius about axis through its center and
perpendicular to the plane of ring. Then
(1) M = 3m (Incorrect)
3
(2) M m (Incorrect)
2
(3) M=m (Incorrect)
m
(4) M (Correct)
2
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
In Fig. 29 AB, BC and AC are the three rods. O is centeroid of the triangle.
x = OD = OE = OF
= Perpendicular distance of each rod from axis of rotation.
From right angled triangle O A D
x
tan 300 x Fig. 29
2
2 3
Let I1 be M.I of any rod about axis through O and perpendicular to plane of triangle. Using theorem of
parallel axis.
2
m 2 2 m 2 m 2
I1 m x m 6
12 12 2 3
m 2
I = The total M.I of the system = 3I1
2
Given I M 2 . Therefore,
m
M .
2
664
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Difficult M.I
40. A thin non-uniform rod OA of lengh L is placed along X–axis with one end O at origin of co-
ordinates. The linear mass density at a point distance x from O is
0 x
ML2
(1) (Incorrect)
9
2ML2
(2) (Incorrect)
9
4ML2
(3) (Incorrect)
9
ML2
(4) (Correct)
18
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Let M be the total mass of rod. Then
L L
0 L2
M dx 0 xdx .....(i)
0 0 2
L L
xdm 0 x 2 dx Fig. 31
0 0 2
X L
L
L
3
dm 0 xdx
0 0
YOY´ is axis through C.M perpendicular to length of rod. PQ is an elementary mass, dm, as shown in
Fig. 31
665
2
2 2L
dI dm X x 0 x xdx
3
L 2
2L L4 ML2
I 0 x xdx 0
0 3 36 18
ML2
sin 2
12
I is graph is as shown in (3)
666
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Difficult Moment of Inertia
42. PQRS is a square lamina of side a. The M.I of lamina about XOX´ as axis is I. The M.I
about line CD as axis is
(1) I (Correct)
(2) I cos Fig. 32 (Incorrect)
667
By definition,
2 2
I m x ; I" m y
and I´ equals II´´ as the square is completely symmetrical about any two mutually perpendicular lines
through center O.
Also m x '.y ' 0 . The body balances about its center of gravity O. Therefore
m g.y ' 0
We can rewrite Eqn. (i) as
I I sin 2 cos 2 I
R
(1) (Incorrect)
2
3R
(2) (Incorrect)
5
2R
(3) (Correct)
3
3R
(4) (Incorrect)
2
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
The symmetry axis of sphere is any diameter of sphere. Therefore
2
I MR 2 .....(i)
5
668
Let r be radius of disc into which sphere is reshaped. Mass of disc is same as that of sphere i.e. M. The
M.I, I; of disc about given axis is
Mr 2 3
I Mr 2 Mr 2 .....(ii)
2 2
Given I I. Therefore
5
3 3 2 2 2
Mr MR
5 2 5
2
or r R
3
44. A uniform wooden cylinder has mass M; radius R, length L = 3 R . I is M.I of cylinder
about an axis through its midpoint and perpendicular to its length. The cylinder is shaved
reducing its radius till its mass becomes 50% of its earlier value. I´ is moment of inertia of
cylinder now about same axis as beofre. The fractional change in M.I of cylinder is
(1) –1 (Incorrect)
(2) – 0.5 (Incorrect)
(3) – 5/8 (Correct)
(4) –5/16 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
I = M.I of cyilnder about an axis through its midpoint and perpendicular to the length of cylinder.
2
2 3R MR 2
R 2 L2
M
*
M
R
4 12 4 12 2
669
Let r be radius of shaved cylinder. Then
1
mass of shaved cylinder mass of given cylinder
2
1 R2
r 2 L R 2 L r2
2 2
I´ = M.I of “shaved” cylinder about given axis.
2
3R 3
M r 2 L2 M R 2
MR 2
2 4 12 2 8 12 16
5
I = Change in M.I = I´– I MR 2
16
I 5
= Fractional change in M.I
I 8
3R 4
(1) (Incorrect)
8
Fig. 34
5R 4
(2) (Incorrect)
4
19R 4
(3) (Correct)
8
19R 4
(4) (Incorrect)
16
670
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Let I1 be moment of inertia, of the part of radius R about given axis;. Then
3 R 2 3R 4
I1
4
R 2
2 8
Let I2 be the moment of inertia of the part of radius 2R about given axis. Then
1 2
2R 2 4
I2 2R 2R
4 2
3 19R 4
I1 I 2 2 R 4
8 8
1
(2) 2 4 3
(Incorrect)
1
(3) 2 3 2 3 (Correct)
(4)
3 2 3
(Incorrect)
2
Correct answer: (3)
671
Solution:
Fig. 35 shows the wheel. The mass of rim = M1 = 2R . Mass of each spoke = M2 = R . The symmetry
axis is axis through center O and perpendicular to plane of wheel. The M.I., about symmetry axis.
1
I M1R 2 12 M 2R 2
3
4
R 3 2 .....(i)
3
1 L3
I L L2 .....(ii)
12 12 Fig. 35
From Eqn. (i) and (ii) we have
3
6 4 L
3
R
3 12
L 1 1
4 6 4 3 2 3 2 3
R
(2) I1 I2 I3 (Incorrect)
672
(4) I3 < I2 > I1 (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Let h be perpendicular distance of point P from XOX´. Consider diameter X1OX1 parallel to chord P1.
The perpendicular distance of P1 from X1OX1 is h´. Therefore
1 2
I1 MR 2 M h '
2
Similarly,
MR 2
I2 Mh 2
2
MR 2 2 Fig. 37
and I3 M h "
2
4
1 R 2
(1) Fig. 38 (Incorrect)
2 R1
4
1 2 R 2
(2) (Correct)
2 1 R 1
673
4
1 1 R 1
(3) (Incorrect)
2 2 R 2
2
1 R 2 2
(4) (Incorrect)
2 R 11
2
R R 4
I1 1 1 1 R 12 1 1 1 .....(i)
2 2 2 2
4
R
I2 2 1 2 .....(ii)
2 2
4 4
1 R 1 1 2 R 2 2
2 2 2 2
4
1 2 R 2
2 1 R 1
R
49. A uniform circular disc has radius R. A part of radius has been cut-
2
out as shown in Fig. 39. M is mass of annular disc. The M.I about an
axis through O1 and perpendicular to plane of disc is
Fig. 39
674
23
(1) MR 2 (Correct)
24
7
(2) MR 2 (Incorrect)
24
23
(3) MR 2 (Incorrect)
32
23
(4) MR 2 (Incorrect)
30
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let M1 be mass of complete disc of radius R. Its M.I; I1, about axis considered is (using theorem of parallel
axis).
2
M R2 R 3M1R
2
I1 1 M1 .....(i)
2 2 4
M1
Let M2 be mass of part of disc cut-out. Obviously M 2 . The M.I, I2, of this part about given axis is
4
2
M2 R M1R 2
I2 .....(ii)
2 2 32
23
I I1 I 2 M1R 2 .....(iii)
32
M1 M1 4
The mass, M, of annular disc is M1 3 or M1 M
4 4 3
Therefore,
23 4 2 23
I MR MR 2
32 3 24
675
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Difficult Moment of Intertia
50. A hemisphere of mass M; radius R is rotating about a chord parallel to its diameter at a
3R
perpendicular distance of as axis. The radius of gyration about the axis of rotation is
4
3R
(Given center of mass of hemisphere is at a height of from the base).
8
R
(1) (Incorrect)
5
2
(2) R (Correct)
5
5R
(3) (Incorrect)
4
R
(4) (Incorrect)
10
Fig. 40
2
Fig. 40 shows hemisphere X1OX´1 is a diameter. The M.I, I1 about XOX´ as axis MR 2 . In Fig. 40,
5
G is position of C.G. of hemisphere X1GX´1 is axis through C.G. parallel to diameter XOX´. Let Ig be M.I
about X1GX´1 as axis. From theorem of parallel axis.
2
3R
I1 Ig M
8
2 9 83
or Ig MR 2 MR 2 .....(i)
5 64 320
676
In Fig. 40 AB is the desired axis about which radius of gyration, k is to be calculated. Let I2 be M.I about
AB as axis. From Theorem of parallel axes
2
3R 3R
I 2 Ig M
4 8
83 9 2
MR 2 MR 2
320 64 5
2
k R
5
L
(3) h (Incorrect)
R
R
(4) h (Incorrect)
4
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let Im and J denote the linear and angular impluse imparted to cylinder. By definition.
I m F.dt .....(i)
677
J .dt F.h dt .....(ii)
J Im h .....(iii)
Let v be the velocity of center of mass and the angular speed of cylinder, just after impluse has been
imparted. Obivously
Im = Change in linear momentum
= MV 0 MV .....(iv)
1
MR 2 .....(v)
2
From Eqn. (iii), (iv) and (v); we have
1
MR 2 MVh
2
R
h
2
MR 2 20
(2) (Correct)
20
678
MR 2 20
(3) (Incorrect)
5
MR 2 20
(4) (Incorrect)
4
Solution:
Let I1; J1 and K1 denote the moment of inertia; angular momentum and rotational K.E. of rotating disc.
Then
1 MR 2 0 J2
I1 MR 2 ; J1 I11 and K1 1
2 2 2I1
The ring has been placed on rotating disc and the system has accquired a stready state angular speed .
Let I2; J2 and K2 be the corresponding quantities for the system. Then
2 2
1 M R 5MR
I 2 MR 2
2 2 2 8
J 22 J2
and K2 1 J1 J 2
2I2 2I 2
J12 1 1
K = Change in rotational K.E. = K1 K 2
2 I1 I2
J12 2 8 J12
MR 2 5MR 2 5MR 2
2
MR 2 02
20
679
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Average Moment of Inertia
53. A uniform sphere of mass M; radius R has M.I, I about any diameter as axis. The sphere
is recast into a cube. The M.I of cube about an axis through its mid-point parallel to any
side of cube is
1
(1) (Incorrect)
8
3
(2) 2
I (Incorrect)
2
5 3
(3) I (Correct)
3 6
(4) I (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
The moment of inertia, I, of sphere about diameter as axis is
2
I MR 2
5
Let L be the side of the cube formed when sphere is recast. Then
4 3
M R L3
3
1
3
4
or L R
3
I1 = M.I. of cube about given axis
2
L2 L2 ML2 M 4 3 2
M R
12 6 6 3
2
2 3
1 4 3 5 5 4
I I
6 3 2 3 3 4 32
2
5 3
I
3 6
680
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Average Moment of Intertia
54. The radius of gyration of a solid shpere of mass M, radius R about some axis is 2 R . By
what distance the axis of rotation be shifted so that radius of gyration becomes 2R?
Let I1 be M.I of sphere about axis having k1 2 R . Let h1 be distance of the axis from a parallel axis
through C.G. From theorem of parallel axis.
2
M 2R Ig Mh12
2
2MR 2 MR 2 Mh12
5
8
or h1 R 1.6 R .....(i)
5
Let h2 be distance of second axis from a parallel axis through C.G., so that I 2 Mk 22 and k 2 2R .
Obvisouly
2 2
M 2R MR 2 Mh 22
5
18
h2 .R 3.6 R .....(ii)
5
Change in position of axis of rotation.
h 2 h1 3.6 1.6 R
681
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Difficult Moment of Inertia
55. A thin rod AB of length 2L is made up of two equal parts AO
and OB of different materials. 1 and 2 is mass per unit
lenth of the two parts of rod. What is moment of intertia of
rod about an axis through one end A and perpendicular to Fig. 42
length of rod?
L2
(1) 1 5 2 (Incorrect)
3
L2
(2) 1 7 2 (Incorrect)
3
L3
(3) 1 4 2 (Incorrect)
3
L3
(4) 1 7 2 (Correct)
3
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Let I1 be M.I of part AO about given axis. Axis passes through one end A
of rod; therefore
L2 1L3
I1 m1 m1 1L
3 3
Let I2 be moment of inertia of part OB of rod. Let Ig be M.I of part OB
about axist through its midpoint O1 and perpendicular to OB. Then
Fig. 43
L2 2 L3
Ig m 2
12 12
From theorem of parallel axis
2
3L L2 9
I2 Ig m 2 m 2 m 2 L2
2 12 4
682
7 7
m 2 L2 2 L3
3 3
I = M.I of complete rod about given axis.
L3
I1 I2 1 7 2
3
(4) 16 MR 2 (Correct)
2
2 3R
0.28 M
0.28 MR 2
12
2 2
5
MR 2 M 1 3 R
= 0.4 MR2 + 7.46 MR2 = 7.86 MR2
683
I = M.I of the arrangment about gives axis.
I1 2J 2 0.28 MR 2 2 7.86 MR 2
0.28 15.72 MR 2
= 16 MR2
(4) K1 K 2 ; K 2 K 3 (Incorrect)
a bt
a and b are constants. The number of revolutions it makes before it momentarily comes to
rest and begins to rotate in a direction opposite to the earlier is
a
(1) (Incorrect)
b
684
2a
(2) (Incorrect)
b2
2a 3
(3) (Incorrect)
3b 2
a3
(4) (Correct)
3b 2
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
The wheel has a non-uniformly acceleration motion. Given
d
a bt
dt
d a bt dt
0 0
bt 2
at .....(i)
2
2a
0 at t = t1, when wheel is momentarily at rest. Obvisouly t1 b . Let be the angular displacement
of wheel. We have
d bt 2
at
dt 2
t
bt 2 at 2 bt 3
0 0 2 dt
d at or
2 6
2 3
at12 b 3 a 2a b 2a 2a 3
at t t1 t1 2
2 6 2 b 6 b 3b
a3
The number of revolutions =
2 3b 2
685
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Average Equation of Motion
59. A motor of power 0.5 KW operates at a speed of 1500 r.p.m. under a given load. The motor
drives a pulley of radius 50 mm using a belt. The difference in tension between the two
parts of belt, in newton, is
200
(1) (Correct)
100
(2) (Incorrect)
(3) 100 (Incorrect)
(4) 200 (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
1500 2
Let be the torque produces by the motor when rotating at 1500 r.p.m. = rod / s .
60
We know
P
P or
0.5 103
Nm
1500
2
60
10
Nm
Let T T1 T2 be the difference in the tension in the two parts of belt. R = radius of pulley. Clearly
T1 T2 .R T .R
10
T 5 102
200
or T newton
686
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Difficult Equations of Rotational Motion
60. A thin rod OA of mass M, length L has a point mass m attached to its end A. The rod is in
a veritcal plane in gravity of earth. The end O of rod is pivoted. The rod is free to rotate
about a horizontal axis through O. The system is let go from rest in the position shown in
Fig. 45. The intial angular acceleration of the arrangment is
Fig. 45
3 g
(1) sin (Incorrect)
2 L
3m g sin
(2) (Incorrect)
M L
3 M m g sin
(3) (Incorrect)
M L
3 M 2m g sin
(4) (Correct)
2 M 3m L
MgL
sin mgL sin
2
Fig. 46
687
M M 2m
m gL sin gL sin
2 2
I = The M.I of system about horizontal axis through end O.
1 M 3m 2
ML2 mL2 L
3 3
3 M 2m g sin
The initial acceleration = I 2 M 3m L
Force of friction coming into play is not necessarily equal to the limiting friction.It is f; 0 f f t .
Friction does not act as a dissipative force. The loss in translation K.E., due to friction, is exactly equal to
gain in rotational K.E., which is due to force of friction.
688
(1) 0.4 ms–1 Fig. 47 (Incorrect)
(2) 0.3 ms–1 (Imcorrect)
(3) 0.5 ms–1 (Incorrect)
(4) 0.67 ms–1 (Correct)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Let (x, 0) and (0, y) be the instantaneous co-ordinates of end B and A respectively. The length AB = of
rod is 2 x 2 y 2
dx dy
0 2 x y
dt dt
dy x dx
or .....(i) Fig. 48
dt y dt
dx x 0.8 4
Obviously v B 0.5ms 1 (Given). Also cot 37
dt y 0.6 3
dy 4 4
vA v B 0.5 0.67 ms 1
dt 3 3
Negative sign indicates that end A moves vertially downwards.
689
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Average Angular Momentum
63. A thin rod OA of mass M; length L is free to rotate about an
axis through end O perpendicular to length of rod. A constant
fore F is applied at the end A of rod such that F is always
perpendicular to the original position of rod. The angular
momentum of rod when it has rotated through an angle of
300 is
Fig. 49
1
2
MFL
(1) (Incorrect)
3
1
MFL3
2
(2) (Correct)
3
1
2MFL3
2
(3) (Incorrect)
3
1
2MFL3
2
(4) (Incorrect)
3
w F cos d F cos
0
F sin .....(i)
Fig. 50
Let be the angular speed accquired by rod. From work energy theorem
K = Rotation K.E. of rod = w = F sin
The instantaneous angular momentum of rod
690
2FMl3 sin
J 2J K
3
FML3
J
3
Fig. 51
691
F1 F2
(1) (Incorrect)
M
2F1
(2) (Incorrect)
M
3F1
(3) (Correct)
M
3F2
(4) (Incorrect)
M
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Since there is no rotational motion of rod; the net torque on rod about its center O; due to applied forces
must be zero. Therefore,
L L
F1 F2
2 8
or F2 = 4F1 .....(i)
The net force on rod = F = F2 – F1 = 3F1
The linear acceleration, a, of rod is
3F1
a .....(ii)
M
Fig. 52
(1) g (Incorrect)
692
(2) 0.5 g (Correct)
(3) 0.67 g (Incorrect)
(4) 0.33 g (Incorrect)
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
Fig. 53(a) and (b) show free body diagram of mass m and pulley respectively.
T is tension in string. Let a be linear acceleration of m. Its equation of motion is
ma = mg – T .....(i)
Ma M
or gT
2 2
Let be the angular acceleration of pulley. Equation of rotational motion of Fig. 53
pulley is
1 2
I or MR TR .....(ii)
2
Since there is no slipping between pulley and string;
a R .....(iii)
From Eq ns (i), (ii) and (iii) we have
g
a
2
Fig. 54
693
g
(1) (Incorrect)
4
g
(2) (Incorrect)
5
4g
(3) (Correct)
5
3g
(4) (Incorrect)
5
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Let a be linear acceleration of mass m and T the tension in
string. f is force of friction coming into play between table
top and cylinder. Let be the angular acceleration of
cylinder.The linear acceleration of C.M of cylinder also is a.
Fig. 55 (a) and (b) show free-body diagram of mass m and
cylinder.The equations of motion are:
mg – T = ma .....(i)
T – f = 4 ma .....(ii) Fig. 55
T f R I .....(iii)
a R .....(iv)
From above equations;
4
a g
5
694
the bottom of inclined in 1 s. The shape of body is (g = 9.8 ms–2)
(1) Ring (Incorrect)
(2) Disc (Incorrect)
(3) Hollow sphere (Incorrect)
(4) Solid sphere (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
The slant side, ; of inclined plane is
h h
sin 30 or 2 0.875 m 1.75 m
sin 30
Let a be the linear acceleration of center of mass of body. Given
u = 0; S = = 1.75m; t = 1s; a = ?
1 2
1.75 a 1
2
or a = 3.5 ms–2 .....(i)
Let I be the M.I of the body about axis through its center of mass. We know
g sin
a
I
1 2
mR
9.8 0.5
3.5
I
1
mR 2
4.9
or I mR 2 1
3.5
2
mR 2
5
The body is a solid sphere.
695
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Difficult Equations of Motion
69. A body slides down a smooth iniclined plane of inclincation 300, vertical height, h. It starts
from rest from the top and accquires a speed v1 on reaching the bottom of inclined plane.
The body is recast in the shape of a uniform disc. The disc starts from rest from top of an
identical rough inclined plane 0.2 as before. It rolls down without slipping. It accquires
v2
a linear speed v2 as it reaches the bottom of the inclined plane is
v1
(1) 1 (Incorrect)
2
(2) (Correct)
3
2
(3) (Incorrect)
5
2
(4) (Incorrect)
7
The acceleration of body down smooth inclined plane is g sin . The speed v1 is
v1 2gh .....(i)
Let a be the linear acceleration of C.M of circular disc as it rolls down the inclined plane. Then
g sin
a g sin
1 2 3
2 mR
1 2
mR
2
v 22 2 g sin
3
696
4
gh h sin
3
v 22 4 2 v2 2
2
or
v1 3 2 3 v1 3
MR 2 12
(2) (Incorrect)
2
MR 2 12
(3) (Correct)
4
2MR 2 12
(4) (Incorrect)
3
Correct answer: (3)
Solution:
Fig. 56 shows cylinder with vertical string pulled up by a force F. As C.M of cylinder
is at rest; F = Mg. The torque; ; due to applied force about O is
F.R MgR
MR 2
The M.I of cylinder about its symmetry axis = I
2
2g
= The angular accleration of cylinder =
I R Fig. 56
697
Let be the total angle describe by cylinder as it accquires angular speed 1 . Then
2 2g
12 0 2
R
R12
4g
MR 2 12
4
Alternately,
1 1 1
w = Change in rotational KE . MR 2 12 MR 2 12
2 2 4
Fig. 57
698
M
dm 2xdx 2
R
2M
2 xdx
R
2Mg 2
dm g.x 2 x dx
R
2MgR
3
Let be angular retardation of disc
R
2Mg
3 4g
2
I MR 3R
2
4g
0; ; t?
3R
0 30 R
0 0 t or t
4g
600 600 2
Given 0 rpm rad s –1 20 rad s –1
60
3 20 0.2
t s
4 0.15 10
=2s
699
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Difficult Equation of Rotational Motion
72. A hollow sphere of mass M = 6m; radius R is filled with water of mass m. It is rolling
without slipping on a rough horizontal surface. The linear velocity of the system is v. The
energy of the arrangement is
(1) 4 mv2 (Incorrect)
(2) 4.5 mv2 (Incorrect)
(3) 5.0 mv2 (Incorrect)
(4) 5.5 mv2 (Correct)
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
The sphere has energy K1 due to both rotational and translation motion. Obvisouly
1 2 1
K1 6mR 2 .2 6m v 2
2 3 2
v R
1 2
K1 6mv 2 3mv2 5mv 2
2 3
The water inside sphere has only translational motion. Its energy K2 is
1
K2 mv 2 0.5 mv 2
2
K = The total energy of the system.
= K1 + K2 = 5.5 mv2
700
revolutions when its angular speed becomes 50% of its initial value. How many more
revolutions it will make in coming to rest?
(1) z (Correct)
(2) 2z (Incorrect)
z
(3) (Incorrect)
2
3z
(4) (Incorrect)
2
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let and denote the instantaneous acceleration and angular speed of disc. Given
d
k
dt
where k is a constant. Therefore
t
d
k 0 dt
0
0 e kt .....(i)
d
We know . Therefore
dt
d 0 e kt dt
t
kt
or d 0 e dt
0 0
0
1 e kt
R
n = Number of revolution completed in time t.
0 1 e kt .....(ii)
2 2k
701
0
Let at t = t1
2
From Eqn (i) we have
0 1
0 e kt1 or e kt1
2 2
From Eqn (ii) we have
0
nz 1 e kt1 0
2k 4k
Let N be total number of revolutions made by wheel in coming to rest, i.e. t . From Eqn (i)
0
N 2z
2k
The additional number of revolution mode = N – n
= 2z – z = z
m
(1) (Incorrect)
Mm
m
(2) (Incorrect)
m 2M
2m
(3) (Incorrect)
M 3m
702
5m
(4) (Correct)
5m 2m
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
Regarding ball and sphere as a system; there is no external force and therefore no external torque. The
angular momentum of system is conserved. Let v2 be linear speed of ball as it jumps off to table Q from
sphere. Let be angular speed accquired by sphere. Since there is no slipping between A and sphere,
v 2 R . Using law of conservation of angular momentum (Take angular momentum about point O).
2
mv1R MR 2 mv 2 R
5
2 v
mv1R MR 2 2 mv 2 R
5 R
2M
mv1 m v2
5
v2 5m
v1 5m 2M
Fig. 59
0
(1) (Incorrect)
11
2 0
(2) (Correct)
11
703
4 0
(3) (Incorrect)
13
20
(4) (Incorrect)
13
Correct answer: (2)
Solution:
There is no external force and therefore no external torque. The angular momentum of system is conserved.
1 M 1 4ML2
I1 IA IB L2 ML2
3 3 3 9
4ML2 0
L1 .....(i)
9
Fig. 60 shows the system when rod A is about to emerge out of B. Let I2 be
M.I of, arrangement about YY´ as axis.
2
1 M 2 1 2 3L Fig. 60
I 2 L ML M
3 3 12 2
22
ML2
9
22
= I2 ML2 .....(ii)
9
4M L2 0 22 2
M L2 or 0
9 9 11
704
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Difficult Equations of Rotational Motion
76. A cylinder of mass M; radius R is set into motion on a rough horizontal surface with a linear
v0
speed v0 in forward direction and an angular speed of in anticlockwise direction. is
3R
coefficient of friction between cylinder and horizontal surface. The linear speed of cylinder
when it starts rolling is:
v0
(1) (Incorrect)
2
4v0
(2) (Incorrect)
5
5v 0
(3) (Incorrect)
7
7v0
(4) (Correct)
9
Correct answer: (4)
Solution:
v0
Given 0 . Since v 0 R ; the cylinder slips an horizontal surface. Consider motion about an axis
3R
fixed to ground and passing through the instantaneous point of contact of cylinder with ground.There is no
net torque about this axis; therefore angular momentum is conserved. Let v and denote the linear and
angular speed when cylinder stops slipping i.e. it starts rolling. Then
1 2 1 2
MR 0 Mv 0 R MR MvR
2 2
1 v 1 v
MR 2 0 Mv 0 R MR 2 MvR
2 3R 2 R
7Mv 0 R 3MvR
6 2
7
v v0
9
705
Unit–5 : Rotational Motion
Difficult Equations of Rotational Motion
77. A uniform “Catherine Wheel” consists of many thin circular turns of a combustible material.
The wheel is free to rotate about a vertical axis through its center in a horizontal plane. The
combustile material burns at a constant rate producing a constant thrust F acting in the
tangential direction. The speed, , accquired by wheel, starting from rest, when its radius
is half of the initial value R is (M0 = Initial mass of Catherine wheel)
4FR
(1) M 0 (Correct)
2FR
(2) M0 (Incorrect)
2FR 2
(3) (Incorrect)
M 0
4F
(4) M 0 (Incorrect)
2 2
M r r
or M M0 .....(i)
M 0 R R
1 M r4
I Mr 2 0 2 .
2 2R
d 2FR2
.....(ii)
dt I M0r3
706
We have M M 0 t or r 2 R 2 t
r2 R 2 t
where = mass per unit area of wheel.
Differentiate w.r.t time (t)
dr
2r
dt
dr
or .....(iii)
dt 2r
From Eqns (ii) and (iii) we have
d d dr d
.
dt dr dt 2r dr
4FR 2
d dr
M 0 r 2
Integrating we have
R
4FR 2 2
2
0 d M 0 r
R
dr
4FR
M 0
Fig. 61
707
2H R
(1) h (Correct)
3
HR
(2) h (Incorrect)
3
2H R
(3) h (Incorrect)
3
H R
(4) h (Incorrect)
3 2
Correct answer: (1)
Solution:
Let v and be linear speed of C.M and angular speed of cylinder at O. From law of conservation of
energy.
Loss in gravitational P.E. = Gain in K.E.
1 11
Mg H R Mv 2 MR 2 2
2 2 2
Since there is no slipping v = R . Therefore
2
1 1 V
Mg H R Mv 2 MR 2
2 4 R
4g H R
or v2 .....(i)
3
Since the part OB of track is smooth; as cylinder climbs up it losses translational part of its kinetic energy.
The loss in translation K.E equals gain in gravitational P.E. Therefore
1
Mv 2 Mg h R
2
or v 2 2g h R .....(ii)
708
4g H R
2g h R
3
h
2H R
or
3
n 2 R 2 1
(1) (Incorrect)
16g 1 Fig. 62
n 2 R 2 1
(2) (Correct)
32 2g 1
n 2 R 1
(3) 2g 2 1 (Incorrect)
n 2 R 2 2 1
(4) (Incorrect)
32 2g 1
N1 f 2 Mg .....(i)
709
From Eqns (i) and (ii) we have
Mg Mg
N1 and N 2
2 1 2 1
1
f1 f 2 R MgR .....(iii)
2
1
is in clockwise direction.
Let be the angular retardation. Then
1 2
MR
2
2g 1
.....(iv)
2
1 R
2g 1
Given 0 2n; 0; 2 1 R ; ?
n 2 R 2 1
16g 1
n 2 2 1 R
The number of revolution =
32 2g 1
710
Fig. 64
1
2
3 3 1 g
(1) 2L (Correct)
2
3 3 1 g
(2) L (Incorrect)
2
3 1 g
(3) 2L (Incorrect)
2
3 2 g
(4) L (Incorrect)
L MgL
Mg cos 30 cos 60 3 1
2 4
This energy is converted into rotational K.E. of rod. Let be angular speed of rod in position OB.
1 2 11
Gain in rotational K.E = I ML2 2
2 23
From law of conservation of energy
711
MgL M
3 1 L2 2
4 6
3
2
3 1 g
or 2 L
3 3 1 g
2
2L
712